US20030100040A1 - Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement - Google Patents

Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030100040A1
US20030100040A1 US10/292,780 US29278002A US2003100040A1 US 20030100040 A1 US20030100040 A1 US 20030100040A1 US 29278002 A US29278002 A US 29278002A US 2003100040 A1 US2003100040 A1 US 2003100040A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
analyte
sensor
subcutaneous
concentration
glucose
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US10/292,780
Inventor
Roger Bonnecaze
Angela Freeland
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Therasense Inc
Original Assignee
Therasense Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Therasense Inc filed Critical Therasense Inc
Priority to US10/292,780 priority Critical patent/US20030100040A1/en
Publication of US20030100040A1 publication Critical patent/US20030100040A1/en
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY COMMERCIALIZATION THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY COMMERCIALIZATION THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/48Other medical applications
    • A61B5/4836Diagnosis combined with treatment in closed-loop systems or methods
    • A61B5/4839Diagnosis combined with treatment in closed-loop systems or methods combined with drug delivery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0002Remote monitoring of patients using telemetry, e.g. transmission of vital signals via a communication network
    • A61B5/0031Implanted circuitry
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/14507Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue specially adapted for measuring characteristics of body fluids other than blood
    • A61B5/1451Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue specially adapted for measuring characteristics of body fluids other than blood for interstitial fluid
    • A61B5/14514Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue specially adapted for measuring characteristics of body fluids other than blood for interstitial fluid using means for aiding extraction of interstitial fluid, e.g. microneedles or suction
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/14532Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue for measuring glucose, e.g. by tissue impedance measurement
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means
    • A61B5/746Alarms related to a physiological condition, e.g. details of setting alarm thresholds or avoiding false alarms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/1486Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue using enzyme electrodes, e.g. with immobilised oxidase
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7203Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes for noise prevention, reduction or removal
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S435/00Chemistry: molecular biology and microbiology
    • Y10S435/817Enzyme or microbe electrode

Definitions

  • the present invention is, in general, directed to devices and methods for the monitoring of the concentration of an analyte, such as glucose, using a subcutaneous sensor. More particularly, the present invention relates to devices and methods for the monitoring of an analyte using a subcutaneous electrochemical sensor to provide information to a patient about the level of the analyte in blood.
  • an analyte such as glucose
  • the monitoring of the level of analytes, such as glucose, lactate or oxygen, in certain individuals is vitally important to their health. High or low levels of these analytes may have detrimental effects.
  • the monitoring of glucose is particularly important to individuals with diabetes, as they must determine when insulin is needed to reduce glucose levels in their bodies or when additional glucose is needed to raise the level of glucose.
  • Implanted electrochemical sensors may be used to periodically or continuously monitor glucose (or other analyte) concentration. Although sensors accurately measure the glucose concentration when inserted directly into the bloodstream, infection may occur at this implantation site.
  • a variety of sensors have been developed for implantation in subcutaneous tissue to measure the subcutaneous glucose concentration, which is thought to be well correlated with the blood glucose concentration at steady-state.
  • Subcutaneously implanted glucose sensors such as miniaturized electrodes “wired” to glucose oxidase, are one technology that hold promise for continuous monitoring of blood glucose levels by diabetic patients. These sensors measure subcutaneous glucose concentrations as glucose diffuses from the blood into the subcutaneous tissue and then to the enzyme electrode surface. At this surface, the glucose is oxidized and the reaction causes electrons to be transferred to the electrode surface. The resulting current is proportional to the concentration of glucose in the region of implantation.
  • a subcutaneous sensor may be calibrated using blood measurements or a diagnosis or method of treatment may depend on the knowledge of the blood analyte concentration that is obtained using a subcutaneous sensor.
  • a lag typically results between the blood and subcutaneous glucose concentrations as the blood glucose level increases or decreases.
  • the subcutaneous analyte concentrations obtained from sensor measurements may be different from the blood analyte concentration because of the existence of a mass transfer barrier.
  • the present invention relates to methods and devices for determination of analyte concentration in one body fluid using analyte concentration measurements from a second body fluid.
  • the present invention includes methods and devices for the determination of blood glucose concentration using glucose concentration measurements from subcutaneous fluids.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a method for obtaining an estimate of an analyte concentration in a first fluid. First, measurements of an analyte concentration in a second fluid are obtained using a sensing device. An analyte concentration estimate in the first body fluid is determined from these measurements by minimizing the relation:
  • b is a vector representing analyte concentration in the first fluid
  • ⁇ 2 [b] is a function representing a fit between the estimates and the measurements
  • is a weighting function
  • ⁇ [b] is a function indicating smoothness of the analyte concentration estimates in the first body fluid.
  • Another embodiment includes a sensing device for obtaining the measurements of analyte concentration in the first fluid and a processor configured and arranged to determine the analyte concentration according to this method.
  • This method and device can be used, for example, to determine blood glucose concentration from measurements of the glucose concentration in subcutaneous tissue. These measurements may be made using in vitro or in vivo samples. In some instances, a subcutaneously implanted sensing device such as an electrochemical sensor, is used to make the measurements.
  • a subcutaneously implanted sensing device such as an electrochemical sensor
  • Another embodiment is a method of determining blood analyte concentration including obtaining a subcutaneous analyte concentration from a subcutaneous region using a sensing device and determining a blood analyte concentration from the subcutaneous analyte concentration based on a) mass transfer of the analyte from blood to the subcutaneous region and b) uptake of the analyte by subcutaneous cells in the subcutaneous region.
  • Examples of analytes include glucose, lactate, and oxygen.
  • an analyte measurement device including a processor configured and arranged to determine the analyte concentration according to this method and an optional sensing device, such as an electrochemical sensor, for obtaining the measurements of analyte concentration in the first fluid.
  • the electrochemical sensor may be subcutaneously implanted and the analyte measurement device may periodically or continuously monitor glucose.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a subcutaneous analyte monitor using a subcutaneously implantable analyte sensor, according to the invention
  • FIG. 2 is a top view of one embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention:
  • FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of a third embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of a fourth embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 5 is an expanded top view of a tip portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a fifth embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 7 is an expanded top view of a tip-portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is an expanded bottom view of a tip-portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 9 is a side view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 10 is a top view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 11 is a bottom view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 12 is an expanded side view of one embodiment of a sensor and an insertion device, according to the invention.
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B, 13 C are cross-sectional views of three embodiments of the insertion device of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a top view of a base of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 16 is a bottom view of a cover of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14 on the skin of a patient;
  • FIG. 18A is a block diagram of one embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 18B is a block diagram of another embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIGS. 19A, 19B, 19 C, and 19 D are cross-sectional views of four embodiments of conductive contacts disposed on an interior surface of a housing of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIGS. 19E and 19F are cross-sectional views of two embodiments of conductive contacts disposed on an exterior surface of a housing of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIGS. 20A and 20B are schematic diagrams of two embodiments of a current-to-voltage converter for use in an analyte monitoring device, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram of one embodiment of an open loop modulation system for use in an analyte monitoring device, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a receiver/display unit, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a front view of one embodiment of a receiver/display unit
  • FIG. 24 is a front view of a second embodiment of a receiver/display unit
  • FIG. 25 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a drug delivery system, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the internal structure of an insertion gun, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 27A is a top view of one embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 27B is a top view of one embodiment of a mounting unit of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 27A;
  • FIG. 28A is a top view of another embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit after insertion of an insertion device and a sensor, according to the invention.
  • FIG. 28B is a top view of one embodiment of a mounting unit of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A;
  • FIG. 28C is a top view of one embodiment of a housing for at least a portion of the electronics of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A;
  • FIG. 28D is a bottom view of the housing of FIG. 28C;
  • FIG. 28E is a top view of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A with a cover of the housing removed;
  • FIG. 29 is another embodiment of an analyte sensor
  • FIG. 30 is a graph of experimental data (smooth line) from a rat during an intravenous insulin injection and a prediction using an inverse model with no regularization (oscillating line);
  • FIG. 32 is a graph of simulated subcutaneous glucose response with white noise (dotted line) and time-correlated noise (solid line) at a noise level of 1%;
  • FIG. 33 is a graph of first- and second-order regularization for a solution of blood glucose concentration based on simulated subcutaneous glucose concentration
  • FIG. 34 is a graph of error magnification factor versus weighting factor for zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularization
  • FIG. 35 is a graph of error magnification factor versus weighting factor for zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularization, varying values of window size and data sampling time;
  • FIG. 37 is a graph of magnification factor versus weighting factor including white noise or time-correlated noise in the simulated subcutaneous glucose concentration
  • FIG. 38 is a graph of squared model error versus weight factor
  • FIG. 40 is a graph of glucose concentration illustrating a decline in concentration of glucose after intravenous injection of insulin
  • FIG. 41 is a graph of estimated glucose concentration of a subcutaneously implanted sensor (dotted line), an intravascularly implanted sensor (solid line), and venous blood glucose concentration (circles) after an i.v. bolus of insulin.
  • FIG. 43 is a graph of subcutaneous glucose concentration predicted using a forward model (dotted lines) based on data from a jugular sensor and measured subcutaneous glucose concentration (solid line);
  • FIG. 44 includes graphs for seven rats comparing blood glucose concentration as determined by a sensor (solid line) and predicted by an inverse model with regularization (dashed line).
  • the present invention is applicable to a method and analyte measurement systems for determining analyte concentration in one body fluid (e.g., blood) from measured analyte concentrations in another body fluid (e.g., subcutaneous fluid).
  • body fluid e.g., blood
  • another body fluid e.g., subcutaneous fluid
  • Suitable analyte measurement systems typically include a sensing device and a processor.
  • the analyte measurement system may be configured and arranged to provide readings as required by a user when, for-example, the user provides a sample to the device.
  • the analyte measurement system may be configured and arranged to be permanently or temporarily attached to an animal (such as a human) to provide periodic or continuous monitoring.
  • the analyte measurement system can be an analyte monitoring system using a subcutaneously implantable electrochemical sensor for the in vivo determination of a blood concentration of an analyte, such as, for example, glucose, lactate, or oxygen.
  • the sensor can be, for example, subcutaneously implanted in a patient for the continuous or periodic monitoring of the analyte.
  • the analyte monitoring system typically includes a subcutaneously implantable sensor and a processor coupled to the sensor to determine the blood analyte concentration from the sensor measurements.
  • a suitable sensing device is configured and arranged to provide some signal, for example, an optical (e.g., color change, absorption, transmission, or fluorescence) or electrical signal (e.g., a change in current, potential, capacitance, or conductivity) that is related to a level of the analyte in the sample.
  • Suitable sensing devices include electrochemical sensing devices, optical sensing devices, and calorimetric sensing devices.
  • a sample of a body fluid may be provided, conveyed, or transported to the sensing device for in vitro determination of the analyte concentration in the body fluid.
  • the sensing device e.g., an electrochemical sensor
  • the sensing device may be implanted to provide in vivo determination of analyte concentration.
  • the sensing device e.g., an optical device
  • the sensing device may be directed toward the animal or a sample from the animal and the analyte concentration determined by, for example, interaction of light with the tissue and/or body fluid of the animal.
  • a “counter electrode” refers to an electrode paired with the working electrode, through which passes a current equal in magnitude and opposite in sign to the current passing through the working electrode.
  • the term “counter electrode” is meant to include counter electrodes which also function as reference electrodes (i.e., a counter/reference electrode).
  • An “electrochemical sensor” is a device configured to detect the presence and/or measure the level of an analyte in a sample via electrochemical oxidation and reduction reactions on the sensor. These reactions are transduced to an electrical signal that can be correlated to an amount, concentration, or level of an analyte in the sample.
  • Electrode is the electrooxidation or electroreduction of a compound either directly at an electrode or via one or more electron transfer agents.
  • a compound is “immobilized” on a surface when it is entrapped on or chemically bound to the surface.
  • a “non-leachable” or “non-releasable” compound or a compound that is “non-leachably disposed” is meant to define a compound that is affixed on the sensor such that it does not substantially diffuse away from the working surface of the working electrode for the period in which the sensor is used (e.g., the period in which the sensor is implanted in a patient or measuring a sample).
  • Components are “immobilized” within a sensor, for example, when the components are covalently, ionically, or coordinatively bound to constituents of the sensor and/or are entrapped in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix or membrane which precludes mobility.
  • An “electron transfer agent” is a compound that carries electrons between the analyte and the working electrode, either directly, or in cooperation with other electron transfer agents.
  • One example of an electron transfer agent is a redox mediator.
  • a “working electrode” is an electrode at which the analyte (or a second compound whose level depends on the level of the analyte) is electrooxidized or electroreduced with or without the agency of an electron transfer agent.
  • a “working surface” is that portion of the working electrode which is coated with or is accessible to the electron transfer agent and configured for exposure to an analyte-containing fluid.
  • a “sensing layer” is a component of the sensor which includes constituents that facilitate the electrolysis of the analyte.
  • the sensing layer may include constituents such as an electron transfer agent, a catalyst which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte to produce a response at the electrode, or both.
  • the sensing layer is non-leachably disposed in proximity to or on the working electrode.
  • a “non-corroding” conductive material includes non-metallic materials, such as carbon and conductive polymers.
  • electrochemical sensors a variety of sensing devices, including electrochemical, optical, and colorimetric sensing devices may be used.
  • the methods and devices are illustrated using implantable sensing devices, however, it will be understood that other non-implantable sensing devices can be used.
  • a variety of subcutaneously implantable sensors are available for use. Examples of such sensors and analyte measurement systems incorporating the sensors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852 and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/034,372, 09/034,422, and 09/070,677, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • An example of one sensor is illustrated in FIG. 29 and described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852.
  • This sensor includes a metal or carbon working electrode 2 with an electrically insulating material 4 wrapped around the electrode.
  • a recess 6 is provided by, for example, removing a portion of the working electrode 2 . This leaves an exposed surface 18 of the working electrode.
  • a sensing layer 8 is formed over the exposed surface 18 .
  • the sensing layer 8 may include a redox mediator and/or a redox enzyme.
  • the redox mediator and/or redox enzyme are non-leachably disposed in the sensor, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852.
  • Exemplary redox mediators and redox enzymes are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852 and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/034,372. 09/034,422, and 09/070,677.
  • An optional glucose diffusion limiting layer 10 , an optional interferent eliminating layer 12 , and an optional biocompatible layer 14 can be formed in the recess 6 . These layers are described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852.
  • Another Sensor and an Analyte Monitoring System The analyte monitoring systems of the present invention can be utilized under a variety of conditions. The particular configuration of a sensor and other units used in the analyte monitoring system may depend on the use for which the analyte monitoring system is intended and the conditions under which the analyte monitoring system will operate.
  • One embodiment of the analyte monitoring system includes a sensor configured for implantation into a patient or user.
  • implantation of the sensor may be made in the arterial or venous systems for direct testing of analyte levels in blood.
  • a sensor may be implanted in the interstitial tissue for determining the analyte level in interstitial fluid. This level may be correlated and/or converted to analyte levels in blood or other fluids.
  • the site and depth of implantation may affect the particular shape, components, and configuration of the sensor.
  • Subcutaneous implantation may be preferred, in some cases, to limit the depth of implantation of the sensor.
  • Sensors may also be implanted in other regions of the body to determine analyte levels in other fluids. Examples of suitable sensor for use in the analyte monitoring systems of the invention are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,372, incorporated herein by reference.
  • the analyte monitoring system 40 for use with an implantable sensor 42 , and particularly for use with a subcutaneously implantable sensor, is illustrated in block diagram form in FIG. 1.
  • the analyte monitoring system 40 includes, at minimum, a sensor 42 , a portion of which is configured for implantation (e.g., subcutaneous, venous, or arterial implantation) into a patient, and a sensor control unit 44 .
  • the sensor 42 is coupled to the sensor control unit 44 which is typically attached to the skin of a patient.
  • the sensor control unit 44 operates the sensor 42 , including, for example, providing a voltage across the electrodes of the sensor 42 and collecting signals from the sensor 42 .
  • the sensor control unit 44 may evaluate the signals from the sensor 42 and/or transmit the signals to one or more optional receiver/display units 46 , 48 for evaluation.
  • the sensor control unit 44 and/or the receiver/display units 46 , 48 may display or otherwise communicate the current level of the analyte.
  • the sensor control unit 44 and/or the receiver/display units 46 , 48 may indicate to the patient, via, for example, an audible, visual, or other sensory-stimulating alarm, when the level of the analyte is at or near a threshold level.
  • a electrical shock can be delivered to the patient as a warning through one of the electrodes or the optional temperature probe of the sensor. For example, if glucose is monitored then an alarm may be used to alert the patient to a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic glucose level and/or to impending hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia.
  • a sensor 42 includes at least one working electrode 58 formed on a substrate 50 , as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the sensor 42 may also include at least one counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode) and/or at least one reference electrode 62 (see FIG. 8).
  • the counter electrode 60 and/or reference electrode 62 may be formed on the substrate 50 or may be separate units.
  • the counter electrode and/or reference electrode may be formed on a second substrate which is also implanted in the patient or, for some embodiments of the implantable sensors, the counter electrode and/or reference electrode may be placed on the skin of the patient with the working electrode or electrodes being implanted into the patient.
  • the use of an on-the-skin counter and/or reference electrode with an implantable working electrode is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852, incorporated herein by reference.
  • the working electrode or electrodes 58 are formed using conductive traces 52 disposed on the substrate 50 .
  • the counter electrode 60 and/or reference electrode 62 , as well as other optional portions of the sensor 42 , such as a temperature probe 66 (see FIG. 8), may also be formed using conductive traces 52 disposed on the substrate 50 .
  • These conductive traces 52 may be formed over a smooth surface of the substrate 50 or within channels 54 formed by, for example, embossing, indenting or otherwise creating a depression in the substrate 50 .
  • a sensing layer 64 see FIGS.
  • the sensing layer 64 may include an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons directly or indirectly between the analyte and the working electrode 58 .
  • the sensing layer 64 may also contain a catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the analyte.
  • the components of the sensing layer may be in a fluid or gel that is proximate to or in contact with the working electrode 58 .
  • the components of the sensing layer 64 may be disposed in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix that is proximate to or on the working electrode 58 .
  • the components of the sensing layer 64 are non-leachably disposed within the sensor 42 . More preferably, the components of the sensor 42 are immobilized within the sensor 42 .
  • the senor 42 may also include a temperature probe 66 (see FIGS. 6 and 8), a mass transport limiting layer 74 (see FIG. 9), a biocompatible layer 75 (see FIG. 9), and/or other optional components, as described below. Each of these items enhances the functioning of and/or results from the sensor 42 , as discussed below.
  • the substrate 50 may be formed using a variety of non-conducting materials, including, for example, polymeric or plastic materials and ceramic materials. Suitable materials for a particular sensor 42 may be determined, at least in part, based on the desired use of the sensor 42 and properties of the materials.
  • the substrate is flexible.
  • the sensor 42 may be made flexible (although rigid sensors may also be used for implantable sensors) to reduce pain to the patient and damage to the tissue caused by the implantation of and/or the wearing of the sensor 42 .
  • a flexible substrate 50 often increases the patient's comfort and allows a wider range of activities.
  • Suitable materials for a flexible substrate 50 include, for example, non-conducting plastic or polymeric materials and other non-conducting, flexible, deformable materials.
  • thermoplastics such as polycarbonates, polyesters (e.g., MylarTM and polyethylene terephthalate (PET)), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, or copolymers of these thermoplastics, such as PETG (glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PVC polyvinyl chloride
  • PETG glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate
  • the sensors 42 are made using a relatively rigid substrate 50 to, for example, provide structural support against bending or breaking.
  • rigid materials that may be used as the substrate 50 include poorly conducting ceramics, such as aluminum oxide and silicon dioxide.
  • One advantage of an implantable sensor 42 having a rigid substrate is that the sensor 42 may have a sharp point and/or a sharp edge to aid in implantation of a sensor 42 without an additional insertion device.
  • implantable sensors 42 should have a substrate 50 which is non-toxic.
  • the substrate 50 is approved by one or more appropriate governmental agencies or private groups for in vivo use.
  • the sensor 42 may include optional features to facilitate insertion of an implantable sensor 42 , as shown in FIG. 12.
  • the sensor 42 may be pointed at the tip 123 to ease insertion.
  • the sensor 42 may include a barb 125 which assists in anchoring the sensor 42 within the tissue of the patient during operation of the sensor 42 .
  • the barb 125 is typically small enough that little damage is caused to the subcutaneous tissue when the sensor 42 is removed for replacement.
  • the substrate 50 in at least some embodiments has uniform dimensions along the entire length of the sensor 42
  • the substrate 50 has a distal end 67 and a proximal end 65 with different widths 53 , 55 , respectively, as illustrated in FIG. 2.
  • the distal end 67 of the substrate 50 may have a relatively narrow width 53 .
  • the narrow width 53 of the distal end 67 of the substrate 50 may facilitate the implantation of the sensor 42 . Often, the narrower the width of the sensor 42 , the less pain the patient will feel during implantation of the sensor and afterwards.
  • a distal end 67 of the sensor 42 which is to be implanted into the patient has a width 53 of 2 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or less, and more preferably 0.5 mm or less. If the sensor 42 does not have regions of different widths, then the sensor 42 will typically have an overall width of, for example. 2 mm. 1.5 mm, 1 mm. 0.5 mm. 0.25 mm, or less.
  • wider or narrower sensors may be used. In particular, wider implantable sensors may be used for insertion into veins or arteries or when the movement of the patient is limited, for example, when the patient is confined in bed or in a hospital.
  • the proximal end 65 of the sensor 42 may have a width 55 larger than the distal end 67 to facilitate the connection between contact pads 49 of the electrodes and contacts on a control unit.
  • the maximum width of the sensor 42 may be constrained so that the sensor 42 remains small for the convenience and comfort of the patient and/or to fit the desired size of the analyte monitor.
  • the proximal end 65 of a subcutaneously implantable sensor 42 such as the sensor 42 illustrated in FIG. 1, may have a width 55 ranging from 0.5 mm to 15 mm, preferably from 1 mm to 10 mm, and more preferably from 3 mm to 7 mm.
  • wider or narrower sensors may be used in this and other in vivo applications.
  • the thickness of the substrate 50 may be determined by the mechanical properties of the substrate material (e.g., the strength, modulus, and/or flexibility of the material), the desired use of the sensor 42 including stresses on the substrate 50 arising from that use, as well as the depth of any channels or indentations formed in the substrate 50 , as discussed below.
  • the substrate 50 of a subcutaneously implantable sensor 42 for continuous or periodic monitoring of the level of an analyte while the patient engages in normal activities has a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m and preferably 100 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • thicker and thinner substrates 50 may be used, particularly in other types of in vivo sensors 42 .
  • the length of the sensor 42 may have a wide range of values depending on a variety of factors. Factors which influence the length of an implantable sensor 42 may include the depth of implantation into the patient and the ability of the patient to manipulate a small flexible sensor 42 and make connections between the sensor 42 and the sensor control unit 44 .
  • a subcutaneously implantable sensor 42 for the analyte monitor illustrated in FIG. 1 may have a length ranging from 0.3 to 5 cm, however, longer or shorter sensors may be used.
  • the length of the narrow portion of the sensor 42 e.g., the portion which is subcutaneously inserted into the patient, if the sensor 42 has narrow and wide portions, is typically about 0.25 to 2 cm in length. However, longer and shorter portions may be used. All or only a part of this narrow portion may be subcutaneously implanted into the patient.
  • the lengths of other implantable sensors 42 will vary depending, at least in part, on the portion of the patient into which the sensor 42 is to be implanted or inserted.
  • At least one conductive trace 52 is formed on the substrate for use in constructing a working electrode 58 .
  • other conductive traces 52 may be formed on the substrate 50 for use as electrodes (e.g., additional working electrodes, as well as counter, counter/reference, and/or reference electrodes) and other components, such as a temperature probe.
  • the conductive traces 52 may extend most of the distance along a length 57 of the sensor 50 , as illustrated in FIG. 2, although this is not necessary.
  • the placement of the conductive traces 52 may depend on the particular configuration of the analyte monitoring system (e.g., the placement of control unit contacts and/or the sample chamber in relation to the sensor 42 ).
  • the conductive traces typically extend close to the tip of the sensor 42 to minimize the amount of the sensor that must be implanted.
  • the conductive traces 52 may be formed on the substrate 50 by a variety of techniques, including, for example, photolithography, screen printing, or other impact or non-impact printing techniques.
  • the conductive traces 52 may also be formed by carbonizing conductive traces 52 in an organic (e.g., polymeric or plastic) substrate 50 using a laser.
  • a description of some exemplary methods for forming the sensor 42 is provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,422, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another method for disposing the conductive traces 52 on the substrate 50 includes the formation of recessed channels 54 in one or more surfaces of the substrate 50 and the subsequent filling of these recessed channels 54 with a conductive material 56 , as shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the recessed channels 54 may be formed by indenting, embossing, or otherwise creating a depression in the surface of the substrate 50 .
  • Exemplary methods for forming channels and electrodes in a surface of a substrate can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,422.
  • the depth of the channels is typically related to the thickness of the substrate 50 . In one embodiment, the channels have depths in the range of about 12.5 to 75 ⁇ m (0.5 to 3 mils), and preferably about 25 to 50 ⁇ m (1 to 2 mils).
  • the conductive traces are typically formed using a conductive material 56 such as carbon (e.g., graphite), a conductive polymer, a metal or alloy (e.g., gold or gold alloy), or a metallic compound (e.g., ruthenium dioxide or titanium dioxide).
  • a conductive material 56 such as carbon (e.g., graphite), a conductive polymer, a metal or alloy (e.g., gold or gold alloy), or a metallic compound (e.g., ruthenium dioxide or titanium dioxide).
  • a conductive material 56 such as carbon (e.g., graphite), a conductive polymer, a metal or alloy (e.g., gold or gold alloy), or a metallic compound (e.g., ruthenium dioxide or titanium dioxide).
  • CVD chemical vapor deposition
  • the conductive material 56 which fills the channels 54 is often formed using a precursor material, such as a conductive ink or paste.
  • the conductive material 56 is deposited on the substrate 50 using methods such as coating, painting, or applying the material using a spreading instrument, such as a coating blade. Excess conductive material between the channels 54 is then removed by, for example, running a blade along the substrate surface.
  • the conductive material 56 is a part of a precursor material, such as a conductive ink, obtainable, for example, from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain).
  • the conductive ink is typically applied as a semiliquid or paste which contains particles of the carbon, metal, alloy, or metallic compound and a solvent or dispersant. After application of the conductive ink on the substrate 50 (e.g., in the channels 54 ), the solvent or dispersant evaporates to leave behind a solid mass of conductive material 56 .
  • the conductive ink may also contain a binder.
  • the binder may optionally be cured to further bind the conductive material 56 within the channel 54 and/or on the substrate 50 . Curing the binder increases the conductivity of the conductive material 56 . However, this is typically not necessary as the currents carried by the conductive material 56 within the conductive traces 52 are often relatively low (usually less than 1 ⁇ A and often less than 100 nA).
  • Typical binders include, for example, polyurethane resins, cellulose derivatives, elastomers, and highly fluorinated polymers.
  • elastomers examples include silicones, polymeric dienes, and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resins.
  • ABS acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
  • a fluorinated polymer binder is Teflon® (DuPont. Wilmington, Del.). These binders are cured using, for example, heat or light, including ultraviolet (UV) light. The appropriate curing method typically depends on the particular binder which is used.
  • a liquid or semiliquid precursor of the conductive material 56 e.g., a conductive ink
  • the precursor fills the channel 54 .
  • the conductive material 56 which remains may lose volume such that the conductive material 56 may or may not continue to fill the channel 54 .
  • Preferred conductive materials 56 do not pull away from the substrate 50 as they lose volume, but rather decrease in height within the channel 54 . These conductive materials 56 typically adhere well to the substrate 50 and therefore do not pull away from the substrate 50 during evaporation of the solvent or dispersant.
  • Suitable conductive materials 56 either adhere to at least a portion of the substrate 50 and/or contain another additive, such as a binder, which adheres the conductive material 56 to the substrate 50 .
  • the conductive material 56 in the channels 54 is non-leachable, and more preferably immobilized on the substrate 50 .
  • the conductive material 56 may be formed by multiple applications of a liquid or semiliquid precursor interspersed with removal of the solvent or dispersant.
  • the channels 54 are formed using a laser.
  • the laser carbonizes the polymer or plastic material.
  • the carbon formed in this process is used as the conductive material 56 .
  • Additional conductive material 56 such as a conductive carbon ink, may be used to supplement the carbon formed by the laser.
  • the conductive traces 52 are formed by pad printing techniques.
  • a film of conductive material is formed either as a continuous film or as a coating layer deposited on a carrier film. This film of conductive material is brought between a print head and the substrate 50 . A pattern on the surface of the substrate 50 is made using the print head according to a desired pattern of conductive traces 52 .
  • the conductive material is transferred by pressure and/or heat from the film of conductive material to the substrate 50 . This technique often produces channels (e.g., depressions caused by the print head) in the substrate 50 .
  • the conductive material is deposited on the surface of the substrate 50 without forming substantial depressions.
  • the conductive traces 52 are formed by non-impact printing techniques. Such techniques include electrophotography and magnetography. In these processes, an image of the conductive traces 52 is electrically or magnetically formed on a drum. A laser or LED may be used to electrically form an image. A magnetic recording head may be used to magnetically form an image. A toner material (e.g., a conductive material, such as a conductive ink) is then attracted to portions of the drum according to the image. The toner material is then applied to the substrate by contact between the drum and the substrate. For example, the substrate may be rolled over the drum. The toner material may then be dried and/or a binder in the toner material may be cured to adhere the toner material to the substrate.
  • a conductive material such as a conductive ink
  • Another non-impact printing technique includes ejecting droplets of conductive material onto the substrate in a desired pattern. Examples of this technique include ink jet printing and piezo jet printing. An image is sent to the printer which then ejects the conductive material (e.g., a conductive ink) according to the pattern. The printer may provide a continuous stream of conductive material or the printer may eject the conductive material in discrete amounts at the desired points.
  • conductive material e.g., a conductive ink
  • Yet another non-impact printing embodiment of forming the conductive traces includes an ionographic process.
  • a curable, liquid precursor such as a photopolymerizable acrylic resin (e.g., Solimer 7501 from Cubital, Bad Kreuznach, Germany) is deposited over a surface of a substrate 50 .
  • a photomask having a positive or negative image of the conductive traces 52 is then used to cure the liquid precursor.
  • Light e.g., visible or ultraviolet light
  • Uncured liquid precursor is removed leaving behind channels 54 in the solid layer. These channels 54 can then be filled with conductive material 56 to form conductive traces 52 .
  • Conductive traces 52 can be formed with relatively narrow widths, for example, in the range of 25 to 250 ⁇ m, and including widths of, for example, 250 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m or less by the methods described above.
  • the conductive traces 52 are separated by distances sufficient to prevent conduction between the conductive traces 52 .
  • the edge-to-edge distance between the conductive traces is preferably in the range of 25 to 250 ⁇ m and may be, for example, 150 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, or less.
  • the density of the conductive traces 52 on the substrate 50 is preferably in the range of about 150 to 700 ⁇ m/trace and may be as small as 667 ⁇ m/trace or less, 333 ⁇ m/trace or less, or even 167 ⁇ m/trace or less.
  • the working electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60 are often made using a conductive material 56 , such as carbon. Suitable carbon conductive inks are available from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain).
  • the working surface 51 of the working electrode 58 is at least a portion of the conductive trace 52 that is in contact with the analyte-containing fluid (e.g., implanted in the patient).
  • the reference electrode 62 and/or counter/reference electrode are typically formed using conductive material 56 that is a suitable reference material, for example silver/silver chloride or a non-leachable redox couple bound to a conductive material, for example, a carbon-bound redox couple.
  • a suitable reference material for example silver/silver chloride or a non-leachable redox couple bound to a conductive material, for example, a carbon-bound redox couple.
  • Suitable silver/silver chloride conductive inks are available from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain).
  • Silver/silver chloride electrodes illustrate a type of reference electrode that involves the reaction of a metal electrode with a constituent of the
  • Suitable redox couples for binding to the conductive material of the reference electrode include, for example, redox polymers (e.g., polymers having multiple redox centers.) It is preferred that the reference electrode surface be non-corroding so that an erroneous potential is not measured.
  • Preferred conductive materials include less corrosive metals, such as gold and palladium. Most preferred are non-corrosive materials including non-metallic conductors, such as carbon and conducting polymers.
  • a redox polymer can be adsorbed on or covalently bound to the conductive material of the reference electrode, such as a carbon surface of a conductive trace 52 .
  • Non-polymeric redox couples can be similarly bound to carbon or gold surfaces.
  • a variety of methods may be used to immobilize a redox polymer on an electrode surface.
  • One method is adsorptive immobilization. This method is particularly useful for redox polymers with relatively high molecular weights. The molecular weight of a polymer may be increased, for example, by cross-linking.
  • Another method for immobilizing the redox polymer includes the functionalization of the electrode surface and then the chemical bonding, often covalently, of the redox polymer to the functional groups on the electrode surface.
  • One example of this type of immobilization begins with a poly(4-vinylpyridine).
  • the polymer's pyridine rings are, in part, complexed with a reducible/oxidizable species, such as [Os(bpy) 2 Cl] +/2+ where bpy is 2,2′-bipyridine.
  • Part of the pyridine rings are quaternized by reaction with 2 -bromoethylamine.
  • the polymer is then crosslinked, for example, using a diepoxide, such as polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether.
  • Carbon surfaces can be modified for attachment of a redox species or polymer, for example, by electroreduction of a diazonium salt.
  • reduction of a diazonium salt formed upon diazotization of p-aminobenzoic acid modifies a carbon surface with phenylcarboxylic acid functional groups. These functional groups can then be activated by a carbodiimide, such as 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride.
  • the activated functional groups are then bound with a amine-functionalized redox couple, such as the quaternized osmium-containing redox polymer described above or 2-aminoethylferrocene, to form the redox couple.
  • a amine-functionalized redox couple such as the quaternized osmium-containing redox polymer described above or 2-aminoethylferrocene
  • gold can be functionalized by an amine, such as cystamine.
  • a redox couple such as [Os(bpy) 2 (pyridine-4-carboxylate)Cl] 0/+ is activated by 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride to form a reactive O-acylisourea which reacts with the gold-bound amine to form an amide.
  • two or more of the conductive traces 52 on the substrate 50 are used to give the patient a mild electrical shock when, for example, the analyte level exceeds a threshold level. This shock may act as a warning or alarm to the patient to initiate some action to restore the appropriate level of the analyte.
  • the mild electrical shock is produced by applying a potential between any two conductive traces 52 that are not otherwise connected by a conductive path.
  • two of the electrodes 58 , 60 , 62 or one electrode 58 , 60 , 62 and the temperature probe 66 may be used to provide the mild shock.
  • the working electrode 58 and the reference electrode 62 are not used for this purpose as this may cause some damage to the chemical components on or proximate to the particular electrode (e.g., the sensing layer on the working electrode or the redox couple on the reference electrode).
  • the current used to produce the mild shock is typically 0.1 to 1 mA. Higher or lower currents may be used, although care should be taken to avoid harm to the patient.
  • the potential between the conductive traces is typically 1 to 10 volts. However, higher or lower voltages may be used depending, for example, on the resistance of the conductive traces 52 , the distance between the conductive traces 52 and the desired amount of current.
  • potentials at the working electrode 58 and across the temperature probe 66 may be removed to prevent harm to those components caused by unwanted conduction between the working electrode 58 (and/or temperature probe 66 , if used) and the conductive traces 52 which provide the mild shock.
  • each of the conductive traces 52 includes a contact pad 49 .
  • the contact pad 49 may simply be a portion of the conductive trace 52 that is indistinguishable from the rest of the trace 52 except that the contact pad 49 is brought into contact with the conductive contacts of a control unit (e.g., the sensor control unit 44 of FIG. 1). More commonly, however, the contact pad 49 is a region of the conductive trace 52 that has a larger width than other regions of the trace 52 to facilitate a connection with the contacts on the control unit.
  • the contact pads 49 are typically made using the same material as the conductive material 56 of the conductive traces 52 . However, this is not necessary. Although metal, alloys, and metallic compounds may be used to form the contact pads 49 , in some embodiments, it is desirable to make the contact pads 49 from a carbon or other non-metallic material, such as a conducting polymer. In contrast to metal or alloy contact pads, carbon and other non-metallic contact pads are not easily corroded if the contact pads 49 are in a wet, moist, or humid environment. Metals and alloys may corrode under these conditions, particularly if the contact pads 49 and contacts of the control unit are made using different metals or alloys. However, carbon and non-metallic contact pads 49 do not significantly corrode, even if the contacts of the control device are metal or alloy.
  • One embodiment of the invention includes a sensor 42 having contact pads 49 and a control unit 44 having conductive contacts (not shown). During operation of the sensor 42 , the contact pads 49 and conductive contacts are in contact with each other. In this embodiment, either the contact pads 49 or the conductive contacts are made using a non-corroding, conductive material. Such materials include, for example, carbon and conducting polymers. Preferred non-corroding materials include graphite and vitreous carbon. The opposing contact pad or conductive contact is made using carbon, a conducting polymer, a metal, such as gold, palladium, or platinum group metal, or a metallic compound, such as ruthenium dioxide. This configuration of contact pads and conductive contacts typically reduces corrosion.
  • the signal arising due to the corrosion of the contact pads and/or conductive contacts is less than 3% of the signal generated by the sensor when exposed to concentration of analyte in the normal physiological range.
  • the current generated by analyte in a normal physiological range ranges from 3 to 500 nA.
  • Each of the electrodes 58 , 60 , 62 , as well as the two probe leads 68 , 70 of the temperature probe 66 (described below), are connected to contact pads 49 as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11.
  • the contact pads 49 are on the same side of the substrate 50 as the respective electrodes or temperature probe leads to which the contact pads 49 are attached.
  • the conductive traces 52 on at least one side are connected through vias in the substrate to contact pads 49 a on the opposite surface of the substrate 50 , as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11.
  • An advantage of this configuration is that contact between the contacts on the control unit and each of the electrodes 58 , 60 , 62 and the probe leads 68 , 70 of the temperature probe 66 can be made from a single side of the substrate 50 .
  • vias through the substrate are used to provide contact pads on both sides of the substrate 50 for each conductive trace 52 .
  • the vias connecting the conductive traces 52 with the contact pads 49 a can be formed by making holes through the substrate 50 at the appropriate points and then filling the holes with conductive material 56 .
  • the senor 42 includes two working electrodes 58 a , 58 b and one counter electrode 60 , which also functions as a reference electrode.
  • the sensor includes one working electrode 58 a , one counter electrode 60 , and one reference electrode 62 , as shown in FIG. 3B.
  • Each of these embodiments is illustrated with all of the electrodes formed on the same side of the substrate 50 .
  • one or more of the electrodes may be formed on an opposing side of the substrate 50 .
  • This may be convenient if the electrodes are formed using two different types of conductive material 56 (e.g., carbon and silver/silver chloride). Then, at least in some embodiments, only one type of conductive material 56 needs to be applied to each side of the substrate 50 , thereby reducing the number of steps in the manufacturing process and/or easing the registration constraints in the process.
  • the working electrode 58 is formed using a carbon-based conductive material 56 and the reference or counter/reference electrode is formed using a silver/silver chloride conductive material 56 , then the working electrode and reference or counter/reference electrode may be formed on opposing sides of the substrate 50 for ease of manufacture.
  • two working electrodes 58 and one counter electrode 60 are formed on one side of the substrate 50 and one reference electrode 62 and a temperature probe 66 are formed on an opposing side of the substrate 50 , as illustrated in FIG. 6.
  • the opposing sides of the tip of this embodiment of the sensor 42 are illustrated in FIGS. 7 and 8.
  • analytes such as oxygen
  • Other analytes such as glucose and lactate
  • Catalysts may also be used for those analyte, such as oxygen, that can be directly electrooxidized or electroreduced on the working electrode 58 .
  • each working electrode 58 has a sensing layer 64 formed proximate to or on a working surface of the working electrode 58 .
  • the sensing layer 64 is formed near or on only a small portion of the working electrode 58 , often near a tip of the sensor 42 . This limits the amount of material needed to form the sensor 42 and places the sensing layer 64 in the best position for contact with the analyte-containing fluid (e.g., a body fluid, sample fluid, or carrier fluid).
  • the analyte-containing fluid e.g., a body fluid, sample fluid, or carrier fluid.
  • the sensing layer 64 includes one or more components designed to facilitate the electrolysis of the analyte.
  • the sensing layer 64 may include, for example, a catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the analyte and produce a response at the working electrode 58 , an electron transfer agent to indirectly or directly transfer electrons between the analyte and the working electrode 58 , or both.
  • the sensing layer 64 may be formed as a solid composition of the desired components (e.g., an electron transfer agent and/or a catalyst). These components are preferably non-leachable from the sensor 42 and more preferably are immobilized on the sensor 42 .
  • the components may be immobilized on a working electrode 58 .
  • the components of the sensing layer 64 may be immobilized within or between one or more membranes or films disposed over the working electrode 58 or the components may be immobilized in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix. Examples of immobilized sensing layers are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • one or more of the components of the sensing layer 64 may be solvated, dispersed, or suspended in a fluid within the sensing layer 64 , instead of forming a solid composition.
  • the fluid may be provided with the sensor 42 or may be absorbed by the sensor 42 from the analyte-containing fluid.
  • the components which are solvated, dispersed, or suspended in this type of sensing layer 64 are non-leachable from the sensing layer.
  • Non-leachability may be accomplished, for example, by providing barriers (e.g., the electrode, substrate, membranes, and/or films) around the sensing layer which prevent the leaching of the components of the sensing layer 64 .
  • barriers e.g., the electrode, substrate, membranes, and/or films
  • a barrier is a microporous membrane or film which allows diffusion of the analyte into the sensing layer 64 to make contact with the components of the sensing layer 64 , but reduces or eliminates the diffusion of the sensing layer components (e.g., a electron transfer agent and/or a catalyst) out of the sensing layer 64 .
  • the sensing layer 64 is deposited on the conductive material 56 of a working electrode 58 a , as illustrated in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
  • the sensing layer 64 may extend beyond the conductive material 56 of the working electrode 58 a .
  • the sensing layer 64 may also extend over the counter electrode 60 or reference electrode 62 without degrading the performance of the glucose sensor. For those sensors 42 which utilize channels 54 within which the conductive material 56 is deposited, a portion of the sensing layer 64 may be formed within the channel 54 if the conductive material 56 does not fill the channel 54 .
  • a sensing layer 64 in direct contact with the working electrode 58 a may contain an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons directly or indirectly between the analyte and the working electrode, as well as a catalyst to facilitate a reaction of the analyte.
  • a glucose, lactate, or oxygen electrode may be formed having a sensing layer which contains a catalyst, such as glucose oxidase, lactate oxidase, or laccase, respectively, and an electron transfer agent that facilitates the electrooxidation of the glucose, lactate, or oxygen, respectively.
  • the sensing layer 64 is not deposited directly on the working electrode 58 a . Instead, the sensing layer 64 is spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a , as illustrated in FIG. 4A, and separated from the working electrode 58 a by a separation layer 61 .
  • the separation layer 61 typically includes one or more membranes or films. In addition to separating the working electrode 58 a from the sensing layer 64 , the separation layer 61 may also act as a mass transport limiting layer or an interferent eliminating layer, as described below.
  • a sensing layer 64 which is not in direct contact with the working electrode 58 a , includes a catalyst that facilitates a reaction of the analyte.
  • this sensing layer 64 typically does not include an electron transfer agent that transfers electrons directly from the working electrode 58 a to the analyte, as the sensing layer 64 is spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a .
  • a glucose or lactate sensor which includes an enzyme (e.g., glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase, respectively) in the sensing layer 64 .
  • the glucose or lactate reacts with a second compound (e.g., oxygen) in the presence of the enzyme.
  • the second compound is then electrooxidized or electroreduced at the electrode. Changes in the signal at the electrode indicate changes in the level of the second compound in the fluid and are proportional to changes in glucose or lactate level and, thus, correlate to the analyte level.
  • two sensing layers 63 , 64 are used, as shown in FIG. 4B. Each of the two sensing layers 63 , 64 may be independently formed on the working electrode 58 a or in proximity to the working electrode 58 a .
  • One sensing layer 64 is typically, although not necessarily, spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a .
  • this sensing layer 64 may include a catalyst which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte to form a product compound.
  • the product compound is then electrolyzed in the second sensing layer 63 which may include an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons between the working electrode 58 a and the product compound and/or a second catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the product compound to generate a signal at the working electrode 58 a.
  • the second sensing layer 63 may include an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons between the working electrode 58 a and the product compound and/or a second catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the product compound to generate a signal at the working electrode 58 a.
  • a glucose or lactate sensor may include a first sensing layer 64 which is spaced apart from the working electrode and contains an enzyme, for example, glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase. The reaction of glucose or lactate in the presence of the appropriate enzyme forms hydrogen peroxide.
  • a second sensing layer 63 is provided directly on the working electrode 58 a and contains a peroxidase enzyme and an electron transfer agent to generate a signal at the electrode in response to the hydrogen peroxide. The level of hydrogen peroxide indicated by the sensor then correlates to the level of glucose or lactate.
  • Another sensor which operates similarly can be made using a single sensing layer with both the glucose or lactate oxidase and the peroxidase being deposited in the single sensing layer.
  • one or more of the working electrodes 58 b do not have a corresponding sensing layer 64 , as shown in FIGS. 3A and 4A, or have a sensing layer (not shown) which does not contain one or more components (e.g., an electron transfer agent or catalyst) needed to electrolyze the analyte.
  • the signal generated at this working electrode 58 b typically arises from interferents and other sources, such as ions, in the fluid, and not in response to the analyte (because the analyte is not electrooxidized or electroreduced).
  • the signal at this working electrode 58 b corresponds to a background signal.
  • the background signal can be removed from the analyte signal obtained from other working electrodes 58 a that are associated with fully-functional sensing layers 64 by, for example, subtracting the signal at working electrode 58 b from the signal at working electrode 58 a.
  • Sensors having multiple working electrodes 58 a may also be used to obtain more precise results by averaging the signals or measurements generated at these working electrodes 58 a .
  • multiple readings at a single working electrode 58 a or at multiple working electrodes may be averaged to obtain more precise data.
  • the sensing layer 64 contains one or more electron transfer agents in contact with the conductive material 56 of the working electrode 58 , as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
  • a diffusing or leachable (i.e., releasable) electron transfer agent often diffuses into the analyte-containing fluid, thereby reducing the effectiveness of the electrode by reducing the sensitivity of the sensor over time.
  • a diffusing or leaching electron transfer agent in an implantable sensor 42 may also cause damage to the patient.
  • At least 90%, more preferably, at least 95%, and, most preferably, at least 99%, of the electron transfer agent remains disposed on the sensor after immersion in the analyte-containing fluid for 24 hours, and, more preferably, for 72 hours.
  • at least 90%, more preferably, at least 95%, and most preferably, at least 99%, of the electron transfer agent remains disposed on the sensor after immersion in the body fluid at 37° C. for 24 hours, and, more preferably, for 72 hours.
  • the electron transfer agents are bound or otherwise immobilized on the working electrode 58 or between or within one or more membranes or films disposed over the working electrode 58 .
  • the electron transfer agent may be immobilized on the working electrode 58 using, for example, a polymeric or sol-gel immobilization technique.
  • the electron transfer agent may be chemically (e.g., ionically, covalently, or coordinatively) bound to the working electrode 58 , either directly or indirectly through another molecule, such as a polymer, that is in turn bound to the working electrode 58 .
  • Application of the sensing layer 64 on a working electrode 58 a is one method for creating a working surface for the working electrode 58 a , as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
  • the electron transfer agent mediates the transfer of electrons to electrooxidize or electroreduce an analyte and thereby permits a current flow between the working electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60 via the analyte.
  • the mediation of the electron transfer agent facilitates the electrochemical analysis of analytes which are not suited for direct electrochemical reaction on an electrode.
  • the preferred electron transfer agents are electroreducible and electrooxidizable ions or molecules having redox potentials that are a few hundred millivolts above or below the redox potential of the standard calomel electrode (SCE).
  • the electron transfer agents are not more reducing than about ⁇ 150 mV and not more oxidizing than about +400 mV versus SCE.
  • the electron transfer agent may be organic, organometallic, or inorganic.
  • organic redox species are quinones and species that in their oxidized state have quinoid structures, such as Nile blue and indophenol.
  • Some quinones and partially oxidized quinhydrones react with functional groups of proteins such as the thiol groups of cysteine, the amine groups of lysine and arginine, and the phenolic groups of tyrosine which may render those redox species unsuitable for some of the sensors of the present invention because of the presence of the interfering proteins in an analyte-containing fluid.
  • substituted quinones and molecules with quinoid structure are less reactive with proteins and are preferred.
  • a preferred tetrasubstituted quinone usually has carbon atoms in positions 1 , 2 , 3 , and 4 .
  • electron transfer agents suitable for use in the invention have structures or charges which prevent or substantially, reduce the diffusional loss of the electron transfer agent during the period of time that the sample is being analyzed.
  • the preferred electron transfer agents include a redox species bound to a polymer which can in turn be immobilized on the working electrode.
  • the bond between the redox species and the polymer may be covalent, coordinative, or ionic.
  • Useful electron transfer agents and methods for producing them are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,104; 5,356,786; 5,262,035; and 5,320,725, incorporated herein by reference.
  • the preferred redox species is a transition metal compound or complex.
  • the preferred transition metal compounds or complexes include osmium, ruthenium, iron, and cobalt compounds or complexes. The most preferred are osmium compounds and complexes. It will be recognized that many of the redox species described below may also be used, typically without a polymeric component, as electron transfer agents in a carrier fluid or in a sensing layer of a sensor where leaching of the electron transfer agent is acceptable.
  • Non-releasable polymeric electron transfer agent contains a redox species covalently bound in a polymeric composition.
  • An example of this type of mediator is poly(vinylferrocene).
  • Another type of non-releasable electron transfer agent contains an ionically-bound redox species.
  • this type of mediator includes a charged polymer coupled to an oppositely charged redox species.
  • examples of this type of mediator include a negatively charged polymer such as Nafion® (DuPont) coupled to a positively charged redox species such as an osmium or ruthenium polypyridyl cation.
  • a positively charged Polymer such as quaternized poly(4-vinyl pyridine) or poly(1-vinyl imidazole) coupled to a negatively charged redox species such as ferricyanide or ferrocyanide.
  • the preferred ionically-bound redox species is a highly charged redox species bound within an oppositely charged redox polymer.
  • suitable non-releasable electron transfer agents include a redox species coordinatively bound to a polymer.
  • the mediator may be formed by coordination of an osmium or cobalt 2, 2′-bipyridyl complex to poly(1-vinyl imidazole) or poly(4-vinyl pyridine).
  • the preferred electron transfer agents are osmium transition metal complexes with one or more ligands, each ligand having a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as 2,2′-bipyridine, 1,10-phenanthroline, or derivatives thereof Furthermore, the preferred electron transfer agents also have one or more ligands covalently bound in a polymer, each ligand having at least one nitrogen-containing heterocycle, such as pyridine, imidazole, or derivatives thereof. These preferred electron transfer agents exchange electrons rapidly between each other and the working electrodes 58 so that the complex can be rapidly oxidized and reduced.
  • One example of a particularly useful electron transfer agent includes (a) a polymer or copolymer having pyridine or imidazole functional groups and (b) osmium cations complexed with two ligands, each ligand containing 2,2′-bipyridine. 1,10-phenanthroline, or derivatives thereof, the two ligands not necessarily being the same.
  • Preferred derivatives of 2,2°-bipyridine for complexation with the osmium cation are 4,4′-dimethyl-2,2′-bipyridine and mono-, di-, and polyalkoxy-2,2′-bipyridines, such as 4,4′-dimethoxy-2,2′-bipyridine.
  • Preferred derivatives of 1,10-phenanthroline for complexation with the osmium cation are 4,7-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline and mono, di-, and polyalkoxy-1,10-phenanthrolines, such as 4,7-dimethoxy-1,10-phenanthroline.
  • Preferred polymers for complexation with the osmium cation include polymers and copolymers of poly(1-vinyl imidazole) (referred to as “PVI”) and poly(4-vinyl pyridine) (referred to as “PVP”).
  • Suitable copolymer substituents of poly(1-vinyl imidazole) include acrylonitrile, acrylanide, and substituted or quaternized N-vinyl imidazole. Most preferred are electron transfer agents with osmium complexed to a polymer or copolymer of poly(1-vinyl imidazole).
  • the preferred electron transfer agents have a redox potential ranging from ⁇ 100 mV to about +150 mV versus the standard calomel electrode (SCE).
  • the potential of the electron transfer agent ranges from ⁇ 100 mV to +150 mV and more preferably, the potential ranges from ⁇ 50 mV to +50 mV.
  • the most preferred electron transfer agents have osmium redox centers and a redox potential ranging from +50 mV to ⁇ 150 mV versus SCE.
  • the sensing layer 64 may also include a catalyst which is capable of catalyzing a reaction of the analyte.
  • the catalyst may also, in some embodiments, act as an electron transfer agent.
  • a suitable catalyst is an enzyme which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte.
  • a catalyst such as a glucose oxidase, glucose dehydrogenase (e.g., pyrroloquinoline quinone glucose dehydrogenase (PQQ)), or oligosaccharide dehydrogenase, may be used when the analyte is glucose.
  • a lactate oxidase or lactate dehydrogenase may be used when the analyte is lactate. Laccase may be used when the analyte is oxygen or when oxygen is generated or consumed in response to a reaction of the analyte.
  • the catalyst is non-leachably disposed on the sensor, whether the catalyst is part of a solid sensing layer in the sensor or solvated in a fluid within the sensing layer. More preferably, the catalyst is immobilized within the sensor (e.g. on the electrode and/or within or between a membrane or film) to prevent unwanted leaching of the catalyst away from the working electrode 58 and into the patient. This may be accomplished, for example, by attaching the catalyst to a polymer, cross linking the catalyst with another electron transfer agent (which, as described above, can be polymeric), and/or providing one or more barrier membranes or films with pore sizes smaller than the catalyst.
  • another electron transfer agent which, as described above, can be polymeric
  • a second catalyst may also be used.
  • This second catalyst is often used to catalyze a reaction of a product compound resulting from the catalyzed reaction of the analyte.
  • the second catalyst typically operates with an electron transfer agent to electrolyze the product compound to generate a signal at the working electrode.
  • the second catalyst may be provided in an interferent-eliminating layer to catalyze reactions that remove interferents, as described below.
  • One embodiment of the invention is an electrochemical sensor in which the catalyst is mixed or dispersed in the conductive material 56 which forms the conductive trace 52 of a working electrode 58 .
  • This may be accomplished, for example, by mixing a catalyst, such as an enzyme, in a carbon ink and applying the mixture into a channel 54 on the surface of the substrate 50 .
  • the catalyst is immobilized in the channel 53 so that it can not leach away from the working electrode 58 .
  • This may be accomplished, for example, by curing a binder in the carbon ink using a curing technique appropriate-to the binder. Curing techniques include, for example, evaporation of a solvent or dispersant, exposure to ultraviolet light, or exposure to heat.
  • the mixture is applied under conditions that do not substantially degrade the catalyst.
  • the catalyst may be an enzyme that is heat-sensitive.
  • the enzyme and conductive material mixture should be applied and cured, preferably, without sustained periods of heating.
  • the mixture may be cured using evaporation or UV curing techniques or by the exposure to heat that is sufficiently short that the catalyst is not substantially degraded.
  • thermostability of the catalyst Another consideration for in vivo analyte sensors is the thermostability of the catalyst. Many enzymes have only limited stability at biological temperatures. Thus, it may be necessary to use large amounts of the catalyst and/or use a catalyst that is thermostable at the necessary temperature (e.g., 37° C. or higher for normal body temperature).
  • a thermostable catalyst may be defined as a catalyst which loses less than 5% of its activity when held at 37° C. for at least one hour, preferably, at least one day, and more preferably at least three days.
  • a thermostable catalyst is soybean peroxidase.
  • thermostable catalyst may be used in a glucose or lactate sensor when combined either in the same or separate sensing layers with glucose or lactate oxidase or dehydrogenase.
  • a further description of thermostable catalysts and their use in electrochemical inventions is found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,665,222 U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/540,789, and PCT Application No. US98/02403 entitled “Soybean Peroxidase Electrochemical Sensor”, filed on Feb. 11, 1998, Attorney Docket No. M&G 12008.8WOI2.
  • a potential (versus a reference potential) is applied across the working and counter electrodes 58 , 60 .
  • the minimum magnitude of the applied potential is often dependent on the particular electron transfer agent, analyte (if the analyte is directly electrolyzed at the electrode), or second compound (if a second compound, such as oxygen or hydrogen peroxide, whose level is dependent on the analyte level, is directly electrolyzed at the electrode).
  • the applied potential usually equals or is more oxidizing or reducing, depending on the desired electrochemical reaction, than the redox potential of the electron transfer agent, analyte, or second compound, whichever is directly electrolyzed at the electrode.
  • the potential at the working electrode is typically large enough to drive the electrochemical reaction to or near completion.
  • the magnitude of the potential may optionally be limited to prevent significant (as determined by the current generated in response to the analyte) electrochemical reaction of interferents, such as urate, ascorbate, and acetaminophen.
  • interferents such as urate, ascorbate, and acetaminophen.
  • the limitation of the potential may be obviated if these interferents have been removed in another way, such as by providing an interferent-limiting barrier, as described below, or by including a working electrode 58 b (see FIG. 3A) from which a background signal may be obtained.
  • an electrical current will flow.
  • the current is a result of the electrolysis of the analyte or a second compound whose level is affected by the analyte.
  • the electrochemical reaction occurs via an electron transfer agent and the optional catalyst.
  • Many analytes B are oxidized (or reduced) to products C by an electron transfer agent species A in the presence of an appropriate catalyst (e.g., an enzyme).
  • the electron transfer agent A is then oxidized (or reduced) at the electrode. Electrons are collected by (or removed from) the electrode and the resulting current is measured. This process is illustrated by reaction equations (1) and (2) (similar equations may be written for the reduction of the analyte B by a redox mediator A in the presence of a catalyst):
  • an electrochemical sensor may be based on the reaction of a glucose molecule with two non-leachable ferricyanide anions in the presence of glucose oxidase to produce two non-leachable ferrocyanide anions, two hydrogen ions, and gluconolactone.
  • the amount of glucose present is assayed by electrooxidizing the non-leachable ferrocyanide anions to non-leachable ferricyanide anions and measuring the current.
  • a second compound whose level is affected by the analyte is electrolyzed at the working electrode.
  • the reactant compound E is indirectly oxidized (or reduced) using an electron transfer agent H (optionally in the presence of a catalyst), that is subsequently reduced or oxidized at the electrode, as shown in reaction equations (5) and (6).
  • the relevant second compound is a product compound F, as shown in reaction equation (3).
  • the product compound F is formed by the catalyzed reaction of analyte D and then be directly electrolyzed at the electrode or indirectly electrolyzed using an electron transfer agent and, optionally, a catalyst.
  • the signal arising from the direct or indirect electrolysis of the product compound F at the working electrode corresponds directly to the level of the analyte (unless there are other sources of the product compound). As the level of analyte increases, the level of the product compound and signal at the working electrode increases.
  • a variety of optional items may be included in the sensor.
  • One optional item is a temperature probe 66 (FIGS. 8 and 11).
  • the temperature probe 66 may be made using a variety of known designs and materials.
  • One exemplary temperature probe 66 is formed using two probe leads 68 , 70 connected to each other through a temperature-dependent element 72 that is formed using a material with a temperature-dependent characteristic.
  • An example of a suitable temperature-dependent characteristic is the resistance of the temperature-dependent element 72 .
  • the two probe leads 68 , 70 are typically formed using a metal, an alloy, a semimetal, such as graphite, a degenerate or highly doped semiconductor, or a small-band gap semiconductor.
  • suitable materials include gold, silver, ruthenium oxide, titanium nitride, titanium dioxide, indium doped tin oxide, tin doped indium oxide, or graphite.
  • the temperature-dependent element 72 is typically made using a fine trace (e.g., a conductive trace that has a smaller cross-section than that of the probe leads 68 , 70 ) of the same conductive material as the probe leads, or another material such as a carbon ink, a carbon fiber, or platinum, which has a temperature-dependent characteristic, such as resistance, that provides a temperature-dependent signal when a voltage source is attached to the two probe leads 68 , 70 of the temperature probe 66 .
  • the temperature-dependent characteristic of the temperature-dependent element 72 may either increase or decrease with temperature.
  • the temperature dependence of the characteristic of the temperature-dependent element 72 is approximately linear with temperature over the expected range of biological temperatures (about 25 to 45° C.), although this is not required.
  • a signal (e.g., a current) having an amplitude or other property that is a function of the temperature can be obtained by providing a potential across the two probe leads 68 , 70 of the temperature probe 66 .
  • the signal from the temperature probe 66 (e.g., the amount of current flowing through the probe) may be combined with the signal obtained from the working electrode 58 by, for example, scaling the temperature probe signal and then adding or subtracting the scaled temperature probe signal from the signal at the working electrode 58 . In this manner, the temperature probe 66 can provide a temperature adjustment for the output from the working electrode 58 to offset the temperature dependence of the working electrode 58 .
  • One embodiment of the temperature probe includes probe leads 68 , 70 formed as two spaced-apart channels with a temperature-dependent element 72 formed as a cross-channel connecting the two spaced-apart channels, as illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • the two spaced-apart channels contain a conductive material, such as a metal, alloy, semimetal, degenerate semiconductor, or metallic compound.
  • the cross-channel may contain the same material (provided the cross-channel has a smaller cross-section than the two spaced-apart channels) as the probe leads 68 , 70 . In other embodiments, the material in the cross-channel is different than the material of the probe leads 68 , 70 .
  • One exemplary method for forming this particular temperature probe includes forming the two spaced-apart channels and then filling them with the metallic or alloyed conductive material. Next, the cross-channel is formed and then filled with the desired material. The material in the cross-channel overlaps with the conductive material in each of the two spaced-apart channels to form an electrical connection.
  • the temperature-dependent element 72 of the temperature probe 66 can not be shorted by conductive material formed between the two probe leads 68 , 70 .
  • a covering may be provided over the temperature-dependent element 72 , and preferably over the portion of the probe leads 68 , 70 that is implanted in the patient.
  • the covering may be, for example, a non-conducting film disposed over the temperature-dependent element 72 and probe leads 68 , 70 to prevent the ionic conduction. Suitable non-conducting films include, for example, KaptonTM polyimide films (DuPont. Wilmington, Del.).
  • Another method for eliminating or reducing conduction by ionic species in the body or sample fluid is to use an ac voltage source connected to the probe leads 68 , 70 . In this way, the positive and negative ionic species are alternately attracted and repelled during each half cycle of the ac voltage. This results in no net attraction of the ions in the body or sample fluid to the temperature probe 66 . The maximum amplitude of the ac current through the temperature-dependent element 72 may then be used to correct the measurements from the working electrodes 58 .
  • the temperature probe can be placed on the same substrate as the electrodes. Alternatively, a temperature probe may be placed on a separate substrate. In addition, the temperature probe may be used by itself or in conjunction with other devices.
  • a temperature probe utilizes the temperature dependence of the conductivity of a solution (e.g., blood or interstitial fluid).
  • a solution e.g., blood or interstitial fluid
  • the conductivity of an electrolyte-containing solution is dependent on the temperature of the solution, assuming that the concentration of electrolytes is relatively constant.
  • Blood, interstitial fluid, and other bodily fluids are solutions with relatively constant levels of electrolytes.
  • a sensor 42 can include two or more conductive traces (not shown) which are spaced apart by a known distance.
  • a portion of these conductive traces is exposed to the solution and the conductivity between the exposed portions of the conductive traces is measured using known techniques (e.g., application of a constant or known current or potential and measurement of the resulting potential or current, respectively, to determine the conductivity).
  • a change in conductivity is related to a change in temperature.
  • This relation can be modeled using linear, quadratic, exponential, or other relations. The parameters for this relationship typically do not vary significantly between most people.
  • the calibration for the temperature probe can be determined by a variety of methods, including, for example, calibration of each sensor 42 using an independent method of determining temperature (e.g., a thermometer, an optical or electrical temperature detector, or the temperature probe 66 , described above) or calibrating one sensor 42 and using that calibration for all other sensors in a batch based on uniformity in geometry.
  • An optional film layer 75 is formed over at least that portion of the sensor 42 which is subcutaneously inserted into the patient, as shown in FIG. 9.
  • This optional film layer 74 may serve one or more functions.
  • the film layer 74 prevents the penetration of large biomolecules into the electrodes. This is accomplished by using a film layer 74 having a pore size that is smaller than the biomolecules that are to be excluded. Such biomolecules may foul the electrodes and/or the sensing layer 64 thereby reducing the effectiveness of the sensor 42 and altering the expected signal amplitude for a given analyte concentration. The fouling of the working electrodes 58 may also decrease the effective life of the sensor 42 .
  • the biocompatible layer 74 may also prevent protein adhesion to the sensor 42 , formation of blood clots, and other undesirable interactions between the sensor 42 and body.
  • the senor may be completely or partially coated on its exterior with a biocompatible coating.
  • a preferred biocompatible coating is a hydrogel which contains at least 20 wt. % fluid when in equilibrium with the analyte-containing fluid. Examples of suitable hydrogels are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852, incorporated herein by reference, and include crosslinked polyethylene oxides, such as polyethylene oxide tetraacrylate.
  • An interferent-eliminating layer (not shown) may be included in the sensor 42 .
  • the interferent-eliminating layer may be incorporated in the biocompatible layer 75 or in the mass transport limiting layer 74 (described below) or may be a separate layer.
  • Interferents are molecules or other species that are electroreduced or electrooxidized at the electrode, either directly or via an electron transfer agent, to produce a false signal.
  • a film or membrane prevents the penetration of one or more interferents into the region around the working electrodes 58 .
  • this type of interferent-eliminating layer is much less permeable to one or more of the interferents than to the analyte.
  • the interferent-eliminating layer may include ionic components, such as Nafion®, incorporated into a polymeric matrix to reduce the permeability of the interferent-eliminating layer to ionic interferents having the same charge as the ionic components.
  • ionic components such as Nafion®
  • negatively charged compounds or compounds that form negative ions may be incorporated in the interferent-eliminating layer to reduce the permeation of negative species in the body or sample fluid.
  • an interferent-eliminating layer includes a catalyst for catalyzing a reaction which removes interferents.
  • a catalyst for catalyzing a reaction which removes interferents.
  • One example of such a catalyst is a peroxidase. Hydrogen peroxide reacts with interferents, such as acetaminophen, urate, and ascorbate. The hydrogen peroxide may be added to the analyte-containing fluid or may be generated in situ, by, for example, the reaction of glucose or lactate in the presence of glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase, respectively.
  • interferent eliminating layers include a peroxidase enzyme crosslinked (a) using gluteraldehyde as a crosslinking agent or (b) oxidation of oligosaccharide groups in the peroxidase glycoenzyme with NaIO 4 , followed by coupling of the aldehydes formed to hydrazide groups in a polyacrylamide matrix to form hydrazones are describe in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,262,305 and 5,356,786, incorporated herein by reference.
  • a mass transport limiting layer 74 may be included with the sensor to act as a diffusion-limiting barrier to reduce the rate of mass transport of the analyte, for example, glucose or lactate, into the region around the working electrodes 58 .
  • the steady state concentration of the analyte in the proximity of the working electrode 58 (which is proportional to the concentration of the analyte in the body or sample fluid) can be reduced. This extends the upper range of analyte concentrations that can still be accurately measured and may also expand the range in which the current increases approximately linearly with the level of the analyte.
  • the mass transport limiting layer is made using a film that absorbs less than 5 wt. % of fluid over 24 hours. This may reduce or obviate any need for a temperature probe.
  • the mass transport limiting layer is made using a film that absorbs less than 5 wt. % of fluid over 24 hours at 37° C.
  • Particularly useful materials for the film layer 74 are membranes that do not swell in the analyte-containing fluid that the sensor tests. Suitable membranes include 3 to 20,000 nm diameter pores. Membranes having 5 to 500 nm diameter pores with well-defined, uniform pore sizes and high aspect ratios are preferred. In one embodiment, the aspect ratio of the pores is preferably two or greater and more preferably five or greater.
  • Well-defined and uniform pores can be made by track etching a polymeric membrane using accelerated electrons, ions, or particles emitted by radioactive nuclei.
  • Most preferred are anisotropic, polymeric, track etched membranes that expand less in the direction perpendicular to the pores than in the direction of the pores when heated.
  • Suitable polymeric membranes included polycarbonate membranes from Poretics (Livermore, CA, catalog number 19401, 0.01 ⁇ m pore size polycarbonate membrane) and Coming Costar Corp. (Cambridge, Mass., NucleoporeTM brand membranes with 0.015 ⁇ m pore size). Other polyolefin and polyester films may be used.
  • the permeability of the mass transport limiting membrane changes no more than 4%, preferably, no more than 3%, and, more preferably, no more than 2%, per ° C. in the range from 30° C. to 40° C. when the membranes resides in the subcutaneous interstitial fluid.
  • the mass transport limiting layer 74 may also limit the flow of oxygen into the sensor 42 . This can improve the stability of sensors 42 that are used in situations where variation in the partial pressure of oxygen causes non-linearity in sensor response.
  • the mass transport limiting layer 74 restricts oxygen transport by at least 40%, preferably at least 60%, and more preferably at least 80%, than the membrane restricts transport of the analyte.
  • films having a greater density e.g., a density closer to that of the crystalline polymer
  • Polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, are typically less permeable to oxygen and are, therefore, preferred over polycarbonate membranes.
  • An implantable sensor may also, optionally, have an anticlotting agent disposed on a portion the substrate which is implanted into a patient.
  • This anticlotting agent may reduce or eliminate the clotting of blood or other body fluid around the sensor, particularly after insertion of the sensor. Blood clots may foul the sensor or irreproducibly reduce the amount of analyte which diffuses into the sensor.
  • useful anticlotting agents include heparin and tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), as well as other known anticlotting agents.
  • the anticlotting agent may be applied to at least a portion of that part of the sensor 42 that is to be implanted.
  • the anticlotting agent may be applied, for example, by bath, spraying, brushing, or dipping.
  • the anticlotting agent is allowed to dry on the sensor 42 .
  • the anticlotting agent may be immobilized on the surface of the sensor or it may be allowed to diffuse away from the sensor surface.
  • the quantities of anticlotting agent disposed on the sensor are far below the amounts typically used for treatment of medical conditions involving blood clots and, therefore, have only a limited, localized effect.
  • the sensor 42 may be designed to be a replaceable component in an in vivo analyte monitor, and particularly in an implantable analyte monitor.
  • the sensor 42 is capable of operation over a period of days.
  • the period of operation is at least one day, more preferably at least three days, and most preferably at least one week.
  • the sensor 42 can then be removed and replaced with a new sensor.
  • the lifetime of the sensor 42 may be reduced by the fouling of the electrodes or by the leaching of the electron transfer agent or catalyst.
  • Another primary limitation on the lifetime of the sensor 42 is the temperature stability of the catalyst.
  • Many catalysts are enzymes, which are very sensitive to the ambient temperature and may degrade at temperatures of the patient's body (e.g., approximately 37° C. for the human body). Thus, robust enzymes should be used where available.
  • the sensor 42 should be replaced when a sufficient amount of the enzyme has been deactivated to introduce an unacceptable amount of error in the measurements.
  • An insertion device 120 can be used to subcutaneously insert the sensor 42 into the patient, as illustrated in FIG. 12.
  • the insertion device 120 is typically formed using structurally rigid materials, such as metal or rigid plastic. Preferred materials include stainless steel and ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene) plastic.
  • the insertion device 120 is pointed and/or sharp at the tip 121 to facilitate penetration of the skin of the patient. A sharp, thin insertion device may reduce pain felt by the patient upon insertion of the sensor 42 .
  • the tip 121 of the insertion device 120 has other shapes, including a blunt or flat shape. These embodiments may be particularly useful when the insertion device 120 does not penetrate the skin but rather serves as a structural support for the sensor 42 as the sensor 42 is pushed into the skin.
  • the insertion device 120 may have a variety of cross-sectional shapes, as shown in FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13 C.
  • the insertion device 120 illustrated in FIG. 13A is a flat, planar, pointed strip of rigid material which may be attached or otherwise coupled to the sensor 42 to ease insertion of the sensor 42 into the skin of the patient, as well as to provide structural support to the sensor 42 during insertion.
  • the insertion devices 120 of FIGS. 13B and 13C are U- or V-shaped implements that support the sensor 42 to limit the amount that the sensor 42 may bend or bow during insertion.
  • 13B and 13C is typically 1 mm or less, preferably 700 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 500 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 300 ⁇ m or less.
  • the cross-sectional height 126 of the insertion device 120 illustrated in FIGS. 13B and 13C is typically about 1 mm or less, preferably about 700 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably about 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the sensor 42 itself may include optional features to facilitate insertion.
  • the sensor 42 may be pointed at the tip 123 to ease insertion, as illustrated in FIG. 12.
  • the sensor 42 may include a barb 125 which helps retain the sensor 42 in the subcutaneous tissue of the patient.
  • the barb 125 may also assist in anchoring the sensor 42 within the subcutaneous tissue of the patient during operation of the sensor 42 .
  • the barb 125 is typically small enough that little damage is caused to the subcutaneous tissue when the sensor 42 is removed for replacement.
  • the sensor 42 may also include a notch 127 that can be used in cooperation with a corresponding structure (not shown) in the insertion device to apply pressure against the sensor 42 during insertion, but disengage as the insertion device 120 is removed.
  • a structure in the insertion device is a rod (not shown) between two opposing sides of an insertion device 120 and at an appropriate height of the insertion device 120 .
  • the sensor 42 is placed within or next to the insertion device 120 and then a force is provided against the insertion device 120 and/or sensor 42 to carry the sensor 42 into the skin of the patient.
  • the force is applied to the sensor 42 to push the sensor into the skin, while the insertion device 120 remains stationary and provides structural support to the sensor 42 .
  • the force is applied to the insertion device 120 and optionally to the sensor 42 to push a portion of both the sensor 4 ) and the insertion device 120 through the skin of the patient and into the subcutaneous tissue.
  • the insertion device 120 is optionally pulled out of the skin and subcutaneous tissue with the sensor 42 remaining in the subcutaneous tissue due to frictional forces between the sensor 42 and the patient's tissue. If the sensor 42 includes the optional barb 125 , then this structure may also facilitate the retention of the sensor 42 within the interstitial tissue as the barb catches in the tissue.
  • the force applied to the insertion device 120 and/or the sensor 42 may be applied manually or mechanically.
  • the sensor 42 is reproducibly inserted through the skin of the patient.
  • an insertion gun is used to insert the sensor.
  • FIG. 26 One example of an insertion gun 200 for inserting a sensor 42 is shown in FIG. 26.
  • the insertion gun 200 includes a housing 202 and a carrier 204 .
  • the insertion device 120 is typically mounted on the carrier 204 and the sensor 42 is pre-loaded into the insertion device 120 .
  • the carrier 204 drives the sensor 42 and, optionally, the insertion device 120 into the skin of the patient using, for example, a cocked or wound spring, a burst of compressed gas, an electromagnet repelled by a second magnet, or the like, within the insertion gun 200 .
  • a cocked or wound spring a burst of compressed gas
  • an electromagnet repelled by a second magnet or the like
  • the carrier 204 and insertion device may be moved, cocked, or otherwise prepared to be directed towards the skin of the patient.
  • the insertion gun 200 may contain a mechanism which pulls the insertion device 120 out of the skin of the patient.
  • a mechanism may use a spring, electromagnet, or the like to remove the insertion device 120 .
  • the insertion gun may be reusable.
  • the insertion device 120 is often disposable to avoid the possibility of contamination.
  • the insertion device 120 may be sterilized and reused.
  • the insertion device 120 and/or the sensor 42 may be coated with an anticlotting agent to prevent fouling of the sensor 42 .
  • the senor 42 is injected between 2 to 12 mm into the interstitial tissue of the patient for subcutaneous implantation.
  • the sensor is injected 3 to 9 mm, and more preferably 5 to 7 mm, into the interstitial tissue.
  • Other embodiments of the invention may include sensors implanted in other portions of the patient, including, for example, in an artery, vein, or organ. The depth of implantation varies depending on the desired implantation target.
  • the insertion site be positioned so that the on-skin sensor control unit 44 can be concealed.
  • the insertion site be at a place on the body with a low density of nerve endings to reduce the pain to the patient. Examples of preferred sites for insertion of the sensor 42 and positioning of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 include the abdomen, thigh, leg, upper arm, and shoulder.
  • Insertion angles are measured from the plane of the skin (i.e., inserting the sensor perpendicular to the skin would be a 90° insertion angle). Insertion angles usually range from 10 to 90°, typically from 15 to 60°, and often from 30 to 45°.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is configured to be placed on the skin of a patient.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is optionally formed in a shape that is comfortable to the patient and which may permit concealment, for example, under a patient's clothing.
  • the thigh, leg, upper arm, shoulder, or abdomen are convenient parts of the patient's body for placement of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to maintain concealment.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be positioned on other portions of the patient's body.
  • One embodiment of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a thin, oval shape to enhance concealment, as illustrated in FIGS. 14 - 16 . However, other shapes and sizes may be used.
  • the particular profile, as well as the height, width, length, weight, and volume of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may vary and depends, at least in part, on the components and associated functions included in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as discussed below.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a height of 1.3 cm or less, and preferably 0.7 cm or less.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a weight of 90 grams or less, preferably 45 grams or less, and more preferably 25 grams or less.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a volume of about 15 cm 3 or less, preferably about 10 cm ⁇ 1 or less, more preferably about 5 cm 3 or less, and most preferably about 2.5 cm 3 or less.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 includes a housing 45 , as illustrated in FIGS. 14 - 16 .
  • the housing 45 is typically formed as a single integral unit that rests on the skin of the patient.
  • the housing 45 typically contains most or all of the electronic components, described below, of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 usually includes no additional cables or wires to other electronic components or other devices. If the housing includes two or more parts, then those parts typically fit together to form a single integral unit.
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be formed using a variety of materials, including, for example, plastic and polymeric materials, particularly rigid thermoplastics and engineering thermoplastics. Suitable materials include, for example, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ABS polymers, and copolymers thereof
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be formed using a variety of techniques including, for example, injection molding, compression molding, casting, and other molding methods. Hollow or recessed regions may be formed in the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the electronic components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 described below, and/or other items, such as a battery or a speaker for an audible alarm, may be placed in the hollow or recessed areas.
  • conductive contacts 80 are provided on the exterior of the housing 45 . In other embodiments, the conductive contacts 80 are provided on the interior of the housing 45 , for example, within a hollow or recessed region.
  • the electronic components and/or other items are incorporated into the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 as the plastic or polymeric material is molded or otherwise formed. In other embodiments, the electronic components and/or other items are incorporated into the housing 45 as the molded material is cooling or after the molded material has been reheated to make it pliable. Alternatively, the electronic components and/or other items may be secured to the housing 45 using fasteners, such as screws, nuts and bolts, nails, staples, rivets, and the like or adhesives, such as contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like. In some cases, the electronic components and/or other items are not affixed to the housing 45 at all.
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is a single piece.
  • the conductive contacts 80 may be formed on the exterior of the housing 45 or on the interior of the housing 45 provided there is a port 78 in the housing 45 through which the sensor 42 can be directed to access the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is formed in at least two separate portions that fit together to form the housing 45 , for example, a base 74 and a cover 76 , as illustrated in FIGS. 14 - 16 .
  • the two or more portions of the housing 45 may be entirely separate from each other.
  • at least some of the two or more portions of the housing 45 may be connected together, for example, by a hinge, to facilitate the coupling of the portions to form the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • These two or more separate portions of the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may have complementary, interlocking structures, such as, for example, interlocking ridges or a ridge on one component and a complementary groove on another component, so that the two or more separate components may be easily and/or firmly coupled together. This may be useful, particularly if the components are taken apart and fit together occasionally, for example, when a battery or sensor 42 is replaced.
  • other fasteners may also be used to couple the two or more components together, including, for example, screws, nuts and bolts, nails, staples, rivets, or the like.
  • adhesives both permanent or temporary, may be used including, for example, contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like.
  • the housing 45 is at least water resistant to prevent the flow of fluids into contact with the components in the housing, including, for example, the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the housing is waterproof.
  • two or more components of the housing 45 for example, the base 74 and the cover 76 , fit together tightly to form a hermetic, waterproof, or water resistant seal so that fluids can not flow into the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 . This may be useful to avoid corrosion currents and/or degradation of items within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , such as the conductive contacts, the battery, or the electronic components, particularly when the patient engages in such activities as showering, bathing, or swimming.
  • Water resistant means that there is no penetration of water through a water resistant seal or housing when immersed in water at a depth of one meter at sea level.
  • Waterproof means that there is no penetration of water through the waterproof seal or housing when immersed in water at a depth of ten meters, and preferably fifty meters, at sea level. It is often desirable that the electronic circuitry, power supply (e.g., battery), and conductive contacts of the on-skin sensor control unit, as well as the contact pads of the sensor, are contained in a water resistant, and preferably, a waterproof, environment.
  • the portions of the housing 45 such as the base 74 and cover 76 , there may be other individually-formed pieces of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , which may be assembled during or after manufacture.
  • One example of an individually-formed piece is a cover for electronic components that fits a recess in the base 74 or cover 76 .
  • Another example is a cover for a battery provided in the base 74 or cover 76 .
  • These individually-formed pieces of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be permanently affixed, such as, for example, a cover for electronic components, or removably affixed, such as, for example, a removable cover for a battery, to the base 74 , cover 76 , or other component of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • Methods for affixing these individually-formed pieces include the use of fasteners, such as screws, nuts and bolts, staples, nails, rivets, and the like, frictional fasteners, such as tongue and groove structures, and adhesives, such as contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like.
  • One embodiment of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is a disposable unit complete with a battery for operating the unit. There are no portions of the unit that the patient needs to open or remove, thereby reducing the size of the unit and simplifying its construction.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 optionally remains in a sleep mode prior to use to conserve the battery's power.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 detects that it is being used and activates itself. Detection of use may be through a number of mechanisms. These include, for example, detection of a change in resistance across the electrical contacts, actuation of a switch upon mating the on-skin sensor control unit 44 with a mounting unit 77 (see FIGS. 27A and 28A).
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is typically replaced when it no longer operates within threshold limits, for example, if the battery or other power source does not generate sufficient power. Often this embodiment of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has conductive contacts 80 on the exterior of the housing 45 . Once the sensor 42 is implanted in the patient, the sensor control unit 44 is placed over the sensor 42 with the conductive contacts 80 in contact with the contact pads 49 of the sensor 42 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is typically attached to the skin 75 of the patient, as illustrated in FIG. 17.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be attached by a variety of techniques including, for example, by adhering the on-skin sensor control unit 44 directly to the skin 75 of the patient with an adhesive provided on at least a portion of the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 which contacts the skin 75 or by suturing the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 through suture openings (not shown) in the sensor control unit 44 .
  • Another method of attaching the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 includes using a mounting unit, 77 .
  • the mounting unit 77 is often a part of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • a suitable mounting unit 77 is a double-sided adhesive strip, one side of which is adhered to a surface of the skin of the patient and the other side is adhered to the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the mounting unit 77 may have an optional opening 79 which is large enough to allow insertion of the sensor 42 through the opening 79 .
  • the sensor may be inserted through a thin adhesive and into the skin.
  • a variety of adhesives may be used to adhere the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 of the patient, either directly or using the mounting unit 77 , including, for example, pressure sensitive adhesives (PSA) or contact adhesives.
  • PSA pressure sensitive adhesives
  • an adhesive is chosen which is not irritating to all or a majority of patients for at least the period of time that a particular sensor 42 is implanted in the patient.
  • a second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound may be included with the mounting unit so that a patient, whose skin is irritated by the adhesive on the mounting unit 77 , can cover his skin with the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound and then place the mounting unit 77 over the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound. This should substantially prevent the irritation of the skin of the patient because the adhesive on the mounting unit 77 is no longer in contact with the skin, but is instead in contact with the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be moved to a different position on the skin 75 of the patient, for example, to avoid excessive irritation. Alternatively, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may remain at the same place on the skin of the patient until it is determined that the unit 44 should be moved.
  • FIGS. 27A and 27B Another embodiment of a mounting unit 77 used in an on-skin sensor control unit 44 is illustrated in FIGS. 27A and 27B.
  • the mounting unit 77 and a housing 45 of an on-skin sensor control unit 44 are mounted together in, for example, an interlocking manner, as shown in FIG. 27A.
  • the mounting unit 77 is formed, for example, using plastic or polymer materials, including, for example, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ABS polymers, and copolymers thereof.
  • the mounting unit 77 may be formed using a variety of techniques including, for example, injection molding, compression molding, casting, and other molding methods.
  • the mounting unit 77 typically includes an adhesive on a bottom surface of the mounting unit 77 to adhere to the skin of the patient or the mounting unit 77 is used in conjunction with, for example, double-sided adhesive tape or the like.
  • the mounting unit 77 typically includes an opening 79 through which the sensor 42 is inserted, as shown in FIG. 27B.
  • the mounting unit 77 may also include a support structure 220 for holding the sensor 42 in place and against the conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 42 .
  • the mounting unit 77 also, optionally, includes a positioning structure 222 , such as an extension of material from the mounting unit 77 , that corresponds to a structure (not shown), such as an opening, on the sensor 42 to facilitate proper positioning of the sensor 42 , for example, by aligning the two complementary structures.
  • a positioning structure 222 such as an extension of material from the mounting unit 77 , that corresponds to a structure (not shown), such as an opening, on the sensor 42 to facilitate proper positioning of the sensor 42 , for example, by aligning the two complementary structures.
  • a coupled mounting unit 77 and housing 45 of an on-skin sensor control unit 44 is provided on an adhesive patch 204 with an optional over 206 to protect and/or confine the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as illustrated in FIG. 28A.
  • the optional cover may contain an adhesive or other mechanism for attachment to the housing 45 and/or mounting unit 77 .
  • the mounting unit 77 typically includes an opening 49 through which a sensor 42 is disposed, as shown in FIG. 28B.
  • the opening 49 may optionally be configured to allow insertion of the sensor 42 through the opening 49 using an insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 (see FIG. 26).
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a base 74 and a cover 76 , as illustrated in FIG. 28C.
  • a bottom view of the housing 45 illustrates ports 230 through which conductive contacts (not shown) extend to connect with contact pads on the sensor 42 .
  • a board 232 for attachment of circuit components may optionally be provided within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as illustrated in FIG. 28E.
  • the adhesive on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or on any of the embodiments of the mounting unit 77 is water resistant or waterproof to permit activities such as showering and/or bathing while maintaining adherence of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 of the patient and, at least in some embodiments, preventing water from penetrating into the sensor control unit 44 .
  • the use of a water resistant or waterproof adhesive combined with a water resistant or waterproof housing 45 protects the components in the sensor control unit 44 and the contact between the conductive contacts 80 and the sensor 42 from damage or corrosion.
  • An example of a non-irritating adhesive that repels water is Tegaderm (3M, St. Paul, Minn.).
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 includes a sensor port 78 through which the sensor 42 enters the subcutaneous tissue of the patient, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 .
  • the sensor 42 may be inserted into the subcutaneous tissue of the patient through the sensor port 78 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may then be placed on the skin of the patient with the sensor 42 being threaded through the sensor port 78 . If the housing 45 of the sensor 42 has, for example, a base 74 and a cover 76 , then the cover 76 may be removed to allow the patient to guide the sensor 42 into the proper position for contact with the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the patient may slide the sensor 42 into the housing 45 until contact is made between the contact pads 49 and the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the sensor control unit 44 may have a structure which obstructs the sliding of the sensor 42 further into the housing once the sensor 42 is properly positioned with the contact pads 49 in contact with the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the conductive contacts 80 are on the exterior of the housing 45 (see e.g., FIGS. 27 A- 27 B and 28 A- 28 E).
  • the patient guides the contacts pads 49 of the sensor 42 into contact with the conductive contacts 80 .
  • a guiding structure may be provided on the housing 45 which guides the sensor 42 into the proper position.
  • An example of such a structure includes a set of guiding rails extending from the housing 45 and having the shape of the sensor 42 .
  • the tip of the insertion device 120 or optional insertion gun 200 is positioned against the skin or the mounting unit 77 at the desired insertion point.
  • the insertion device 120 is positioned on the skin without any guide.
  • the insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 is positioned using guides (not shown) in the mounting unit 77 or other portion of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the guides, opening 79 in the mounting unit 77 and/or sensor port 78 in the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 have a shape which is complementary to the shape of the tip of the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200 to limit the orientation of the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200 relative to the opening 79 and/or sensor port 78 .
  • the sensor can then be subcutaneously inserted into the patient by matching the complementary shape of the opening 79 or sensor port 78 with the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200 .
  • the shapes of a) the guides, opening 79 , or sensor port 78 , and (b) the insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 are configured such that the two shapes can only be matched in a single orientation. This aids in inserting the sensor 42 in the same orientation each time a new sensor is inserted into the patient. This uniformity in insertion orientation may be required in some embodiments to ensure that the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 are correctly aligned with appropriate conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the use of the insertion gun, as described above, may ensure that the sensor 42 is inserted at a uniform, reproducible depth.
  • the sensor 42 and the electronic components within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 are coupled via conductive contacts 80 , as shown in FIGS. 14 - 16 .
  • the one or more working electrodes 58 , counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode), optional reference electrode 62 , and optional temperature probe 66 are attached to individual conductive contacts 80 .
  • the conductive contacts 80 are provided on the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • Other embodiments of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 have the conductive contacts disposed on the exterior of the housing 45 . The placement of the conductive contacts 80 is such that they are in contact with the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 when the sensor 42 is properly positioned within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the base 74 and cover 76 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 are formed such that, when the sensor 42 is within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and the base 74 and cover 76 are fitted together, the sensor 42 is bent. In this manner, the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 are brought into contact with the conductive contacts 80 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may optionally contain a support structure 82 to hold, support, and/or guide the sensor 42 into the correct position.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable conductive contacts 80 are illustrated in FIGS. 19 A- 19 D.
  • the conductive contacts 80 are pins 84 or the like, as illustrated in FIG. 19A, which are brought into contact with the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 when the components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , for example, the base 74 and cover 76 , are fitted together.
  • a support 82 may be provided under the sensor 42 to promote adequate contact between the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 and the pins 84 .
  • the pins are typically made using a conductive material, such as a metal or alloy, for example, copper, stainless steel, or silver.
  • Each pin has a distal end that extends from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 for contacting the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 .
  • Each pin 84 also has a proximal end that is coupled to a wire or other conductive strip that is, in turn, coupled to the rest of the electronic components (e.g., the voltage source 95 and measurement circuit 96 of FIGS. 18A and 18B) within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the pins 84 may be coupled directly to the rest of the electronics.
  • the conductive contacts 80 are formed as a series of conducting regions 88 with interspersed insulating regions 90 , as illustrated in FIG. 19B.
  • the conducting regions 88 may be as large or larger than the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 to alleviate registration concerns.
  • the insulating regions 90 should have sufficient width so that a single conductive region 88 does not overlap with two contact pads 49 as determined based on the expected variation in the position of the sensor 42 and contact pads 49 with respect to the conductive contacts 80 .
  • the conducting regions 88 are formed using materials such as metals, alloys, or conductive carbon.
  • the insulating regions 90 may be formed using known insulating materials including, for example, insulating plastic or polymer materials.
  • a unidirectional conducting adhesive 92 may be used between the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 and conductive contacts 80 implanted or otherwise formed in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as shown in FIG. 19C.
  • the conductive contacts 80 are conductive members 94 that extend from a surface of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to contact the contact pads 49 , as shown in FIG. 19D.
  • the conductive members 94 may be made using metal, alloy, conductive carbon, or conducting plastics and polymers.
  • any of the exemplary conductive contacts 80 described above may extend from either the upper surface of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as illustrated in FIG. 19A- 19 C, or from the lower surface of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , as illustrated in FIG. 19D, or from both the upper and lower surfaces of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , particularly when the sensor 42 has contact pads 49 on both sides of the sensor.
  • Conductive contacts 80 on the exterior of the housing 45 may also have a variety of shapes as indicated in FIGS. 19E and 19F.
  • the conductive contacts 80 may be embedded in (FIG. 19E) or extending out of (FIG. 19F) the housing 45 .
  • the conductive contacts 80 are preferably made using a material which will not corrode due to contact with the contact pads 49 of the sensor 42 . Corrosion may occur when two different metals are brought in contact. Thus, if the contact pads 49 are formed using carbon then the preferred conductive contacts 80 may be made using any material, including metals or alloys. However, if any of the contact pads 49 are made with a metal or alloy then the preferred conductive contacts 80 for coupling with the metallic contact pads are made using a non-metallic conductive material, such as conductive carbon or a conductive polymer, or the conductive contacts 80 and the contact pads 49 are separated by a non-metallic material, such as a unidirectional conductive adhesive.
  • a non-metallic conductive material such as conductive carbon or a conductive polymer
  • electrical contacts are eliminated between the sensor 42 and the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • Power is transmitted to the sensor via inductive coupling, using, for example, closely space antennas (e.g., facing coils) (not shown) on the sensor and the on-skin sensor control unit.
  • Changes in the electrical characteristics of the sensor control unit 44 e.g., current
  • the changing magnetic field induces a current in the antenna of the sensor.
  • the close proximity of the sensor and on-skin sensor control unit results in reasonably efficient power transmission.
  • the induced current in the sensor may be used to power potentiostats, operational amplifiers, capacitors, integrated circuits, transmitters, and other electronic components built into the sensor structure.
  • Data is transmitted back to the sensor control unit, using, for example, inductive coupling via the same or different antennas and/or transmission of the signal via a transmitter on the sensor.
  • inductive coupling can eliminate electrical contacts between the sensor and the on-skin sensor control unit. Such contacts are commonly a source of noise and failure.
  • the sensor control unit may then be entirely sealed which may increase the waterproofing of the on-skin sensor control unit.
  • An exemplary on-skin sensor control unit 44 can be prepared and used in the following manner.
  • a mounting unit 77 having adhesive on the bottom is applied to the skin.
  • An insertion gun 200 (see FIG. 26) carrying the sensor 42 and the insertion device 120 is positioned against the mounting unit 77 .
  • the insertion gun 200 and mounting unit 77 are optionally designed such that there is only one position in which the two properly mate.
  • the insertion gun 200 is activated and a portion of the sensor 42 and optionally a portion of the insertion device 120 are driven through the skin into, for example, the subcutaneous tissue.
  • the insertion gun 200 withdraws the insertion device 200 , leaving the portion of the sensor 42 inserted through the skin.
  • the housing 45 of the on-skin control unit 44 is then coupled to the mounting unit 77 .
  • the housing 45 and the mounting unit 77 are formed such that there is only one position in which the two properly mate.
  • the mating of the housing 45 and the mounting unit 77 establishes contact between the contact pads 49 (see e.g., FIG. 2) on the sensor 42 and the conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • this action activates the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to begin operation.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 also typically includes at least a portion of the electronic components that operate the sensor 42 and the analyte monitoring device system 40 .
  • One embodiment of the electronics in the on-skin control unit 44 is illustrated as a block diagram in FIG. 18A.
  • the electronic components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 typically include a power supply 95 for operating the on-skin control unit 44 and the sensor 42 , a sensor circuit 97 for obtaining signals from and operating the sensor 42 , a measurement circuit 96 that converts sensor signals to a desired format, and a processing circuit 109 that, at minimum, obtains signals from the sensor circuit 97 and/or measurement circuit 96 and provides the signals to an optional transmitter 98 .
  • the processing circuit 109 may also partially or completely evaluate the signals from the sensor 42 and convey the resulting data to the optional transmitter 98 and/or activate an optional alarm system 94 (see FIG. 18B) if the analyte level exceeds a threshold.
  • the processing circuit 109 often includes digital logic circuitry.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may optionally contain a transmitter 98 for transmitting the sensor signals or processed data from the processing circuit 109 to a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 ; a data storage unit 102 for temporarily or permanently storing data from the processing circuit 109 ; a temperature probe circuit 99 for receiving signals from and operating a temperature probe 66 ; a reference voltage generator 101 for providing a reference voltage for comparison with sensor-generated signals; and/or a watchdog circuit 103 that monitors the operation of the electronic components in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the sensor control unit 44 often includes digital and/or analog components utilizing semiconductor devices, such as transistors.
  • the on-skin control unit 44 may include other components including, for example, a bias control generator 105 to correctly bias analog and digital semiconductor devices, an oscillator 107 to provide a clock signal, and a digital logic and timing component 109 to provide timing signals and logic operations for the digital components of the circuit.
  • the sensor circuit 97 and the optional temperature probe circuit 99 provide raw signals from the sensor 42 to the measurement circuit 96 .
  • the measurement circuit 96 converts the raw signals to a desired format, using for example, a current-to-voltage converter, current-to-frequency converter, and/or a binary counter or other indicator that produces a signal proportional to the absolute value of the raw signal. This may be used, for example, to convert the raw signal to a format that can be used by digital logic circuits.
  • the processing circuit 109 may then, optionally, evaluate the data and provide commands to operate the electronics.
  • FIG. 18B illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary on-skin control unit 44 that also includes optional components such as a receiver 99 to receive, for example, calibration data; a calibration storage unit 100 to hold, for example, factory-set calibration data, calibration data obtained via the receiver 99 and/or operational signals received, for example, from a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 or other external device; an alarm system 104 for warning the patient; and a deactivation switch 111 to turn off the alarm system.
  • a receiver 99 to receive, for example, calibration data
  • a calibration storage unit 100 to hold, for example, factory-set calibration data, calibration data obtained via the receiver 99 and/or operational signals received, for example, from a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 or other external device
  • an alarm system 104 for warning the patient
  • a deactivation switch 111 to turn off the alarm system.
  • Functions of the analyte monitoring system 40 and the sensor control unit 44 may be implemented using either software routines, hardware components, or combinations thereof.
  • the hardware components may be implemented using a variety of technologies, including, for example, integrated circuits or discrete electronic components. The use of integrated circuits typically reduces the size of the electronics, which in turn may result in a smaller on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the electronics in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and the sensor 42 are operated using a power supply 95 .
  • a suitable power supply 95 is a battery, for example, a thin circular battery, such as those used in many watches, hearing aids, and other small electronic devices.
  • the battery has a lifetime of at least 30 days, more preferably, a lifetime of at least three months, and most preferably, a lifetime of at least one year.
  • the battery is often one of the largest components in the on-skin control unit 44 , so it is often desirable to minimize the size of the battery.
  • a preferred battery's thickness is 0.5 mm or less, preferably 0.35 mm or less, and most preferably 0.2 mm or less. Although multiple batteries may be used, it is typically preferred to use only one battery.
  • the sensor circuit 97 is coupled via the conductive contacts 80 of the sensor control unit 44 to one or more sensors 42 , 42 ′.
  • Each of the sensors represents, at minimum, a working electrode 58 , a counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode), and an optional reference electrode 62 .
  • the sensors typically have individual working electrodes 58 , but may share a counter electrode 60 , counter/reference electrode, and/or reference electrode 52 .
  • the sensor circuit 97 receives signals from and operates the sensor 42 or sensors 42 , 42 ′.
  • the sensor circuit 97 may obtain signals from the sensor 42 using amperometric, coulometric, potentiometric, voltammetric, and/or other electrochemical techniques.
  • the sensor circuit 97 is exemplified herein as obtaining amperometric signals from the sensor 42 , however, it will be understood that the sensor circuit can be appropriately configured for obtaining signals using other electrochemical techniques.
  • the sensor circuit 97 typically includes a potentiostat that provides a constant potential to the sensor 42 .
  • the sensor circuit 97 includes an amperostat that supplies a constant current to the sensor 42 and can be used to obtain coulometric or potentiometric measurements.
  • the signal from the sensor 42 generally has at least one characteristic, such as, for example, current, voltage, or frequency, which varies with the concentration of the analyte.
  • the measurement circuit 96 may include circuitry which converts the information-carrying portion of the signal from one characteristic to another.
  • the measurement circuit 96 may include a current-to-voltage or current-to-frequency converter. The purpose of this conversion may be to provide a signal that is, for example, more easily transmitted, readable by digital circuits, and/or less susceptible to noise contributions.
  • FIG. 20A One example of a standard current-to-voltage converter is provided in FIG. 20A.
  • the signal from the sensor 42 is provided at one input terminal 134 of an operational amplifier 130 (“op amp”) and coupled through a resistor 138 to an output terminal 136 .
  • This particular current-to-voltage converter 131 may, however, be difficult to implement in a small CMOS chip because resistors are often difficult to implement on an integrated circuit.
  • discrete resistor components are used. However, the used of discrete components increases the space needed for the circuitry.
  • FIG. 20B An alternative current-to-voltage converter 141 is illustrated in FIG. 20B.
  • This converter includes an op amp 140 with the signal from the sensor 42 provided at input terminal 144 and a reference potential provided at input terminal 142 .
  • a capacitor 145 is placed between the input terminal 144 and the output terminal 146 .
  • switches 147 a , 147 b , 149 a , and 149 b are provided to allow the capacitor to charge and discharge at a rate determined by a clock (CLK) frequency.
  • CLK clock
  • switches 147 a and 147 b open and switches 149 a and 149 b close to ground and allow the capacitor 145 to partially or fully discharge.
  • the reactive impedance of the capacitor 145 is analogous to the resistance of the resistor 138 (see FIG. 20A), allowing the capacitor 145 to emulate a resistor.
  • the value of this “resistor” depends on the capacitance of the capacitor 145 and the clock frequency. By altering the clock frequency, the reactive impedance (“resistance value”) of the capacitor changes. The value of the impedance (“resistance”) of the capacitor 145 may be altered by changing the clock frequency.
  • Switches 147 a , 147 b . 149 a , and 149 b may be implemented in a CMOS chip using, for example, transistors.
  • a current-to-frequency converter may also be used in the measurement circuit 96 .
  • One suitable current-to-frequency converter includes charging a capacitor using the signal from the sensor 42 . When the potential across the capacitor exceeds a threshold value, the capacitor is allowed to discharge. Thus, the larger the current from the sensor 42 , the quicker the threshold potential is achieved. This results in a signal across the capacitor that has an alternating characteristic, corresponding to the charging and discharging of the capacitor, having a frequency which increases with an increase in current from the sensor 42 .
  • the analyte monitoring system 40 includes two or more working electrodes 58 distributed over one or more sensors 42 . These working electrodes 58 may be used for quality control purposes. For example, the output signals and/or analyzed data derived using the two or more working electrodes 58 may be compared to determine if the signals from the working electrodes agree within a desired level of tolerance. If the output signals do not agree, then the patient may be alerted to replace the sensor or sensors. In some embodiments, the patient is alerted only if the lack of agreement between the two sensors persists for a predetermined period of time. The comparison of the two signals may be made for each measurement or at regular intervals. Alternatively or additionally, the comparison may be initiated by the patient or another person. Moreover, the signals from both sensors may be used to generate data or one signal may be discarded after the comparison.
  • the current at the counter electrode 60 should be twice the current at each of the working electrodes, within a predetermined tolerance level, if the working electrodes are operating properly. If not, then the sensor or sensors should be replaced, as described above.
  • An example of using signals from only one working electrode for quality control includes comparing consecutive readings obtained using the single working electrode to determine if they differ by more than a threshold level. If the difference is greater than the threshold level for one reading or over a period of time or for a predetermined number of readings within a period of time then the patient is alerted to replace the sensor 42 .
  • the consecutive readings and/or the threshold level are determined such that all expected excursions of the sensor signal are within the desired parameters (i.e. the sensor control unit 44 does not consider true changes in analyte concentration to be a sensor failure).
  • the sensor control unit 44 may also optionally include a temperature probe circuit 99 .
  • the temperature probe circuit 99 provides a constant current through (or constant potential) across the temperature probe 66 .
  • the resulting potential (or current) varies according to the resistance of the temperature dependent element 72 .
  • the output from the sensor circuit 97 and optional, temperature probe circuit is coupled into a measurement circuit 96 that obtains signals from the sensor circuit 97 and optional temperature probe circuit 99 and, at least in some embodiments, provides output data in a form that, for example can be read by digital circuits.
  • the signals from the measurement circuit 96 are sent to the processing circuit 109 , which in turn may provide data to an optional transmitter 98 .
  • the processing circuit 109 may have one or more of the following functions: 1) transfer the signals from the measurement circuit 96 to the transmitter 98 , 2) transfer signals from the measurement circuit 96 to the data storage circuit 102 , 3) convert the information-carrying characteristic of the signals from one characteristic to another (when, for example, that has not been done by the measurement circuit 96 ), using, for example, a current-to-voltage converter, a current-to-frequency converter, or a voltage-to-current converter, 4) modify the signals from the sensor circuit 97 using calibration data and/or output from the temperature probe circuit 99 , 5) determine a level of an analyte in the interstitial fluid, 6) determine a level of an analyte in the bloodstream based on the sensor signals obtained from interstitial fluid, 7) determine if the level, rate of change, and/or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte exceeds or meets one or more threshold values, 8) activate an alarm if a threshold value is met or exceeded, 9) evaluate
  • the processing circuit 109 may be simple and perform only one or a small number of these functions or the processing circuit 109 may be more sophisticated and perform all or most of these functions.
  • the size of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may increase with the increasing number of functions and complexity of those functions that the processing circuit 109 performs. Many of these functions may not be performed by a processing circuit 109 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , but may be performed by another analyzer 152 in the receiver/display units 46 , 48 (see FIG. 22).
  • One embodiment of the measurement circuit 96 and/or processing circuit 109 provides as output data, the current flowing between the working electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60 .
  • the measurement circuit 96 and/or processing circuit 109 may also provide as output data a signal from the optional temperature probe 66 which indicates the temperature of the sensor 42 .
  • This signal from the temperature probe 66 may be as simple as a current through the temperature probe 66 or the processing circuit 109 may include a device that determines a resistance of the temperature probe 66 from the signal obtained from the measurement circuit 96 for correlation with the temperature of the sensor 42 .
  • the output data may then be sent to a transmitter 98 that then transmits this data to at least one receiver/display device 46 , 48 .
  • processing circuit 109 is more sophisticated and is capable of determining the analyte concentration or some measure representative of the analyte concentration, such as a current or voltage value.
  • the processing circuit 109 may incorporate the signal of the temperature probe to make a temperature correction in the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58 . This may include, for example, scaling the temperature probe measurement and adding or subtracting the scaled measurement to the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58 .
  • the processing circuit 109 may also incorporate calibration data which has been received from an external source or has been incorporated into the processing circuit 109 , both of which are described below, to correct the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58 .
  • the processing circuit 109 may include a correction algorithm for converting interstitial analyte level to blood analyte level.
  • the conversion of interstitial analyte level to blood analyte level is described, for example, in Schmidtke, et al. “Measurement and Modeling of the Transient Difference Between Blood and Subcutaneous Glucose Concentrations in the Rat after Injection of Insulin”, Proc. of the Nat'l Acad. of Science, 95, 294-299 (1998) and Quinn. et al., “Kinetics of Glucose Delivery to Subcutaneous Tissue in Rats Measured with 0.3 mm Amperometric Microsensors”, Am. J. Physiol., 269 (Endocrinol. Metab. 32), E155-E161 (1995), incorporated herein by reference.
  • the data from the processing circuit 109 is analyzed and directed to an alarm system 94 (see FIG. 18B) to warn the user.
  • a transmitter is not used as the sensor control unit performs all of the needed functions including analyzing the data and warning the patient.
  • the data (e.g., a current signal, a converted voltage or frequency signal, or fully or partially analyzed data) from processing circuit 109 is transmitted to one or more receiver/display units 46 , 48 using a transmitter 98 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the transmitter has an antenna 93 , such as a wire or similar conductor, formed in the housing 45 .
  • the transmitter 98 is typically designed to transmit a signal up to about 2 meters or more, preferably up to about 5 meters or more, and more preferably up to about 10 meters or more, when transmitting to a small receiver/display unit 46 , such as a palm-size, belt-worn receiver.
  • receiver/display units 46 , 48 include units that can be easily worn or carried or units that can be placed conveniently on, for example, a nightstand when the patient is sleeping.
  • the transmitter 98 may send a variety of different signals to the receiver/display units 46 , 48 , typically, depending on the sophistication of the processing circuit 109 .
  • the processing circuit 109 may simply provide raw signals, for example, currents from the working electrodes 58 , without any corrections for temperature or calibration, or the processing circuit 109 may provide converted signals which are obtained, for example, using a current-to-voltage converter 131 or 141 or a current-to-frequency converter.
  • the raw measurements or converted signals may then be processed by an analyzer 152 (see FIG. 22) in the receiver/display units 46 , 48 to determine the level of an analyte, optionally using temperature and calibration corrections.
  • the processing circuit 109 corrects the raw measurements using, for example, temperature and/or calibration information and then the transmitter 98 sends the corrected signal, and optionally, the temperature and/or calibration information, to the receiver/display units 46 , 48 .
  • the processing circuit 109 calculates the analyte level in the interstitial fluid and/or in the blood (based on the interstitial fluid level) and transmits that information to the one or more receiver/display units 46 , 48 , optionally with any of the raw data and/or calibration or temperature information.
  • the processing circuit 109 calculates the analyte concentration, but the transmitter 98 transmits only the raw measurements, converted signals, and/or corrected signals.
  • the transmitter may include optional circuitry that can return the frequency of the transmitter 98 to the desired frequency or frequency band.
  • FIG. 21 One example of suitable circuitry is illustrated in FIG. 21 as a block diagram of an open loop modulation system 200 .
  • the open loop modulation system 200 includes a phase detector (PD) 210 , a charge pump (CHGPMP) 212 , a loop filter (L.F.) 214 , a voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) 216 , and a divide by M circuit ( ⁇ M) 218 to form the phase-locked loop 220 .
  • PD phase detector
  • CHGPMP charge pump
  • L.F. loop filter
  • VCO voltage controlled oscillator
  • ⁇ M divide by M circuit
  • the analyte monitoring device 40 uses an open loop modulation system 200 for RF communication between the transmitter 98 and a receiver of, for example, the one or more receiver/display units 46 , 48 .
  • This open loop modulation system 230 is designed to provide a high reliability RF link between a transmitter and its associated receiver.
  • the system employs frequency modulation (FM), and locks the carrier center frequency using a conventional phase-locked loop (PLL) 220 .
  • FM frequency modulation
  • PLL phase-locked loop
  • the phase-locked loop 220 is opened prior to the modulation.
  • the phase-locked loop 220 remains open for as long as the center frequency of the transmitter is within the receiver's bandwidth.
  • the receiver When the transmitter detects that the center frequency is going to move outside of the receiver bandwidth, the receiver is signaled to stand by while the center frequency is captured. Subsequent to the capture, the transmission will resume. This cycle of capturing the center frequency, opening the phase-locked loop 220 , modulation, and recapturing the center frequency will repeat for as many cycles as required.
  • the loop control 240 detects the lock condition of the phase-locked loop 220 and is responsible for closing and opening the phase-locked loop 220 .
  • the totalizer 250 in conjunction with the loop control 240 , detects the status of the center frequency.
  • the modulation control 230 is responsible for generating the modulating signal.
  • a transmit amplifier 260 is provided to ensure adequate transmit signal power.
  • the reference frequency is generated from a very stable signal source (not shown), and is divided down by N through the divide by N block ( ⁇ N) 270 . Data and control signals are received by the open loop modulation system 200 via the DATA BUS 280 , and the CONTROL BUS 290 .
  • the operation of the open loop modulation system 200 begins with the phase-locked loop 220 in closed condition.
  • the phase-locked loop 220 is opened and the modulation control 230 begins generating the modulating signal.
  • the totalizer 250 monitors the VCO frequency (divided by M), for programmed intervals. The monitored frequency is compared to a threshold programmed in the totalizer 250 . This threshold corresponds to the 3 dB cut off frequencies of the receiver's intermediate frequency stage.
  • the loop control 240 is notified and a stand-by code is transmitted to the receiver and the phase-locked loop 220 is closed.
  • the receiver is in the wait mode.
  • the loop control 240 in the transmitter closes the phase-locked loop 220 .
  • modulation control 230 is taken off line, the monitored value of the totalizer 250 is reset, and the phase-locked loop 220 is locked.
  • the loop control 240 detects a lock condition, the loop control 240 opens the phase-locked loop 220 , the modulation control 230 is brought on line and the data transmission to the receiver will resume until the center frequency of the phase-locked loop 220 approaches the threshold values, at which point the cycle of transmitting the stand-by code begins.
  • the ⁇ N 270 and ⁇ M 218 block set the frequency channel of the transmitter.
  • the open loop modulation system 200 provides a reliable low power FM data transmission for an analyte monitoring system.
  • the open loop modulation system 200 provides a method of wide band frequency modulation, while the center frequency of the carrier is kept within receiver bandwidth.
  • the effect of parasitic capacitors and inductors pulling the center frequency of the transmitter is corrected by the phase-locked loop 220 .
  • the totalizer 250 and loop control 240 provide a new method of center frequency drift detection.
  • the open loop modulation system 200 is easily implemented in CMOS process.
  • the rate at which the transmitter 98 transmits data may be the same rate at which the sensor circuit 97 obtains signals and/or the processing circuit 109 provides data or signals to the transmitter 98 .
  • the transmitter 98 may transmit data at a slower rate. In this case, the transmitter 98 may transmit more than one datapoint in each transmission. Alternatively, only one datapoint may be sent with each data transmission, the remaining data not being transmitted.
  • data is transmitted to the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 at least every hour, preferably, at least every fifteen minutes, more preferably, at least every five minutes, and most preferably, at least every one minute.
  • other data transmission rates may be used.
  • the processing circuit 109 and/or transmitter 98 are configured to process and/or transmit data at a faster rate when a condition is indicated, for example, a low level or high level of analyte or impending low or high level of analyte.
  • the accelerated data transmission rate is typically at least every five minutes and preferably at least every minute.
  • an optional receiver 99 may be included in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the transmitter 98 is a transceiver, operating as both a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the receiver 99 may be used to receive calibration data for the sensor 42 .
  • the calibration data may be used by the processing circuit 109 to correct signals from the sensor 42 .
  • This calibration data may be transmitted by the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 or from some other source such as a control unit in a doctor's office.
  • the optional receiver 99 may be used to receive a signal from the receiver/display units 46 , 48 , as described above, to direct the transmitter 98 , for example, to change frequencies or frequency bands, to activate or deactivate the optional alarm system 94 (as described below), and/or to direct the transmitter 98 to transmit at a higher rate.
  • Calibration data may be obtained in a variety of ways.
  • the calibration data may simply be factory-determined calibration measurements which can be input into the on-skin sensor control unit 44 using the receiver 99 or may alternatively be stored in a calibration data storage unit 100 within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 itself (in which case a receiver 99 may not be needed).
  • the calibration data storage unit 100 may be, for example, a readable or readable/writeable memory circuit.
  • Alternative or additional calibration data may be provided based on tests performed by a doctor or some other professional or by the patient himself. For example, it is common for diabetic individuals to determine their own blood glucose concentration using commercially available testing kits. The results of this test is input into the on-skin sensor control unit 44 either directly, if an appropriate input device (e.g., a keypad, an optical signal receiver, or a port for connection to a keypad or computer) is incorporated in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , or indirectly by inputting the calibration data into the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 and transmitting the calibration data to the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • an appropriate input device e.g., a keypad, an optical signal receiver, or a port for connection to a keypad or computer
  • calibration data may be required at periodic intervals, for example, every eight hours, once a day, or, once a week, to confirm that accurate analyte levels are being reported. Calibration may also be required each time a new sensor 42 is implanted or if the sensor exceeds a threshold minimum or maximum value or if the rate of change in the sensor signal exceeds a threshold value. In some cases, it may be necessary to wait a period of time after the implantation of the sensor 42 before calibrating to allow the sensor 42 to achieve equilibrium. In some embodiments, the sensor 42 is calibrated only after it has been inserted. In other embodiments, no calibration of the sensor 42 is needed.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 may include an auditory or visual indicator that calibration data is needed, based, for example, on a predetermined periodic time interval between calibrations or on the implantation of a new sensor 42 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or receiver display/units 46 , 48 may also include an auditory or visual indicator to remind the patient that information, such as analyte levels, reported by the analyte monitoring device 40 , may not be accurate because a calibration of the sensor 42 has not been performed within the predetermined periodic time interval and/or after implantation of a new sensor 42 .
  • the processing circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or an analyzer 152 of the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 may determine when calibration data is needed and if the calibration data is acceptable.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may optionally be configured to not allow calibration or to reject a calibration point if, for example, 1) a temperature reading from the temperature probe indicates a temperature that is not within a predetermined acceptable range (e.g., 30 to 42° C.
  • the uncalibrated signal exceeds a threshold maximum value (e.g., 5, 10, 20, or 40 nA) or is below a threshold minimum value (e.g., 0.05, 0.2, 0.5, or 1 nA); 5) the calibrated signal exceeds a threshold maximum value (e.g., a signal corresponding to an analyte concentration of 200 mg/dL, 250 mg/dL, or 300 mg/dL) or is below a threshold minimum value (e.g.,
  • the processing circuit 109 or an analyzer 152 may also request another calibration point if the values determined using the sensor data before and after the latest calibration disagree by more than a threshold amount, indicating that the calibration may be incorrect or that the sensor characteristics have changed radically between calibrations. This additional calibration point may indicate the source of the difference.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an optional data storage unit 102 which may be used to hold data (e.g., measurements from the sensor or processed data) from the processing circuit 109 permanently or, more typically, temporarily.
  • the data storage unit 102 may hold data so that the data can be used by the processing circuit 109 to analyze and/or predict trends in the analyte level, including, for example, the rate and/or acceleration of analyte level increase or decrease.
  • the data storage unit 102 may also or alternatively be used to store data during periods in which a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 is not within range.
  • the data storage unit 102 may also be used to store data when the transmission rate of the data is slower than the acquisition rate of the data.
  • the data storage unit 102 typically includes a readable/writeable memory storage device and typically also includes the hardware and/or software to write to and/or read the memory storage device.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an optional alarm system 104 that, based on the data from the processing circuit 109 , warns the patient of a potentially detrimental condition of the analyte. For example, if glucose is the analyte, than the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an alarm system 104 that warns the patient of conditions such as hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, impending hypoglycemia, and/or impending hyperglycemia. The alarm system 104 is triggered when the data from the processing circuit 109 reaches or exceeds a threshold value.
  • threshold values for blood glucose levels are about 60, 70, or 80 mg/dL for hypoglycemia; about 70, 80, or 90 mg/dL for impending hypoglycemia; about 130, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, or 275 mg/dL for impending hyperglycemia; and about 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, or 300 mg/dL for hyperglycemia.
  • the actual threshold values that are designed into the alarm system 104 may correspond to interstitial fluid glucose concentrations or electrode measurements (e.g., current values or voltage values obtained by conversion of current measurements) that correlate to the above-mentioned blood glucose levels.
  • the analyte monitor device may be configured so that the threshold levels for these or any other conditions may be programmable by the patient and/or a medical professional.
  • a threshold value is exceeded if the datapoint has a value that is beyond the threshold value in a direction indicating a particular condition. For example, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 200 mg/dL exceeds a threshold value for hyperglycemia of 180 mg/dL, because the datapoint indicates that the patient has entered a hyperglycemic state. As another example, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 65 mg/dL exceeds a threshold value for hypoglycemia of 70 mg/dL because the datapoint indicates that the patient is hypoglycemic as defined by the threshold value. However, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 75 mg/dL would not exceed the same threshold value for hypoglycemia because the datapoint does not indicate that particular condition as defined by the chosen threshold value.
  • An alarm may also be activated if the sensor readings indicate a value that is beyond a measurement range of the sensor 42 .
  • the physiologically relevant measurement range is typically about 50 to 250 mg/dL, preferably about 40-300 mg/dL and ideally 30-400 mg/dL, of glucose in the interstitial fluid.
  • the alarm system 104 may also, or alternatively, be activated when the rate of change or acceleration of the rate of change in analyte level increase or decrease reaches or exceeds a threshold rate or acceleration.
  • a threshold rate or acceleration For example, in the case of a subcutaneous glucose monitor, the alarm system might be activated if the rate of change in glucose concentration exceeds a threshold value which might indicate that a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic condition is likely to occur.
  • the optional alarm system 104 may be configured to activate when a single data point meets or exceeds a particular threshold value. Alternatively, the alarm may be activated only when a predetermined number of datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time meet or exceed the threshold value. As another alternative, the alarm may be activated only when the datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time have an average value which meets or exceeds the threshold value.
  • Each condition that can trigger an alarm may have a different alarm activation condition.
  • the alarm activation condition may change depending on current conditions (e.g., an indication of impending hyperglycemia may alter the number of datapoints or the amount of time that is tested to determine hyperglycemia).
  • the alarm system 104 may contain one or more individual alarms. Each of the alarms may be individually activated to indicate one or more conditions of the analyte.
  • the alarms may be, for example, auditory or visual. Other sensory-stimulating alarm systems may be used including alarm systems which heat, cool, vibrate, or produce a mild electrical shock when activated.
  • the alarms are auditory with a different tone, note, or volume indicating different conditions. For example, a high note might indicate hyperglycemia and a low note might indicate hypoglycemia.
  • Visual alarms may use a difference in color, brightness, or position on the on-skin sensor control device 44 to indicate different conditions.
  • an auditory alarm system is configured so that the volume of the alarm increases over time until the alarm is deactivated.
  • the alarm may be automatically deactivated after a predetermined time period. In other embodiments, the alarm may be configured to deactivate when the data no longer indicate that the condition which triggered the alarm exists. In these embodiments, the alarm may be deactivated when a single data point indicates that the condition no longer exists or, alternatively, the alarm may be deactivated only after a predetermined number of datapoints or an average of datapoints obtained over a given period of time indicate that the condition no longer exists.
  • the alarm may be deactivated manually by the patient or another person in addition to or as an alternative to automatic deactivation.
  • a switch 101 is provided which when activated turns off the alarm.
  • the switch 101 may be operatively engaged (or disengaged depending on the configuration of the switch) by, for example, operating an actuator on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 or the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 .
  • an actuator may be provided on two or more units 44 , 46 , 48 , any of which may be actuated to deactivate the alarm. If the switch 101 and or actuator is provided on the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 then a signal may be transmitted from the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 to the receiver 98 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to deactivate the alarm.
  • switches 101 may be used including, for example, a mechanical switch, a reed switch, a Hall effect switch, a Gigantic Magnetic Ratio (GMR) switch (the resistance of the GMR switch is magnetic field dependent) and the like.
  • the actuator used to operatively engage (or disengage) the switch is placed on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and configured so that no water can flow around the button and into the housing.
  • a button is a flexible conducting strip that is completely covered by a flexible polymeric or plastic coating integral to the housing. In an open position the flexible conducting strip is bowed and bulges away from the housing. When depressed by the patient or another person, the flexible conducting strip is pushed directly toward a metal contact and completes the circuit to shut off the alarm.
  • a piece of magnetic material such as a permanent magnet or an electromagnet, in a flexible actuator that is bowed or bulges away from the housing 45 and the reed or GMR switch is used.
  • the reed or GMR switch is activated (to deactivate the alarm) by depressing the flexible actuator bringing the magnetic material closer to the switch and causing an increase in the magnetic field within the switch.
  • the analyte monitoring device 40 includes only an on-skin control unit 44 and a sensor 42 .
  • the processing circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is able to determine a level of the analyte and activate an alarm system 104 if the analyte level exceeds a threshold.
  • the on-skin control unit 44 in these embodiments, has an alarm system 104 and may also include a display, such as those discussed below with respect to the receiver/display units 46 , 48 .
  • the display is an LCD or LED display.
  • the on-skin control unit 44 may not have a transmitter, unless, for example, it is desirable to transmit data, for example, to a control unit in a doctor's office.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may also include a reference voltage generator 101 to provide an absolute voltage or current for use in comparison to voltages or currents obtained from or used with the sensor 42 .
  • a suitable reference voltage generator is a band-gap reference voltage generator that uses, for example, a semiconductor material with a known band-gap.
  • the band-gap is temperature insensitive over the range of temperatures that the semiconductor material will experience during operation.
  • Suitable semiconductor materials includes gallium, silicon and silicates.
  • a bias current generator 105 may be provided to correctly bias solid-state electronic components.
  • An oscillator 107 may be provided to produce a clock signal that is typically used with digital circuitry.
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may also include a watchdog circuit 103 that tests the circuitry, particularly, any digital circuitry in the control unit 44 to determine if the circuitry is operating correctly.
  • watchdog circuit operations include: a) generation of a random number by the watchdog circuit, storage of the number in a memory location, writing the number to a register in the watchdog circuit, and recall of the number to compare for equality; b) checking the output of an analog circuit to determine if the output exceeds a predetermined dynamic range; c) checking the output of a timing circuit for a signal at an expected pulse interval.
  • Other examples of functions of a watchdog circuit are known in the art. If the watchdog circuit detects an error that watchdog circuit may activate an alarm and/or shut down the device.
  • One or more receiver/display units 46 , 48 may be provided with the analyte monitoring device 40 for easy access to the data generated by the sensor 42 and may, in some embodiments, process the signals from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to determine the concentration or level of analyte in the subcutaneous tissue.
  • Small receiver/display units 46 may be carried by the patient. These units 46 may be palm-sized and/or may be adapted to fit on a belt or within a bag or purse that the patient carries.
  • One embodiment of the small receiver/display unit 46 has the appearance of a pager, for example, so that the user is not identified as a person using a medical device. Such receiver/display units may optionally have one-way or two-way paging capabilities.
  • Large receiver/display units 48 may also be used. These larger units 48 may be designed to sit on a shelf or nightstand. The large receiver/display unit 48 may be used by parents to monitor their children while they sleep or to awaken patients during the night. In addition, the large receiver/display unit 48 may include a lamp, clock, or radio for convenience and/or for activation as an alarm. One or both types of receiver/display units 46 , 48 may be used.
  • the receiver/display units 46 , 48 typically include a receiver 150 to receive data from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , an analyzer 152 to evaluate the data, a display 154 to provide information to the patient, and an alarm system 156 to warn the patient when a condition arises.
  • the receiver/display units 46 , 48 may also optionally include a data storage device 158 , a transmitter 160 , and/or an input device 162 .
  • the receiver/display units 46 , 48 may also include other components (not shown), such as a power supply (e.g., a battery and/or a power supply that can receive power from a wall outlet), a watchdog circuit, a bias current generator, and an oscillator. These additional components are similar to those described above for the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • a receiver/display unit 48 is a bedside unit for use by a patient at home.
  • the bedside unit includes a receiver and one or more optional items, including, for example, a clock, a lamp, an auditory alarm, a telephone connection, and a radio.
  • the bedside unit also has a display, preferably, with large numbers and/or letters that can be read across a room.
  • the unit may be operable by plugging into an outlet and may optionally have a battery as backup.
  • the bedside unit has a better antenna than a small palm-size unit, so the bedside unit's reception range is longer.
  • the bedside unit may activate, for example, the auditory alarm, the radio, the lamp, and/or initiate a telephone call.
  • the alarm may be more intense than the alarm of a small palm-size unit to, for example, awaken or stimulate a patient who may be asleep, lethargic, or confused.
  • a loud alarm may alert a parent monitoring a diabetic child at night.
  • the bedside unit may have its own data analyzer and data storage.
  • the data may be communicated from the on-skin sensor unit or another receiver/display unit, such as a palm-size or small receiver/display unit.
  • the on-skin sensor unit or another receiver/display unit, such as a palm-size or small receiver/display unit.
  • the receiver/display unit such as a palm-size or small receiver/display unit.
  • the beside unit has an interface or cradle into which a small receiver/display unit may be placed.
  • the bedside unit may be capable of utilizing the data storage and analysis capabilities of the small receiver/display unit and/or receive data from the small receiver/display unit in this position.
  • the bedside unit may also be capable of recharging a battery of the small receiver/display unit.
  • the receiver 150 typically is formed using known receiver and antenna circuitry and is often tuned or tunable to the frequency or frequency band of the transmitter 98 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 . Typically, the receiver 150 is capable of receiving signals from a distance greater than the transmitting distance of the transmitter 98 .
  • the small receiver/display unit 46 can typically receive a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit 44 that is up to 2 meters, preferably up to 5 meters, and more preferably up to 10 meters or more, away.
  • a large receiver/display unit 48 such as a bedside unit, can typically receive a receive a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit 44 that is up to 5 meters distant, preferably up to 10 meters distant, and more preferably up to 20 meters distant or more.
  • a repeater unit (not shown) is used to boost a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit 44 so that the signal can be received by a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 that may be distant from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the repeater unit is typically independent of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , but, in some cases, the repeater unit may be configured to attach to the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the repeater unit includes a receiver for receiving the signals from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and a transmitter for transmitting the received signals. Often the transmitter of the repeater unit is more powerful than the transmitter of the on-skin sensor control unit, although this is not necessary.
  • the repeater unit may be used, for example, in a child's bedroom for transmitting a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit on the child to a receiver/display unit in the parent's bedroom for monitoring the child's analyte levels.
  • Another exemplary use is in a hospital with a display/receiver unit at a nurse's station for monitoring on-skin sensor control unit(s) of patients.
  • the transmitter 98 may also transmit a code to indicate, for example, the beginning of a transmission and/or to identify, preferably using a unique identification code, the particular on-skin sensor control unit 44 in the event that there is more than one on-skin sensor control unit 44 or other transmission source within range of the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 .
  • the provision of an identification code with the data may reduce the likelihood that the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 intercepts and interprets signals from other transmission sources, as well as preventing “crosstalk” with different on-skin sensor control units 44 .
  • the identification code may be provided as a factory-set code stored in the sensor control unit 44 .
  • the identification code may be randomly generated by an appropriate circuit in the sensor control unit 44 or the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 (and transmitted to the sensor control unit 44 ) or the identification code may be selected by the patient and communicated to the sensor control unit 44 via a transmitter or an input device coupled to the sensor control unit 44 .
  • the transmitter 98 may use encryption techniques to encrypt the datastream from the transmitter 98 .
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 contains the key to decipher the encrypted data signal.
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 determines when false signals or “crosstalk” signals are received by evaluation of the signal after it has been deciphered.
  • the analyzer 152 in the one or more receiver/display units 46 , 48 compares the data, such as current measurements or analyte levels, with expected measurements (e.g., an expected range of measurements corresponding to physiologically relevant analyte levels).
  • an analyzer in the receiver/display units 46 , 48 searches for an identification code in the decrypted data signal.
  • Another method to eliminate “crosstalk”, which is typically used in conjunction with the identification code or encryption scheme, includes providing an optional mechanism in the on-skin sensor control unit 44 for changing transmission frequency or frequency bands upon determination that there is “crosstalk”.
  • This mechanism for changing the transmission frequency or frequency band may be initiated by the receiver/display unit automatically, upon detection of the possibility of cross-talk or interference, and/or by a patient manually.
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 transmits a signal to the optional receiver 99 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to direct the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to change frequency or frequency band.
  • Manual initiation of the change in frequency or frequency band may be accomplished using, for example, an actuator (not shown) on the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 and/or on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 which a patient operates to direct the transmitter 98 to change frequency or frequency band.
  • the operation of a manually initiated change in transmission frequency or frequency band may include prompting the patient to initiate the change in frequency or frequency band by an audio or visual signal from the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 and/or on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the analyzer 152 may have a variety of functions, similar to the processor circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , including 1) modifying the signals from the sensor 42 using calibration data and/or measurements from the temperature probe 66 , 2) determining a level of an analyte in the interstitial fluid, 3) determining a level of an analyte in the bloodstream based on the sensor measurements in the interstitial fluid, 4) determining if the level, rate of change, and/or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte exceeds or meets one or more threshold values, 5) activating an alarm system 156 and/or 94 if a threshold value is met or exceeded, 6) evaluating trends in the level of an analyte based on a series of sensor signals.
  • the analyzer 152 may be simple and perform only one or a small number of these functions or the analyzer 152 may perform all or most of these functions.
  • the output from the analyzer 152 is typically provided to a display 154 .
  • a variety of displays 154 may be used including cathode ray tube displays (particularly for larger units), LED displays, or LCD displays.
  • the display 154 may be monochromatic (e.g., black and white) or polychromatic (i.e., having a range of colors).
  • the display 154 may contain symbols or other indicators that are activated under certain conditions (e.g., a particular symbol may become visible on the display when a condition, such as hyperglycemia, is indicated by signals from the sensor 42 ).
  • the display 154 may also contain more complex structures, such as LCD or LED alphanumeric structures, portions of which can be activated to produce a letter, number, or symbol.
  • the display 154 may include region 164 to display numerically the level of the analyte, as illustrated in FIG. 23.
  • the display 154 also provides a message to the patient to direct the patient in an action.
  • Such messages may include, for example, “Eat Sugar”, if the patient is hypoglycemic, or “Take Insulin”, if the patient is hyperglycemic.
  • FIG. 23 One example of a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 is illustrated in FIG. 23.
  • the display 154 of this particular receiver/display unit 46 , 48 includes a portion 164 which displays the level of the analyte, for example, the blood glucose concentration, as determined by the processing circuit 109 and/or the analyzer 152 using signals from the sensor 42 .
  • the display also includes various indicators 166 which may be activated under certain conditions. For example, the indicator 168 of a glucose monitoring device may be activated if the patient is hyperglycemic.
  • hypoglycemia 170
  • impending hyperglycemia 172
  • impending hypoglycemia 174
  • a malfunction an error condition
  • a calibration sample 176
  • color coded indicators may be used.
  • the portion 164 which displays the blood glucose concentration may also include a composite indicator 180 (see FIG. 24), portions of which may be appropriately activated to indicate any of the conditions described above.
  • the display 154 may also be capable of displaying a graph 178 of the analyte level over a period of time, as illustrated in FIG. 24. Examples of other graphs that may be useful include graphs of the rate of change or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte level over time.
  • the receiver/display unit is configured so that the patient may choose the particular display (e.g., blood glucose concentration or graph of concentration versus time) that the patient wishes to view. The patient may choose the desired display mode by pushing a button or the like, for example, on an optional input device 162 .
  • the receiver/display units 46 , 48 also typically include an alarm system 156 .
  • the options for configuration of the alarm system 156 are similar to those for the alarm system 104 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an alarm system 156 that warns the patient of conditions such as hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, impending hypoglycemia, and/or impending hyperglycemia.
  • the alarm system 156 is triggered when the data from the analyzer 152 reaches or exceeds a threshold value.
  • the threshold values may correspond to interstitial fluid glucose concentrations or sensor signals (e.g., current or converted voltage values) which correlate to the above-mentioned blood glucose levels.
  • the alarm system 156 may also, or alternatively, be activated when the rate or acceleration of an increase or decrease in analyte level reaches or exceeds a threshold value.
  • a threshold value For example, in the case of a subcutaneous glucose monitor, the alarm system 156 might be activated if the rate of change in glucose concentration exceeds a threshold value which might indicate that a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic condition is likely to occur.
  • the alarm system 156 may be configured to activate when a single data point meets or exceeds a particular threshold value. Alternatively, the alarm may be activated only when a predetermined number of datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time meet or exceed the threshold value. As another alternative, the alarm may be activated only when the datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time have an average value which meets or exceeds the threshold value.
  • Each condition that can trigger an alarm may have a different alarm activation condition.
  • the alarm activation condition may change depending on current conditions (e.g., an indication of impending hyperglycemia may alter the number of datapoints or the amount of time that is tested to determine hyperglycemia).
  • the alarm system 156 may contain one or more individual alarms. Each of the alarms may be individually activated to indicate one or more conditions of the analyte.
  • the alarms may be, for example, auditory or visual. Other sensory-stimulating alarm systems by be used including alarm systems 156 that direct the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to heat, cool, vibrate, or produce a mild electrical shock.
  • the alarms are auditory with a different tone, note, or volume indicating different conditions. For example, a high note might indicate hyperglycemia and a low note might indicate hypoglycemia. Visual alarms may also use a difference in color or brightness to indicate different conditions.
  • an auditory alarm system might be configured so that the volume of the alarm increases over time until the alarm is deactivated.
  • the alarm may be deactivated manually by the patient or another person in addition to or as an alternative to automatic deactivation.
  • a switch is provided which when activated turns off the alarm.
  • the switch may be operatively engaged (or disengaged depending on the configuration of the switch) by, for example, pushing a button on the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 .
  • One configuration of the alarm system 156 has automatic deactivation after a period of time for alarms that indicate an impending condition (e.g., impending hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia) and manual deactivation of alarms which indicate a current condition (e.g., hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia).
  • the receiver/display units 46 , 48 may also include a number of optional items.
  • One item is a data storage unit 158 .
  • the data storage unit 158 may be desirable to store data for use if the analyzer 152 is configured to determine trends in the analyte level.
  • the data storage unit 158 may also be useful to store data that may be downloaded to another receiver/display unit, such as a large display unit 48 . Alternatively, the data may be downloaded to a computer or other data storage device in a patient's home, at a doctor's office, etc. for evaluation of trends in analyte levels.
  • a port may be provided on the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 through which the stored data may be transferred or the data may be transferred using an optional transmitter 160 .
  • the data storage unit 158 may also be activated to store data when a directed by the patient via, for example, the optional input device 162 .
  • the data storage unit 158 may also be configured to store data upon occurrence of a particular event, such as a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic episode, exercise, eating, etc.
  • the storage unit 158 may also store event markers with the data of the particular event. These event markers may be generated either automatically by the display/receiver unit 46 , 48 or through input by the patient.
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 may also include an optional transmitter 160 which can be used to transmit 1) calibration information, 2) a signal to direct the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to change transmission frequency or frequency bands, and/or 3) a signal to activate an alarm system 104 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 , all of which are described above.
  • the transmitter 160 typically operates in a different frequency band than the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to avoid cross-talk between the transmitters 98 , 160 . Methods may be used to reduce cross-talk and the reception of false signals, as described above in connection with the transmitter 100 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 .
  • the transmitter 160 may be configured to transmit data to another receiver/display unit 46 , 48 or some other receiver.
  • a small receiver/display unit 46 may transmit data to a large receiver/display unit 48 , as illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • a receiver/display unit 46 , 48 may transmit data to a computer in the patient's home or at a doctor's office.
  • the transmitter 160 or a separate transmitter may direct a transmission to another unit or to a telephone or other communications device that alerts a doctor or other individual when an alarm is activated and/or if, after a predetermined time period, an activated alarm has not been deactivated, suggesting that the patient may require assistance.
  • the receiver/display unit is capable of one-way or two-way paging and/or is coupled to a telephone line to send and/or receive messages from another, such as a health professional monitoring the patient.
  • an input device 162 such as a keypad or keyboard.
  • the input device 162 may allow numeric or alphanumeric input.
  • the input device 162 may also include buttons, keys, or the like which initiate functions of and/or provide input to the analyte monitoring device 40 .
  • Such functions may include initiating a data transfer, manually changing the transmission frequency or frequency band of the transmitter 98 , deactivating an alarm system 104 , 156 , inputting calibration data, and/or indicating events to activate storage of data representative of the event.
  • the input device 162 is a touch screen display.
  • the touch screen display may be incorporated into the display 154 or may be a separate display.
  • the touch screen display is activated when the patient touches the screen at a position indicated by a “soft button” which corresponds to a desired function.
  • Touch screen displays are well known.
  • the analyte monitoring device 40 may include password protection to prevent the unauthorized transmission of data to a terminal or the unauthorized changing of settings for the device 40 .
  • a patient may be prompted by the display 154 to input the password using the input device 152 whenever a password-protected function is initiated.
  • the deactivation mode may indicate that the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 should no longer display a portion or all of the data. In some embodiments, activation of the deactivation mode may even deactivate the alarm systems 104 , 156 . Preferably, the patient is prompted to confirm this particular action.
  • the processing circuit 109 and/or analyzer 152 may stop processing data or they may continue to process data and not report it for display and may optionally store the data for later retrieval.
  • a sleep mode may be entered if the input device 162 has not been activated for a predetermined period of time. This period of time may be adjustable by the patient or another individual. In this sleep mode, the processing circuit 109 and/or analyzer 152 typically continue to obtain measurements and process data, however, the display is not activated. The sleep mode may be deactivated by actions, such as activating the input device 162 . The current analyte reading or other desired information may then be displayed.
  • a receiver/display unit 46 initiates an audible or visual alarm when the unit 46 has not received a transmission from the on-skin sensor control unit within a predetermined amount of time. The alarm typically continues until the patient responds and/or a transmission is received. This can, for example, remind a patient if the receiver/display unit 46 is inadvertently left behind.
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 is integrated with a calibration unit (not shown).
  • the receiver/display unit 46 , 48 may, for example, include a conventional blood glucose monitor.
  • Another useful calibration device utilizing electrochemical detection of analyte concentration is described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/795,767, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Other devices may be used including those that operate using, for example, electrochemical and colorimetric blood glucose assays, assays of interstitial or dermal fluid, and/or non-invasive optical assays.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a block diagram of a sensor-based drug delivery system 250 according to the present invention.
  • the system may provide a drug to counteract the high or low level of the analyte in response to the signals from one or more sensors 252 .
  • the system monitors the drug concentration to ensure that the drug remains within a desired therapeutic range.
  • the drug delivery system includes one or more (and preferably two or more) subcutaneously implanted sensors 252 , an on-skin sensor control unit 254 , a receiver/display unit 256 , a data storage and controller module 258 , and a drug administration system 260 .
  • the receiver/display unit 256 , data storage and controller module 258 , and drug administration system 260 may be integrated in a single unit.
  • the sensor-based drug delivery system 250 uses data form the one or more sensors 252 to provide necessary input for a control algorithm/mechanism in the data storage and controller module 252 to adjust the administration of drugs.
  • a glucose sensor could be used to control and adjust the administration of insulin.
  • sensor 252 produces signals correlated to the level of the drug or analyte in the patient.
  • the level of the analyte will depend on the amount of drug delivered by the drug administration system.
  • a processor 262 in the on-skin sensor control unit 254 determines the level of the analyte, and possibly other information, such as the rate or acceleration of the rate in the increase or decrease in analyte level. This information is then transmitted to the data storage and controller module 252 using a transmitter 264 in the on-skin sensor control unit 254 , as illustrated in FIG. 25, or a non-integrated receiver/display unit 256 .
  • the data storage and controller module 258 may verify that the data from the two or more sensors 252 agrees within predetermined parameters before accepting the data as valid. This data may then be processed by the data storage and controller module 258 , optionally with previously obtained data, to determine a drug administration protocol. The drug administration protocol is then executed using the drug administration system 260 , which may be an internal or external infusion pump, syringe injector, transdermal delivery system (e.g., a patch containing the drug placed on the skin), or inhalation system. Alternatively, the drug storage and controller module 258 may provide a the drug administration protocol so that the patient or another person may provide the drug to the patient according to the profile.
  • the drug administration system 260 may be an internal or external infusion pump, syringe injector, transdermal delivery system (e.g., a patch containing the drug placed on the skin), or inhalation system.
  • the drug storage and controller module 258 may provide a the drug administration protocol so that the patient or another person may provide the drug to the
  • the data storage and controller module 258 , processing circuit 109 , and/or analyzer 152 utilizes patient-specific data from multiple episodes to predict a patient's response to future episodes.
  • the multiple episodes used in the prediction are typically responses to a same or similar external or internal stimulus.
  • stimuli include periods of hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia (or corresponding conditions for analytes other than glucose), treatment of a condition, drug delivery (e.g., insulin for glucose), food intake, exercise, fasting, change in body temperature, elevated or lowered body temperature (e.g., fever), and diseases, viruses, infections, and the like.
  • the data storage and controller module 258 , processing circuit 109 , and/or analyzer 152 can predict the coarse of a future episode and provide, for example, a drug administration protocol or administer a drug based on this analysis.
  • An input device (not shown) may be used by the patient or another person to indicate when a particular episode is occurring so that, for example, the data storage and controller module 258 , processing circuit 109 , and/or analyzer 152 can tag the data as resulting from a particular episode, for use in further analyses.
  • the drug delivery system 250 may be capable of providing on-going drug sensitivity feedback.
  • the data from the sensor 252 obtained during the administration of the drug by the drug administration system 260 may provide data about the individual patient's response to the drug which can then be used to modify the current drug administration protocol accordingly, both immediately and in the future.
  • An example of desirable data that can be extracted for each patient includes the patient's characteristic time constant for response to drug administration (e.g., how rapidly the glucose concentration falls when a known bolus of insulin is administered).
  • Another example is the patient's response to administration of various amounts of a drug (e.g., a patient's drug sensitivity curve).
  • the same information may be stored by the drug storage and controller module and then used to determine trends in the patient's drug response, which may be used in developing subsequent drug administration protocols, thereby personalizing the drug administration process for the needs of the patient.
  • analyte concentration in one fluid e.g., blood
  • another fluid e.g., subcutaneous fluid
  • Sensor measurements made using subcutaneous fluid may be different from the desired quantity (e.g., blood glucose concentration) because of the existence of a mass transfer barrier, source and/or sink between compartment A, the region of measurement (e.g., the subcutaneous tissue), and compartment B, the region of interest (e.g., the blood).
  • the concentration of glucose in the blood is desired, especially for accurate dosing of insulin.
  • the glucose transport processes that mediate the transport of glucose from the blood to the subcutaneous tissue are investigated.
  • Active transport processes are present in the lumen of the small intestine and in the renal tubules, where glucose is transported against its concentration gradient, requiring energy.
  • Facilitated transport processes include those in which, for example, carrier proteins, known as a glucose transporters, or GluTs, are present at a membrane surface to aid the diffusion of glucose across the membrane, as in adipocytes and in the blood-brain barrier.
  • passive transport includes simple or Fickian diffusion which is typically driven by a concentration gradient and needs no special carrier proteins or energy.
  • a subcutaneously implanted sensor is placed in the interstitial fluid of the subcutaneous tissue.
  • the important transport process are facilitated diffusion and a mass transfer resistance to transport of glucose between the blood and subcutaneous tissue.
  • the relationship between the concentrations of glucose in the blood and subcutaneous tissues can be modeled by the mass transfer resistance from the blood to the subcutaneous region near the sensor and by the uptake of glucose by the surrounding subcutaneous tissue.
  • the rate of accumulation of glucose in the sensing volume V is given by the net rate of mass transfer of glucose into the region less the uptake of glucose by the surrounding cells via facilitated diffusion, which can be modeled using a reaction term.
  • A is the surface area of the region surrounding the sensor
  • k m is a mass transfer coefficient
  • K m is a Michaelis-Menten constant
  • k r ′ is the reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue.
  • the mass transfer coefficient, Michaelis-Menten constant, and reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue may be determined experimentally for a particular animal, species, or as a generally applicable value. Alternatively, these values may be estimated.
  • the reaction rate constant may depend on the local insulin concentration 1, as modeled, for example, by Yeh et al., Biochem. 34:523-531 (1995), incorporated by reference. However, for purposes of this discussion, the reaction rate constant is assumed to be constant. Appropriate changes in the equations below can be made if the reaction rate constant is dependent on the local insulin concentration.
  • [0374] determines the subcutaneous glucose concentration given the blood glucose concentration and can be termed a forward model.
  • the forward model is inverted to infer the blood glucose concentration given measured subcutaneous glucose concentrations. Predictions made from inversions may be highly sensitive to measurement errors and the inherent imperfections present in any mathematical model. Thus, regularization is often useful. If no regularization is used, the solution may be unstable and/or unreasonable.
  • a smoothness condition may be imposed to minimize a function.
  • the smoothness condition can include a combination of model fit and required smoothness.
  • the minimization may result in a slightly modified set of equations which are well-conditioned (e.g., invertible and stable) and readily inverted and solved.
  • the data is forced to be smooth (as defined by the regularization technique) and fit the model reasonably well.
  • a set of equations is then derived that use the measured value of the subcutaneous concentration of glucose to predict the concentration of glucose in the blood.
  • variable ⁇ is the initial time and t is the final time for the present window of computation. Integration can be done numerically using a finite difference scheme.
  • B(t) is computed for N times using a set of equations, or a single matrix-vector equation, with a time t represented on each of the N rows.
  • N is the number of discretization points in the computation window and W is some weighting factor defined by a choice of quadrature scheme.
  • W is some weighting factor defined by a choice of quadrature scheme.
  • the integral in equation (7) is approximated by choosing weights that apply an extended Simpson's rule.
  • the time window contains N times at which subcutaneous measurements are taken, and which are separated by an interval At, so the size of the window is (N ⁇ 1) ⁇ t.
  • the blood glucose concentration must by computed numerically, so B is discretized, i.e., represented by a piecewise constant over the window of computation.
  • the functional ⁇ 2 represents the fit between the prediction of the model and the experimental data and the functional ⁇ indicates the smoothness of the prediction.
  • the ⁇ variable is a weight which balances the amount of smoothing to data-matching and can be constrained to range from 0 to ⁇ .
  • The-functional ⁇ may be chosen based on an a priori belief about the quality of the output.
  • Equation (8) above may be written in the following matrix form:
  • H [ 1 - 1 0 0 0 ... 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 ... 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 ... 0 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0 ... 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 ... 0 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0 ... 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 ... 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 ... 0 0 - 1 1 ] ( 15 )
  • Equation (12) is minimized by setting df/dB equal to 0, and, after some algebra, the blood glucose concentrations over the window of computation are given by.
  • the formulation may include a fixed initial condition.
  • the functional to be minimized can be differentiated as before and the problem solved using identical methods.
  • the solution becomes a bit more unstable, because the initial condition that is being forced may not give the best fit. Other than causing more instability, this method changes the prediction very little.
  • the regularization techniques may be more desirable than the differential method for another reason.
  • the sensor data is often smoothed before processing, which could produce a lag in the results because backward smoothing would be applied, since the application of real-time inversion dictates that the future data would be unknown.
  • the regularization techniques By using the regularization techniques, a relatively smooth solution can be obtained without creating this lag.
  • the determination of the blood glucose concentration from subcutaneous glucose concentration measurements can be performed by a processor (e.g., processing circuit 109 of FIG. 18A or, 18 B or analyzer 152 of FIG. 22), with or without a storage medium, in which the determination procedure is performed by software, hardware, or a combination thereof.
  • this same determination is accomplished using discrete or semi-programmable hardware configured, for example, using a hardware descriptive language, such as Verilog.
  • the determination may be performed using a processor having at least one look-up table arrangement with data stored therein to represent the complete result or partial results of the above equations based on a given set of input data, the input data corresponding to parameters used on the right side of the equations.
  • trueS are the input values that are free of generated noise and trueB are the values that would result from the equations if the trueS values were used as input.
  • the input function was modified by the addition of white noise or time-correlated noise.
  • White noise was produced by first finding the average value of the input function over the test period. Then a random gaussian distribution was generated about that average with standard deviations of 0.5, 1, and 2% of that average:
  • Gauss is the function that generates the random Gaussian distribution with the given average and standard deviation.
  • p was set equal to 1%
  • an input function with 1% white noise resulted.
  • This distribution was added to the OGTT function in equation (18) to produce the white noise input function.
  • S c (t) is the input function with superimposed time-correlated noise.
  • the input function with white noise was averaged over the ith window of time to give the new function's value at the ending time of the window.
  • the nondimensional time window over which the values were averaged was ⁇ fraction (1/100) ⁇ th of the total time of the test.
  • the input functions with these two types of noise are illustrated in FIG. 32 with RMS errors of 1%.
  • FIG. 33 A comparison of first- and second-order regularization methods for the case of no reaction (case a) and 1% white noise on the input is shown in FIG. 33.
  • the error magnification factor versus weighting factor curves for the above cases and for the zeroeth-order regularization are in FIG. 34.
  • the first-order regularization method predicted the blood glucose concentration better than either the zeroeth- or second-order regularization.
  • the lowest ⁇ for the zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularizations were 63, 7, and 13 respectively.
  • first-order regularization is the preferred method for most problems, unless one expects a constant profile, in which zeroeth-order regularization would be the natural choice.
  • FIG. 35 shows the error magnification-factor versus the regularization parameter for a variety of sizes of computation windows, and also for several sampling rates, where the sampling rate is defined as ⁇ t ⁇ 1 .
  • the computation window size and sample rate had a strong effect on the lowest ⁇ achievable using the inverse method.
  • a decrease in the sampling rate, as expected, causes the error magnification factor to increase, so samples should be taken as often as possible.
  • increasing the sampling rate causes the condition number of the matrix.
  • a T ⁇ A+ ⁇ H to increase, increasing the error.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates the ⁇ ( ⁇ ) curves for white and correlated noise in the case of 1% RMS Input Error and reaction case a. Both functions find their minimum at similar values of ⁇ , at about 3.0 and 6.0 for white noise and correlated noise, respectively.
  • the curves go to infinity as ⁇ approaches zero, which indicates that a regularization is necessary due to the instability of the inverse problem.
  • the curves plateau as ⁇ increases beyond order 1, which shows us that the regularization only causes more and more damping of the solution as ⁇ increases, causing there to be a maximum finite difference between the prediction and the true solution (i.e., the solution goes to a constant about the initial point of the prediction).
  • is the standard deviation of the measurements. This estimate of ⁇ allow for approximately equal amounts of model matching and smoothness. Another interpretation of the conditions is that the data are required to fit the model only within the measurement error.
  • the regularization parameter may also depend on the number of measurements available, n, in addition to the standard deviation of those measurements. Thus, the following condition on the residual sum of the squares, , can be applied to find an appropriate ⁇ :
  • can be selected using the concept of the minimum squared error, as described in Beck et al., Inverse Heat Conduction , John Wiley & Sons (1985), incorporated herein by reference. This can be called criterion 2.
  • the parameter ⁇ will often have an optimal value that remains approximately constant when the integration time interval and sampling rate is constant, so this process of determining ⁇ may only be necessary once for a given set of parameters.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates the error magnification factor versus weighting factor for reaction cases a and c when the input contains 1% white noise.
  • the required weighting factor remained constant as K m increased, but the output RMS error decreased as K m increased. Therefore, if the reaction term is found to be important in the modeling of the lag between the blood glucose and subcutaneous tissue glucose in humans, the inversion will not suffer. Instead, the results are better, relative to the input error, in the presence of a reaction term than they are with no reaction at all.
  • the reaction term acts as a damping term in the forward model. In other words, the term in the forward model that de-stabilizes the inversion is the derivative of the subcutaneous glucose concentration with respect to time, while the reaction term tends to stabilize the inversion.
  • Glucose electrodes were structurally similar to those described in Csoregi et al., Anal. Chem., 67:1240-1244 (1995), incorporated herein by reference.
  • a 0.09 mm portion of the gold at the end of the wire was removed, leaving a narrow tube of Teflon.
  • a “wired” glucose oxidase transduction layer was formed by depositing a solution of 110 mg/mL of ⁇ poly[(1-vinylimidazolyl) osmium (4,4′-dimethylbipyridine) 2 Cl] ⁇ +/2+ , 10 mg/mL glucose oxidase (in HEPES 10 mM at pH 8.1), and 2.5 mg/mL poly(ethylene glycol) mixed in a 78:16:6 wt. % ratio. The solution was deposited in the Teflon tube to coat the exposed surface of the gold wire. The electrodes were then rinsed five times and cured at 45° C. for 15 minutes.
  • a glucose flux restricting layer was formed by sequentially filling the 0.09 mm deep, 250 ⁇ m diameter recess and curing (at room temperature for 20 min) twice with a 1% solution of cellulose acetate in cyclohexanone; once with a 0.5% solution of Nafion (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.) in n-propanol; and once with a freshly prepared solution of poly (vinyl pyridine) acetate (PVPA) (25 mg/mL in water) and polyfunctional aziridine (PAZ) (XAMA-7, E.I.T. Inc., Lakewilie, S.C.) (30 mg/mL in water) in a 1:2 volume ratio, this layer being cured for at least 8 hr.
  • a biocompatible layer was then formed of a sensitized 10 wt. % aqueous tetraacrylated poly(ethylene oxide) solution by photo-cross-linking (45 sec. UV exposure).
  • the in vitro response time of the glucose electrodes was measured for both increasing and decreasing step changes in glucose concentration prior to implantation.
  • the measurements were made at 37 ⁇ 0.5° C. in a rapidly stirred, jacketed electrochemical cell containing pH 7.4 phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • PBS pH 7.4 phosphate buffered saline
  • the three-electrode cell had a saturated calomel reference electrode (SCE), a platinum counter electrode, and the glucose electrode and was poised at 200 mV vs. SCE.
  • Step changes increasing the glucose concentration (90 mg/dL to 180 mg/dL) were made by injecting into the rapidly stirred solution an aliquot of concentrated aqueous glucose (2M).
  • Step changes decreasing the glucose concentration (180 mg/dL to 90 mg/dL) were made by injecting PBS into the cell.
  • the distal side of the right vein was tied off with 4-0 silk, and a small cut was made in the vein.
  • a 0.0375′′ diameter medical-grade silastic tube was inserted into the proximal portion of the right jugular vein and secured with 4-0 silk.
  • a dose of 100-U/kg body wt of heparin solution was then administered, followed by an equal volume of saline, to clear the line.
  • the rat's skin was sutured closed.
  • the rat was then rolled onto its abdomen, while assuring that the line in the jugular vein was not pulled out, and an electrode was inserted in the subcutaneous tissue between the scapulae of the animal using a 22-gauge introducing catheter needle (PER-Q-Cath, Gesco, San Antonio, Tex.). The animal was then returned to its back and resecured. The left external jugular vein was then located and cleared of extraneous tissue. Next, the distal side of the left jugular vein was tied off and a small cut was made in the vein. A silastic tube of 1.5 cm length was inserted into the proximal side as a guide, and a glucose electrode was inserted inside the guide tube.
  • the tube and the sensor were secured with 4-0 silk, with the electrode's insulating gold wire protruding beyond the end of the guide tube.
  • the incision site was then moistened and packed with gauze.
  • An ion-conducting gel was then applied to a skin reference (Ag/AgCl) electrode, and the electrode was placed on the rat's abdomen.
  • the implanted electrodes as well as the reference electrode were connected to a biopotentiostat ( 13 ), the output of which was logged with a data logger.
  • the insulin dose was injected through the infusion catheter and cleared with heparinized saline.
  • the rat was euthanized by sodium pentobarbital injection i.p. or asphyxiation by CO 2 , consistent with the recommendations of the panel on Euthanasia of the American Veterinary Association. All in vivo experimentation was approved by the University of Texas Institutional Animal Use and Care Committee.
  • the implanted electrodes were sufficiently glucose selective to be calibrated by withdrawal of a single sample of blood and assay of its glucose concentration (“one-point in vivo calibration”).
  • the onset of the decline in the concentrations of venous and subcutaneous glucose following the injection of insulin were determined graphically using the time concentration plots and a method used in process control to calculate time delays ( 14 ).
  • the tangent line at the point of inflection was drawn (see FIG. 40) and the line, tracking the basal concentration of glucose prior to the injection of insulin, was extended. The intersection of the two lines defined the onset point of the decline.
  • the onset times were referenced to the time at which insulin was injected.
  • the rate of decline in glucose concentration in the period between 6 and 20 minutes after insulin injection was calculated by linear regression analyses for the periodically sampled blood from the vein where insulin was injected; the contralateral jugular vein, where an electrode was implanted, and for the subcutaneous interstitial fluid, where the second electrode was implanted.
  • the values are presented as means ⁇ std, along with their statistical significance, assessed when appropriate by a Student's t-test for paired data, with p ⁇ 0.05 considered as statistically significant.
  • FIG. 41 shows the typical output of the subcutaneous (dotted line) and jugular vein (solid line) electrodes during an in vivo experiment.
  • the average venous blood glucose concentrations of the rats decreased from 207 ⁇ 67 mg/dl to 59 ⁇ 12 mg/dl.
  • the minimum in blood glucose concentration was reached 36.6 ⁇ 7.2 minutes after the injection of insulin.
  • Table 3 lists the average lag times between the lowest subcutaneous sensor readings and the point of lowest glucose concentration in the concentrations in the blood withdrawn from the vein where the insulin was injected, and also between the lowest readings by the sensor implanted in the contralateral jugular vein and the samples withdrawn from the injected jugular vein. TABLE 3 Declining glucose characteristics.
  • FIG. 42 shows the average difference between the estimates of the subcutaneous glucose concentrations and the actual blood glucose concentrations as a function of time.
  • the nadir in subcutaneous glucose was statistically different from the nadir in blood glucose (p ⁇ 0.001) and occurred 24.5 ⁇ 6.8 minutes later.
  • the onset of declining subcutaneous glucose levels (8.9 ⁇ 2.1 min after insulin injection) was statistically different (p ⁇ 0.001) from the onset in blood glucose levels 0.5 min after insulin injection).
  • the uptake term of the model was found to be negligible for most of the data sets and was set to zero for all sets. This finding is not surprising, because the sensor was placed between the connective tissue and smooth muscle tissue where the rate of glucose uptake is low compared to the rate of uptake in adipose tissue or skeletal muscle.

Abstract

A method for obtaining an estimate of an analyte concentration in a first fluid from an analyte concentration in a second fluid is disclosed. The method includes obtaining measurements of an analyte concentration in a second fluid by using a sensing device. The analyte concentration estimate in the first fluid is determined from these measurements. Also disclosed is a sensing device for obtaining the measurements of an analyte concentration in the first fluid and a processor configured and arranged to determine the analyte concentration in the first body fluid according to this method. This method and device can be used, for example, to determine blood glucose concentration from measurements of the glucose concentration in subcutaneous tissue. These measurements may be made using in vitro or in vivo samples. In some instances, a subcutaneously implanted sensing device, such as electrochemical sensor, is used to make the measurements.

Description

  • This application is a continuation of Ser. No. 09/530,938, filed Jul. 24, 2000, which claims priority to PCT/US98/25685 having an international filing date of Dec. 4, 1998, which in turn claims priority to Serial Nos. 60/067,603 and 60/067,601, both filed Dec. 5, 1997. [0001]
  • The present invention is, in general, directed to devices and methods for the monitoring of the concentration of an analyte, such as glucose, using a subcutaneous sensor. More particularly, the present invention relates to devices and methods for the monitoring of an analyte using a subcutaneous electrochemical sensor to provide information to a patient about the level of the analyte in blood. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The monitoring of the level of analytes, such as glucose, lactate or oxygen, in certain individuals is vitally important to their health. High or low levels of these analytes may have detrimental effects. For example, the monitoring of glucose is particularly important to individuals with diabetes, as they must determine when insulin is needed to reduce glucose levels in their bodies or when additional glucose is needed to raise the level of glucose. [0003]
  • A variety of methods have been used to measure analyte concentrations. For example, colorimetric, electrochemical, and optical methods have been developed for the determination of blood glucose concentration. Implanted electrochemical sensors may be used to periodically or continuously monitor glucose (or other analyte) concentration. Although sensors accurately measure the glucose concentration when inserted directly into the bloodstream, infection may occur at this implantation site. [0004]
  • A variety of sensors have been developed for implantation in subcutaneous tissue to measure the subcutaneous glucose concentration, which is thought to be well correlated with the blood glucose concentration at steady-state. Subcutaneously implanted glucose sensors, such as miniaturized electrodes “wired” to glucose oxidase, are one technology that hold promise for continuous monitoring of blood glucose levels by diabetic patients. These sensors measure subcutaneous glucose concentrations as glucose diffuses from the blood into the subcutaneous tissue and then to the enzyme electrode surface. At this surface, the glucose is oxidized and the reaction causes electrons to be transferred to the electrode surface. The resulting current is proportional to the concentration of glucose in the region of implantation. [0005]
  • In many cases, it is important to be able to convert a value from a subcutaneous concentration to a blood concentration. For example, a subcutaneous sensor may be calibrated using blood measurements or a diagnosis or method of treatment may depend on the knowledge of the blood analyte concentration that is obtained using a subcutaneous sensor. However, a lag typically results between the blood and subcutaneous glucose concentrations as the blood glucose level increases or decreases. In addition, the subcutaneous analyte concentrations obtained from sensor measurements may be different from the blood analyte concentration because of the existence of a mass transfer barrier. Thus, there is a need to develop devices and methods that can convert subcutaneous analyte measurements to blood analyte concentrations to ensure accuracy, compatibility, and comparability between measurements made by subcutaneous electrochemical sensors and those made using other conventional blood analysis techniques. [0006]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Generally, the present invention relates to methods and devices for determination of analyte concentration in one body fluid using analyte concentration measurements from a second body fluid. In particular, the present invention includes methods and devices for the determination of blood glucose concentration using glucose concentration measurements from subcutaneous fluids. [0007]
  • One embodiment of the invention is a method for obtaining an estimate of an analyte concentration in a first fluid. First, measurements of an analyte concentration in a second fluid are obtained using a sensing device. An analyte concentration estimate in the first body fluid is determined from these measurements by minimizing the relation: [0008]
  • f[b]=χ 2 [b]+λΨ[b],
  • where b is a vector representing analyte concentration in the first fluid, χ[0009] 2[b] is a function representing a fit between the estimates and the measurements, λ is a weighting function and Ψ[b] is a function indicating smoothness of the analyte concentration estimates in the first body fluid. Another embodiment includes a sensing device for obtaining the measurements of analyte concentration in the first fluid and a processor configured and arranged to determine the analyte concentration according to this method.
  • This method and device can be used, for example, to determine blood glucose concentration from measurements of the glucose concentration in subcutaneous tissue. These measurements may be made using in vitro or in vivo samples. In some instances, a subcutaneously implanted sensing device such as an electrochemical sensor, is used to make the measurements. [0010]
  • Another embodiment is a method of determining blood analyte concentration including obtaining a subcutaneous analyte concentration from a subcutaneous region using a sensing device and determining a blood analyte concentration from the subcutaneous analyte concentration based on a) mass transfer of the analyte from blood to the subcutaneous region and b) uptake of the analyte by subcutaneous cells in the subcutaneous region. Examples of analytes include glucose, lactate, and oxygen. Yet another embodiment is an analyte measurement device including a processor configured and arranged to determine the analyte concentration according to this method and an optional sensing device, such as an electrochemical sensor, for obtaining the measurements of analyte concentration in the first fluid. In some instances, the electrochemical sensor may be subcutaneously implanted and the analyte measurement device may periodically or continuously monitor glucose. [0011]
  • The above summary of the present invention is not intended to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The Figures and the detailed description which follow more particularly exemplify these embodiments.[0012]
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The invention may be more completely understood in consideration of the following detailed description of various embodiments of the invention in connection with the accompanying drawings, in which: [0013]
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a subcutaneous analyte monitor using a subcutaneously implantable analyte sensor, according to the invention; [0014]
  • FIG. 2 is a top view of one embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention; [0015]
  • FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2; [0016]
  • FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention: [0017]
  • FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of a third embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention; [0018]
  • FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of a fourth embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention; [0019]
  • FIG. 5 is an expanded top view of a tip portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2; [0020]
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a fifth embodiment of an analyte sensor, according to the invention; [0021]
  • FIG. 7 is an expanded top view of a tip-portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6; [0022]
  • FIG. 8 is an expanded bottom view of a tip-portion of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6; [0023]
  • FIG. 9 is a side view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 2; [0024]
  • FIG. 10 is a top view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6; [0025]
  • FIG. 11 is a bottom view of the analyte sensor of FIG. 6; [0026]
  • FIG. 12 is an expanded side view of one embodiment of a sensor and an insertion device, according to the invention; [0027]
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B, [0028] 13C are cross-sectional views of three embodiments of the insertion device of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention; [0029]
  • FIG. 15 is a top view of a base of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14; [0030]
  • FIG. 16 is a bottom view of a cover of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14; [0031]
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 14 on the skin of a patient; [0032]
  • FIG. 18A is a block diagram of one embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention; [0033]
  • FIG. 18B is a block diagram of another embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention; [0034]
  • FIGS. 19A, 19B, [0035] 19C, and 19D are cross-sectional views of four embodiments of conductive contacts disposed on an interior surface of a housing of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention;
  • FIGS. 19E and 19F are cross-sectional views of two embodiments of conductive contacts disposed on an exterior surface of a housing of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention; [0036]
  • FIGS. 20A and 20B are schematic diagrams of two embodiments of a current-to-voltage converter for use in an analyte monitoring device, according to the invention; [0037]
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram of one embodiment of an open loop modulation system for use in an analyte monitoring device, according to the invention; [0038]
  • FIG. 22 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a receiver/display unit, according to the invention; [0039]
  • FIG. 23 is a front view of one embodiment of a receiver/display unit; [0040]
  • FIG. 24 is a front view of a second embodiment of a receiver/display unit; FIG. 25 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a drug delivery system, according to the invention; [0041]
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the internal structure of an insertion gun, according to the invention; [0042]
  • FIG. 27A is a top view of one embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit, according to the invention; [0043]
  • FIG. 27B is a top view of one embodiment of a mounting unit of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 27A; [0044]
  • FIG. 28A is a top view of another embodiment of an on-skin sensor control unit after insertion of an insertion device and a sensor, according to the invention; [0045]
  • FIG. 28B is a top view of one embodiment of a mounting unit of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A; [0046]
  • FIG. 28C is a top view of one embodiment of a housing for at least a portion of the electronics of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A; [0047]
  • FIG. 28D is a bottom view of the housing of FIG. 28C; [0048]
  • FIG. 28E is a top view of the on-skin sensor control unit of FIG. 28A with a cover of the housing removed; [0049]
  • FIG. 29 is another embodiment of an analyte sensor; [0050]
  • FIG. 30 is a graph of experimental data (smooth line) from a rat during an intravenous insulin injection and a prediction using an inverse model with no regularization (oscillating line); [0051]
  • FIG. 31 is a graph of simulated blood glucose response (solid line) and three models used to simulate subcutaneous glucose response including a) k[0052] r=0, b) kr=1, Km=Bo/3, and c) kr=1, Km=Bo;
  • FIG. 32 is a graph of simulated subcutaneous glucose response with white noise (dotted line) and time-correlated noise (solid line) at a noise level of 1%; [0053]
  • FIG. 33 is a graph of first- and second-order regularization for a solution of blood glucose concentration based on simulated subcutaneous glucose concentration; [0054]
  • FIG. 34 is a graph of error magnification factor versus weighting factor for zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularization; [0055]
  • FIG. 35 is a graph of error magnification factor versus weighting factor for zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularization, varying values of window size and data sampling time; [0056]
  • FIG. 36 is a graph of magnification factor versus weighting factor for k[0057] r=0 and NΔt=1.481;
  • FIG. 37 is a graph of magnification factor versus weighting factor including white noise or time-correlated noise in the simulated subcutaneous glucose concentration; [0058]
  • FIG. 38 is a graph of squared model error versus weight factor; [0059]
  • FIG. 39 is a graph of magnification factor versus weighting factor for a) k[0060] r=0 and b) kr=1, Km=B0;
  • FIG. 40 is a graph of glucose concentration illustrating a decline in concentration of glucose after intravenous injection of insulin; [0061]
  • FIG. 41 is a graph of estimated glucose concentration of a subcutaneously implanted sensor (dotted line), an intravascularly implanted sensor (solid line), and venous blood glucose concentration (circles) after an i.v. bolus of insulin. [0062]
  • FIG. 42 is a graph of average difference (n=7) of subcutaneous glucose estimates relative to actual blood glucose measurements, % difference=100×(subcutaneous estimate−blood measurement)/(blood measurement); [0063]
  • FIG. 43 is a graph of subcutaneous glucose concentration predicted using a forward model (dotted lines) based on data from a jugular sensor and measured subcutaneous glucose concentration (solid line); and [0064]
  • FIG. 44 includes graphs for seven rats comparing blood glucose concentration as determined by a sensor (solid line) and predicted by an inverse model with regularization (dashed line).[0065]
  • While the invention is amenable to various modifications and alternative forms, specifics thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and will be described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the intention is not to limit the invention to the particular embodiments described. On the contrary, the intention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims. [0066]
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is applicable to a method and analyte measurement systems for determining analyte concentration in one body fluid (e.g., blood) from measured analyte concentrations in another body fluid (e.g., subcutaneous fluid). [0067]
  • Suitable analyte measurement systems typically include a sensing device and a processor. The analyte measurement system may be configured and arranged to provide readings as required by a user when, for-example, the user provides a sample to the device. In other embodiments, the analyte measurement system may be configured and arranged to be permanently or temporarily attached to an animal (such as a human) to provide periodic or continuous monitoring. [0068]
  • For example, the analyte measurement system can be an analyte monitoring system using a subcutaneously implantable electrochemical sensor for the in vivo determination of a blood concentration of an analyte, such as, for example, glucose, lactate, or oxygen. The sensor can be, for example, subcutaneously implanted in a patient for the continuous or periodic monitoring of the analyte. The analyte monitoring system typically includes a subcutaneously implantable sensor and a processor coupled to the sensor to determine the blood analyte concentration from the sensor measurements. [0069]
  • A variety of suitable sensing devices are available. A suitable sensing device is configured and arranged to provide some signal, for example, an optical (e.g., color change, absorption, transmission, or fluorescence) or electrical signal (e.g., a change in current, potential, capacitance, or conductivity) that is related to a level of the analyte in the sample. Suitable sensing devices include electrochemical sensing devices, optical sensing devices, and calorimetric sensing devices. A sample of a body fluid may be provided, conveyed, or transported to the sensing device for in vitro determination of the analyte concentration in the body fluid. In other embodiments, the sensing device (e.g., an electrochemical sensor) may be implanted to provide in vivo determination of analyte concentration. In yet other embodiments, the sensing device (e.g., an optical device) may be directed toward the animal or a sample from the animal and the analyte concentration determined by, for example, interaction of light with the tissue and/or body fluid of the animal. [0070]
  • The determination of blood glucose concentration from subcutaneous glucose measurements is used herein as an illustration. It will be understood that other analytes may also be measured. It will also be understood that the devices and methods described herein can be applied to the determination of analyte concentration in body fluids, other than blood, based on measurement of analyte concentration in a second body fluid. [0071]
  • The following definitions are provided for terms used herein: [0072]
  • A “counter electrode” refers to an electrode paired with the working electrode, through which passes a current equal in magnitude and opposite in sign to the current passing through the working electrode. In the context of the invention, the term “counter electrode” is meant to include counter electrodes which also function as reference electrodes (i.e., a counter/reference electrode). [0073]
  • An “electrochemical sensor” is a device configured to detect the presence and/or measure the level of an analyte in a sample via electrochemical oxidation and reduction reactions on the sensor. These reactions are transduced to an electrical signal that can be correlated to an amount, concentration, or level of an analyte in the sample. [0074]
  • “Electrolvsis” is the electrooxidation or electroreduction of a compound either directly at an electrode or via one or more electron transfer agents. [0075]
  • A compound is “immobilized” on a surface when it is entrapped on or chemically bound to the surface. [0076]
  • A “non-leachable” or “non-releasable” compound or a compound that is “non-leachably disposed” is meant to define a compound that is affixed on the sensor such that it does not substantially diffuse away from the working surface of the working electrode for the period in which the sensor is used (e.g., the period in which the sensor is implanted in a patient or measuring a sample). [0077]
  • Components are “immobilized” within a sensor, for example, when the components are covalently, ionically, or coordinatively bound to constituents of the sensor and/or are entrapped in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix or membrane which precludes mobility. [0078]
  • An “electron transfer agent” is a compound that carries electrons between the analyte and the working electrode, either directly, or in cooperation with other electron transfer agents. One example of an electron transfer agent is a redox mediator. [0079]
  • A “working electrode” is an electrode at which the analyte (or a second compound whose level depends on the level of the analyte) is electrooxidized or electroreduced with or without the agency of an electron transfer agent. [0080]
  • A “working surface” is that portion of the working electrode which is coated with or is accessible to the electron transfer agent and configured for exposure to an analyte-containing fluid. [0081]
  • A “sensing layer” is a component of the sensor which includes constituents that facilitate the electrolysis of the analyte. The sensing layer may include constituents such as an electron transfer agent, a catalyst which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte to produce a response at the electrode, or both. In some embodiments of the sensor, the sensing layer is non-leachably disposed in proximity to or on the working electrode. [0082]
  • A “non-corroding” conductive material includes non-metallic materials, such as carbon and conductive polymers. [0083]
  • Sensing Devices [0084]
  • The methods and devices of the invention are illustrated using electrochemical sensors. However, it will be understood that a variety of sensing devices, including electrochemical, optical, and colorimetric sensing devices may be used. Moreover, the methods and devices are illustrated using implantable sensing devices, however, it will be understood that other non-implantable sensing devices can be used. [0085]
  • A variety of subcutaneously implantable sensors are available for use. Examples of such sensors and analyte measurement systems incorporating the sensors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852 and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/034,372, 09/034,422, and 09/070,677, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. An example of one sensor is illustrated in FIG. 29 and described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852. This sensor includes a metal or [0086] carbon working electrode 2 with an electrically insulating material 4 wrapped around the electrode. A recess 6 is provided by, for example, removing a portion of the working electrode 2. This leaves an exposed surface 18 of the working electrode.
  • A [0087] sensing layer 8 is formed over the exposed surface 18. The sensing layer 8 may include a redox mediator and/or a redox enzyme. In at least some embodiments, the redox mediator and/or redox enzyme are non-leachably disposed in the sensor, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852. Exemplary redox mediators and redox enzymes are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852 and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/034,372. 09/034,422, and 09/070,677.
  • An optional glucose [0088] diffusion limiting layer 10, an optional interferent eliminating layer 12, and an optional biocompatible layer 14 can be formed in the recess 6. These layers are described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852. Another Sensor and an Analyte Monitoring System The analyte monitoring systems of the present invention can be utilized under a variety of conditions. The particular configuration of a sensor and other units used in the analyte monitoring system may depend on the use for which the analyte monitoring system is intended and the conditions under which the analyte monitoring system will operate. One embodiment of the analyte monitoring system includes a sensor configured for implantation into a patient or user. For example, implantation of the sensor may be made in the arterial or venous systems for direct testing of analyte levels in blood. Alternatively, a sensor may be implanted in the interstitial tissue for determining the analyte level in interstitial fluid. This level may be correlated and/or converted to analyte levels in blood or other fluids. The site and depth of implantation may affect the particular shape, components, and configuration of the sensor. Subcutaneous implantation may be preferred, in some cases, to limit the depth of implantation of the sensor. Sensors may also be implanted in other regions of the body to determine analyte levels in other fluids. Examples of suitable sensor for use in the analyte monitoring systems of the invention are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,372, incorporated herein by reference.
  • One embodiment of the [0089] analyte monitoring system 40 for use with an implantable sensor 42, and particularly for use with a subcutaneously implantable sensor, is illustrated in block diagram form in FIG. 1. The analyte monitoring system 40 includes, at minimum, a sensor 42, a portion of which is configured for implantation (e.g., subcutaneous, venous, or arterial implantation) into a patient, and a sensor control unit 44. The sensor 42 is coupled to the sensor control unit 44 which is typically attached to the skin of a patient. The sensor control unit 44 operates the sensor 42, including, for example, providing a voltage across the electrodes of the sensor 42 and collecting signals from the sensor 42. The sensor control unit 44 may evaluate the signals from the sensor 42 and/or transmit the signals to one or more optional receiver/ display units 46, 48 for evaluation. The sensor control unit 44 and/or the receiver/ display units 46, 48 may display or otherwise communicate the current level of the analyte. Furthermore, the sensor control unit 44 and/or the receiver/ display units 46, 48 may indicate to the patient, via, for example, an audible, visual, or other sensory-stimulating alarm, when the level of the analyte is at or near a threshold level. In some embodiments, a electrical shock can be delivered to the patient as a warning through one of the electrodes or the optional temperature probe of the sensor. For example, if glucose is monitored then an alarm may be used to alert the patient to a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic glucose level and/or to impending hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia.
  • The Sensor [0090]
  • A [0091] sensor 42 includes at least one working electrode 58 formed on a substrate 50, as shown in FIG. 2. The sensor 42 may also include at least one counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode) and/or at least one reference electrode 62 (see FIG. 8). The counter electrode 60 and/or reference electrode 62 may be formed on the substrate 50 or may be separate units. For example, the counter electrode and/or reference electrode may be formed on a second substrate which is also implanted in the patient or, for some embodiments of the implantable sensors, the counter electrode and/or reference electrode may be placed on the skin of the patient with the working electrode or electrodes being implanted into the patient. The use of an on-the-skin counter and/or reference electrode with an implantable working electrode is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852, incorporated herein by reference.
  • The working electrode or [0092] electrodes 58 are formed using conductive traces 52 disposed on the substrate 50. The counter electrode 60 and/or reference electrode 62, as well as other optional portions of the sensor 42, such as a temperature probe 66 (see FIG. 8), may also be formed using conductive traces 52 disposed on the substrate 50. These conductive traces 52 may be formed over a smooth surface of the substrate 50 or within channels 54 formed by, for example, embossing, indenting or otherwise creating a depression in the substrate 50. A sensing layer 64 (see FIGS. 3A and 3B) is often formed proximate to or on at least one of the working electrodes 58 to facilitate the electrochemical detection of the analyte and the determination of its level in the sample fluid, particularly if the analyte can not be electrolyzed at a desired rate and/or with a desired specificity on a bare electrode. The sensing layer 64 may include an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons directly or indirectly between the analyte and the working electrode 58. The sensing layer 64 may also contain a catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the analyte. The components of the sensing layer may be in a fluid or gel that is proximate to or in contact with the working electrode 58. Alternatively, the components of the sensing layer 64 may be disposed in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix that is proximate to or on the working electrode 58. Preferably, the components of the sensing layer 64 are non-leachably disposed within the sensor 42. More preferably, the components of the sensor 42 are immobilized within the sensor 42.
  • In addition to the [0093] electrodes 58, 60, 62 and the sensing layer 64, the sensor 42 may also include a temperature probe 66 (see FIGS. 6 and 8), a mass transport limiting layer 74 (see FIG. 9), a biocompatible layer 75 (see FIG. 9), and/or other optional components, as described below. Each of these items enhances the functioning of and/or results from the sensor 42, as discussed below.
  • The Substrate [0094]
  • The [0095] substrate 50 may be formed using a variety of non-conducting materials, including, for example, polymeric or plastic materials and ceramic materials. Suitable materials for a particular sensor 42 may be determined, at least in part, based on the desired use of the sensor 42 and properties of the materials.
  • In some embodiments, the substrate is flexible. For example, if the [0096] sensor 42 is configured for implantation into a patient, then the sensor 42 may be made flexible (although rigid sensors may also be used for implantable sensors) to reduce pain to the patient and damage to the tissue caused by the implantation of and/or the wearing of the sensor 42. A flexible substrate 50 often increases the patient's comfort and allows a wider range of activities. Suitable materials for a flexible substrate 50 include, for example, non-conducting plastic or polymeric materials and other non-conducting, flexible, deformable materials. Examples of useful plastic or polymeric materials include thermoplastics such as polycarbonates, polyesters (e.g., Mylar™ and polyethylene terephthalate (PET)), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, or copolymers of these thermoplastics, such as PETG (glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate).
  • In other embodiments, the [0097] sensors 42 are made using a relatively rigid substrate 50 to, for example, provide structural support against bending or breaking. Examples of rigid materials that may be used as the substrate 50 include poorly conducting ceramics, such as aluminum oxide and silicon dioxide. One advantage of an implantable sensor 42 having a rigid substrate is that the sensor 42 may have a sharp point and/or a sharp edge to aid in implantation of a sensor 42 without an additional insertion device.
  • It will be appreciated that for [0098] many sensors 42 and sensor applications, both rigid and flexible sensors will operate adequately. The flexibility of the sensor 42 may also be controlled and varied along a continuum by changing, for example, the composition and/or thickness of the substrate 50.
  • In addition to considerations regarding flexibility, it is often desirable that [0099] implantable sensors 42 should have a substrate 50 which is non-toxic. Preferably, the substrate 50 is approved by one or more appropriate governmental agencies or private groups for in vivo use.
  • The [0100] sensor 42 may include optional features to facilitate insertion of an implantable sensor 42, as shown in FIG. 12. For example, the sensor 42 may be pointed at the tip 123 to ease insertion. In addition, the sensor 42 may include a barb 125 which assists in anchoring the sensor 42 within the tissue of the patient during operation of the sensor 42. However, the barb 125 is typically small enough that little damage is caused to the subcutaneous tissue when the sensor 42 is removed for replacement.
  • Although the [0101] substrate 50 in at least some embodiments has uniform dimensions along the entire length of the sensor 42, in other embodiments, the substrate 50 has a distal end 67 and a proximal end 65 with different widths 53, 55, respectively, as illustrated in FIG. 2. In these embodiments, the distal end 67 of the substrate 50 may have a relatively narrow width 53. For sensors 42 which are implantable into the subcutaneous tissue or another portion of a patient's body, the narrow width 53 of the distal end 67 of the substrate 50 may facilitate the implantation of the sensor 42. Often, the narrower the width of the sensor 42, the less pain the patient will feel during implantation of the sensor and afterwards.
  • For subcutaneously [0102] implantable sensors 42 which are designed for continuous or periodic monitoring of the analyte during normal activities of the patient, a distal end 67 of the sensor 42 which is to be implanted into the patient has a width 53 of 2 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or less, and more preferably 0.5 mm or less. If the sensor 42 does not have regions of different widths, then the sensor 42 will typically have an overall width of, for example. 2 mm. 1.5 mm, 1 mm. 0.5 mm. 0.25 mm, or less. However, wider or narrower sensors may be used. In particular, wider implantable sensors may be used for insertion into veins or arteries or when the movement of the patient is limited, for example, when the patient is confined in bed or in a hospital.
  • Returning to FIG. 2, the [0103] proximal end 65 of the sensor 42 may have a width 55 larger than the distal end 67 to facilitate the connection between contact pads 49 of the electrodes and contacts on a control unit. The wider the sensor 42 at this point, the larger the contact pads 49 can be made. This may reduce the precision needed to properly connect the sensor 42 to contacts on the control unit (e.g., sensor control unit 44 of FIG. 1). However, the maximum width of the sensor 42 may be constrained so that the sensor 42 remains small for the convenience and comfort of the patient and/or to fit the desired size of the analyte monitor. For example, the proximal end 65 of a subcutaneously implantable sensor 42, such as the sensor 42 illustrated in FIG. 1, may have a width 55 ranging from 0.5 mm to 15 mm, preferably from 1 mm to 10 mm, and more preferably from 3 mm to 7 mm. However, wider or narrower sensors may be used in this and other in vivo applications.
  • The thickness of the [0104] substrate 50 may be determined by the mechanical properties of the substrate material (e.g., the strength, modulus, and/or flexibility of the material), the desired use of the sensor 42 including stresses on the substrate 50 arising from that use, as well as the depth of any channels or indentations formed in the substrate 50, as discussed below. Typically, the substrate 50 of a subcutaneously implantable sensor 42 for continuous or periodic monitoring of the level of an analyte while the patient engages in normal activities has a thickness of 50 to 500 μm and preferably 100 to 300 μm. However, thicker and thinner substrates 50 may be used, particularly in other types of in vivo sensors 42.
  • The length of the [0105] sensor 42 may have a wide range of values depending on a variety of factors. Factors which influence the length of an implantable sensor 42 may include the depth of implantation into the patient and the ability of the patient to manipulate a small flexible sensor 42 and make connections between the sensor 42 and the sensor control unit 44. A subcutaneously implantable sensor 42 for the analyte monitor illustrated in FIG. 1 may have a length ranging from 0.3 to 5 cm, however, longer or shorter sensors may be used. The length of the narrow portion of the sensor 42 (e.g., the portion which is subcutaneously inserted into the patient), if the sensor 42 has narrow and wide portions, is typically about 0.25 to 2 cm in length. However, longer and shorter portions may be used. All or only a part of this narrow portion may be subcutaneously implanted into the patient. The lengths of other implantable sensors 42 will vary depending, at least in part, on the portion of the patient into which the sensor 42 is to be implanted or inserted.
  • Conductive Traces [0106]
  • At least one [0107] conductive trace 52 is formed on the substrate for use in constructing a working electrode 58. In addition, other conductive traces 52 may be formed on the substrate 50 for use as electrodes (e.g., additional working electrodes, as well as counter, counter/reference, and/or reference electrodes) and other components, such as a temperature probe. The conductive traces 52 may extend most of the distance along a length 57 of the sensor 50, as illustrated in FIG. 2, although this is not necessary. The placement of the conductive traces 52 may depend on the particular configuration of the analyte monitoring system (e.g., the placement of control unit contacts and/or the sample chamber in relation to the sensor 42). For implantable sensors, particularly subcutaneously implantable sensors, the conductive traces typically extend close to the tip of the sensor 42 to minimize the amount of the sensor that must be implanted.
  • The conductive traces [0108] 52 may be formed on the substrate 50 by a variety of techniques, including, for example, photolithography, screen printing, or other impact or non-impact printing techniques. The conductive traces 52 may also be formed by carbonizing conductive traces 52 in an organic (e.g., polymeric or plastic) substrate 50 using a laser. A description of some exemplary methods for forming the sensor 42 is provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,422, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another method for disposing the conductive traces [0109] 52 on the substrate 50 includes the formation of recessed channels 54 in one or more surfaces of the substrate 50 and the subsequent filling of these recessed channels 54 with a conductive material 56, as shown in FIG. 3A. The recessed channels 54 may be formed by indenting, embossing, or otherwise creating a depression in the surface of the substrate 50. Exemplary methods for forming channels and electrodes in a surface of a substrate can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/034,422. The depth of the channels is typically related to the thickness of the substrate 50. In one embodiment, the channels have depths in the range of about 12.5 to 75 μm (0.5 to 3 mils), and preferably about 25 to 50 μm (1 to 2 mils).
  • The conductive traces are typically formed using a [0110] conductive material 56 such as carbon (e.g., graphite), a conductive polymer, a metal or alloy (e.g., gold or gold alloy), or a metallic compound (e.g., ruthenium dioxide or titanium dioxide). The formation of films of carbon, conductive polymer, metal, alloy, or metallic compound are well-known and include, for example, chemical vapor deposition (CVD), physical vapor deposition, sputtering, reactive sputtering, printing, coating, and painting. The conductive material 56 which fills the channels 54 is often formed using a precursor material, such as a conductive ink or paste. In these embodiments, the conductive material 56 is deposited on the substrate 50 using methods such as coating, painting, or applying the material using a spreading instrument, such as a coating blade. Excess conductive material between the channels 54 is then removed by, for example, running a blade along the substrate surface.
  • In one embodiment, the [0111] conductive material 56 is a part of a precursor material, such as a conductive ink, obtainable, for example, from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain). The conductive ink is typically applied as a semiliquid or paste which contains particles of the carbon, metal, alloy, or metallic compound and a solvent or dispersant. After application of the conductive ink on the substrate 50 (e.g., in the channels 54), the solvent or dispersant evaporates to leave behind a solid mass of conductive material 56.
  • In addition to the particles of carbon, metal, alloy, or metallic compound, the conductive ink may also contain a binder. The binder may optionally be cured to further bind the [0112] conductive material 56 within the channel 54 and/or on the substrate 50. Curing the binder increases the conductivity of the conductive material 56. However, this is typically not necessary as the currents carried by the conductive material 56 within the conductive traces 52 are often relatively low (usually less than 1 μA and often less than 100 nA). Typical binders include, for example, polyurethane resins, cellulose derivatives, elastomers, and highly fluorinated polymers. Examples of elastomers include silicones, polymeric dienes, and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resins. One example of a fluorinated polymer binder is Teflon® (DuPont. Wilmington, Del.). These binders are cured using, for example, heat or light, including ultraviolet (UV) light. The appropriate curing method typically depends on the particular binder which is used.
  • Often, when a liquid or semiliquid precursor of the conductive material [0113] 56 (e.g., a conductive ink) is deposited in the channel 54, the precursor fills the channel 54. However, when the solvent or dispersant evaporates, the conductive material 56 which remains may lose volume such that the conductive material 56 may or may not continue to fill the channel 54. Preferred conductive materials 56 do not pull away from the substrate 50 as they lose volume, but rather decrease in height within the channel 54. These conductive materials 56 typically adhere well to the substrate 50 and therefore do not pull away from the substrate 50 during evaporation of the solvent or dispersant. Other suitable conductive materials 56 either adhere to at least a portion of the substrate 50 and/or contain another additive, such as a binder, which adheres the conductive material 56 to the substrate 50. Preferably, the conductive material 56 in the channels 54 is non-leachable, and more preferably immobilized on the substrate 50. In some embodiments, the conductive material 56 may be formed by multiple applications of a liquid or semiliquid precursor interspersed with removal of the solvent or dispersant.
  • In another embodiment, the [0114] channels 54 are formed using a laser. The laser carbonizes the polymer or plastic material. The carbon formed in this process is used as the conductive material 56. Additional conductive material 56, such as a conductive carbon ink, may be used to supplement the carbon formed by the laser.
  • In a further embodiment, the conductive traces [0115] 52 are formed by pad printing techniques. For example, a film of conductive material is formed either as a continuous film or as a coating layer deposited on a carrier film. This film of conductive material is brought between a print head and the substrate 50. A pattern on the surface of the substrate 50 is made using the print head according to a desired pattern of conductive traces 52. The conductive material is transferred by pressure and/or heat from the film of conductive material to the substrate 50. This technique often produces channels (e.g., depressions caused by the print head) in the substrate 50. Alternatively, the conductive material is deposited on the surface of the substrate 50 without forming substantial depressions.
  • In other embodiments, the conductive traces [0116] 52 are formed by non-impact printing techniques. Such techniques include electrophotography and magnetography. In these processes, an image of the conductive traces 52 is electrically or magnetically formed on a drum. A laser or LED may be used to electrically form an image. A magnetic recording head may be used to magnetically form an image. A toner material (e.g., a conductive material, such as a conductive ink) is then attracted to portions of the drum according to the image. The toner material is then applied to the substrate by contact between the drum and the substrate. For example, the substrate may be rolled over the drum. The toner material may then be dried and/or a binder in the toner material may be cured to adhere the toner material to the substrate.
  • Another non-impact printing technique includes ejecting droplets of conductive material onto the substrate in a desired pattern. Examples of this technique include ink jet printing and piezo jet printing. An image is sent to the printer which then ejects the conductive material (e.g., a conductive ink) according to the pattern. The printer may provide a continuous stream of conductive material or the printer may eject the conductive material in discrete amounts at the desired points. [0117]
  • Yet another non-impact printing embodiment of forming the conductive traces includes an ionographic process. In the this process, a curable, liquid precursor, such as a photopolymerizable acrylic resin (e.g., Solimer 7501 from Cubital, Bad Kreuznach, Germany) is deposited over a surface of a [0118] substrate 50. A photomask having a positive or negative image of the conductive traces 52 is then used to cure the liquid precursor. Light (e.g., visible or ultraviolet light) is directed through the photomask to cure the liquid precursor and form a solid layer over the substrate according to the image on the photomask. Uncured liquid precursor is removed leaving behind channels 54 in the solid layer. These channels 54 can then be filled with conductive material 56 to form conductive traces 52.
  • Conductive traces [0119] 52 (and channels 54, if used) can be formed with relatively narrow widths, for example, in the range of 25 to 250 μm, and including widths of, for example, 250 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, 25 μm or less by the methods described above. In embodiments with two or more conductive traces 52 on the same side of the substrate 50, the conductive traces 52 are separated by distances sufficient to prevent conduction between the conductive traces 52. The edge-to-edge distance between the conductive traces is preferably in the range of 25 to 250 μm and may be, for example, 150 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, or less. The density of the conductive traces 52 on the substrate 50 is preferably in the range of about 150 to 700 μm/trace and may be as small as 667 μm/trace or less, 333 μm/trace or less, or even 167 μm/trace or less.
  • The working [0120] electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60 (if a separate reference electrode is used) are often made using a conductive material 56, such as carbon. Suitable carbon conductive inks are available from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain). Typically, the working surface 51 of the working electrode 58 is at least a portion of the conductive trace 52 that is in contact with the analyte-containing fluid (e.g., implanted in the patient).
  • The [0121] reference electrode 62 and/or counter/reference electrode are typically formed using conductive material 56 that is a suitable reference material, for example silver/silver chloride or a non-leachable redox couple bound to a conductive material, for example, a carbon-bound redox couple. Suitable silver/silver chloride conductive inks are available from Ercon, Inc. (Wareham, Mass.), Metech, Inc. (Elverson, Pa.), E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co. (Wilmington, Del.), Emca-Remex Products (Montgomeryville, Pa.), or MCA Services (Melbourn, Great Britain). Silver/silver chloride electrodes illustrate a type of reference electrode that involves the reaction of a metal electrode with a constituent of the sample or body fluid, in this case, Cl.
  • Suitable redox couples for binding to the conductive material of the reference electrode include, for example, redox polymers (e.g., polymers having multiple redox centers.) It is preferred that the reference electrode surface be non-corroding so that an erroneous potential is not measured. Preferred conductive materials include less corrosive metals, such as gold and palladium. Most preferred are non-corrosive materials including non-metallic conductors, such as carbon and conducting polymers. A redox polymer can be adsorbed on or covalently bound to the conductive material of the reference electrode, such as a carbon surface of a [0122] conductive trace 52. Non-polymeric redox couples can be similarly bound to carbon or gold surfaces.
  • A variety of methods may be used to immobilize a redox polymer on an electrode surface. One method is adsorptive immobilization. This method is particularly useful for redox polymers with relatively high molecular weights. The molecular weight of a polymer may be increased, for example, by cross-linking. [0123]
  • Another method for immobilizing the redox polymer includes the functionalization of the electrode surface and then the chemical bonding, often covalently, of the redox polymer to the functional groups on the electrode surface. One example of this type of immobilization begins with a poly(4-vinylpyridine). The polymer's pyridine rings are, in part, complexed with a reducible/oxidizable species, such as [Os(bpy)[0124] 2Cl]+/2+ where bpy is 2,2′-bipyridine. Part of the pyridine rings are quaternized by reaction with 2-bromoethylamine. The polymer is then crosslinked, for example, using a diepoxide, such as polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether.
  • Carbon surfaces can be modified for attachment of a redox species or polymer, for example, by electroreduction of a diazonium salt. As an illustration, reduction of a diazonium salt formed upon diazotization of p-aminobenzoic acid modifies a carbon surface with phenylcarboxylic acid functional groups. These functional groups can then be activated by a carbodiimide, such as 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride. The activated functional groups are then bound with a amine-functionalized redox couple, such as the quaternized osmium-containing redox polymer described above or 2-aminoethylferrocene, to form the redox couple. [0125]
  • Similarly, gold can be functionalized by an amine, such as cystamine. A redox couple such as [Os(bpy)[0126] 2(pyridine-4-carboxylate)Cl]0/+ is activated by 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride to form a reactive O-acylisourea which reacts with the gold-bound amine to form an amide.
  • In one embodiment, in addition to using the conductive traces [0127] 52 as electrodes or probe leads, two or more of the conductive traces 52 on the substrate 50 are used to give the patient a mild electrical shock when, for example, the analyte level exceeds a threshold level. This shock may act as a warning or alarm to the patient to initiate some action to restore the appropriate level of the analyte.
  • The mild electrical shock is produced by applying a potential between any two [0128] conductive traces 52 that are not otherwise connected by a conductive path. For example, two of the electrodes 58, 60, 62 or one electrode 58, 60, 62 and the temperature probe 66 may be used to provide the mild shock. Preferably, the working electrode 58 and the reference electrode 62 are not used for this purpose as this may cause some damage to the chemical components on or proximate to the particular electrode (e.g., the sensing layer on the working electrode or the redox couple on the reference electrode).
  • The current used to produce the mild shock is typically 0.1 to 1 mA. Higher or lower currents may be used, although care should be taken to avoid harm to the patient. The potential between the conductive traces is typically 1 to 10 volts. However, higher or lower voltages may be used depending, for example, on the resistance of the conductive traces [0129] 52, the distance between the conductive traces 52 and the desired amount of current. When the mild shock is delivered, potentials at the working electrode 58 and across the temperature probe 66 may be removed to prevent harm to those components caused by unwanted conduction between the working electrode 58 (and/or temperature probe 66, if used) and the conductive traces 52 which provide the mild shock.
  • Contact Pads [0130]
  • Typically, each of the conductive traces [0131] 52 includes a contact pad 49. The contact pad 49 may simply be a portion of the conductive trace 52 that is indistinguishable from the rest of the trace 52 except that the contact pad 49 is brought into contact with the conductive contacts of a control unit (e.g., the sensor control unit 44 of FIG. 1). More commonly, however, the contact pad 49 is a region of the conductive trace 52 that has a larger width than other regions of the trace 52 to facilitate a connection with the contacts on the control unit. By making the contact pads 49 relatively large as compared with the width of the conductive traces 52, the need for precise registration between the contact pads 49 and the contacts on the control unit is less critical than with small contact pads.
  • The [0132] contact pads 49 are typically made using the same material as the conductive material 56 of the conductive traces 52. However, this is not necessary. Although metal, alloys, and metallic compounds may be used to form the contact pads 49, in some embodiments, it is desirable to make the contact pads 49 from a carbon or other non-metallic material, such as a conducting polymer. In contrast to metal or alloy contact pads, carbon and other non-metallic contact pads are not easily corroded if the contact pads 49 are in a wet, moist, or humid environment. Metals and alloys may corrode under these conditions, particularly if the contact pads 49 and contacts of the control unit are made using different metals or alloys. However, carbon and non-metallic contact pads 49 do not significantly corrode, even if the contacts of the control device are metal or alloy.
  • One embodiment of the invention includes a [0133] sensor 42 having contact pads 49 and a control unit 44 having conductive contacts (not shown). During operation of the sensor 42, the contact pads 49 and conductive contacts are in contact with each other. In this embodiment, either the contact pads 49 or the conductive contacts are made using a non-corroding, conductive material. Such materials include, for example, carbon and conducting polymers. Preferred non-corroding materials include graphite and vitreous carbon. The opposing contact pad or conductive contact is made using carbon, a conducting polymer, a metal, such as gold, palladium, or platinum group metal, or a metallic compound, such as ruthenium dioxide. This configuration of contact pads and conductive contacts typically reduces corrosion. Preferably, when the sensor is placed in a 3 mM, and more preferably, in a 100 mM, NaCl solution, the signal arising due to the corrosion of the contact pads and/or conductive contacts is less than 3% of the signal generated by the sensor when exposed to concentration of analyte in the normal physiological range. For at least some subcutaneous glucose sensors, the current generated by analyte in a normal physiological range ranges from 3 to 500 nA.
  • Each of the [0134] electrodes 58, 60, 62, as well as the two probe leads 68, 70 of the temperature probe 66 (described below), are connected to contact pads 49 as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11. In one embodiment (not shown), the contact pads 49 are on the same side of the substrate 50 as the respective electrodes or temperature probe leads to which the contact pads 49 are attached.
  • In other embodiments, the conductive traces [0135] 52 on at least one side are connected through vias in the substrate to contact pads 49 a on the opposite surface of the substrate 50, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11. An advantage of this configuration is that contact between the contacts on the control unit and each of the electrodes 58, 60, 62 and the probe leads 68,70 of the temperature probe 66 can be made from a single side of the substrate 50.
  • In yet other embodiments (not shown), vias through the substrate are used to provide contact pads on both sides of the [0136] substrate 50 for each conductive trace 52. The vias connecting the conductive traces 52 with the contact pads 49 a can be formed by making holes through the substrate 50 at the appropriate points and then filling the holes with conductive material 56.
  • Exemplary Electrode Configurations [0137]
  • A number of exemplary electrode configurations are described below, however, it will be understood that other configurations may also be used. In one embodiment, illustrated in FIG. 3A, the [0138] sensor 42 includes two working electrodes 58 a, 58 b and one counter electrode 60, which also functions as a reference electrode. In another embodiment, the sensor includes one working electrode 58 a, one counter electrode 60, and one reference electrode 62, as shown in FIG. 3B. Each of these embodiments is illustrated with all of the electrodes formed on the same side of the substrate 50.
  • Alternatively, one or more of the electrodes may be formed on an opposing side of the [0139] substrate 50. This may be convenient if the electrodes are formed using two different types of conductive material 56 (e.g., carbon and silver/silver chloride). Then, at least in some embodiments, only one type of conductive material 56 needs to be applied to each side of the substrate 50, thereby reducing the number of steps in the manufacturing process and/or easing the registration constraints in the process. For example, if the working electrode 58 is formed using a carbon-based conductive material 56 and the reference or counter/reference electrode is formed using a silver/silver chloride conductive material 56, then the working electrode and reference or counter/reference electrode may be formed on opposing sides of the substrate 50 for ease of manufacture.
  • In another embodiment, two working [0140] electrodes 58 and one counter electrode 60 are formed on one side of the substrate 50 and one reference electrode 62 and a temperature probe 66 are formed on an opposing side of the substrate 50, as illustrated in FIG. 6. The opposing sides of the tip of this embodiment of the sensor 42 are illustrated in FIGS. 7 and 8.
  • Sensing Layer [0141]
  • Some analytes, such as oxygen, can be directly electrooxidized or electroreduced on the working [0142] electrode 58. Other analytes, such as glucose and lactate, require the presence of at least one electron transfer agent and/or at least one catalyst to facilitate the electrooxidation or electroreduction of the analyte. Catalysts may also be used for those analyte, such as oxygen, that can be directly electrooxidized or electroreduced on the working electrode 58. For these analytes, each working electrode 58 has a sensing layer 64 formed proximate to or on a working surface of the working electrode 58. Typically, the sensing layer 64 is formed near or on only a small portion of the working electrode 58, often near a tip of the sensor 42. This limits the amount of material needed to form the sensor 42 and places the sensing layer 64 in the best position for contact with the analyte-containing fluid (e.g., a body fluid, sample fluid, or carrier fluid).
  • The [0143] sensing layer 64 includes one or more components designed to facilitate the electrolysis of the analyte. The sensing layer 64 may include, for example, a catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the analyte and produce a response at the working electrode 58, an electron transfer agent to indirectly or directly transfer electrons between the analyte and the working electrode 58, or both.
  • The [0144] sensing layer 64 may be formed as a solid composition of the desired components (e.g., an electron transfer agent and/or a catalyst). These components are preferably non-leachable from the sensor 42 and more preferably are immobilized on the sensor 42. For example, the components may be immobilized on a working electrode 58. Alternatively, the components of the sensing layer 64 may be immobilized within or between one or more membranes or films disposed over the working electrode 58 or the components may be immobilized in a polymeric or sol-gel matrix. Examples of immobilized sensing layers are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,262,035, 5,264,104, 5,264,105, 5,320,725, 5,593,852, and 5,665,222, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/540,789, and PCT Patent Application No. US98/02403 entitled “Soybean Peroxidase Electrochemical Sensor”, filed on Feb. 11, 1998, Attorney Docket No. M&G 12008.8WOI2, incorporated herein by reference.
  • In some embodiments, one or more of the components of the [0145] sensing layer 64 may be solvated, dispersed, or suspended in a fluid within the sensing layer 64, instead of forming a solid composition. The fluid may be provided with the sensor 42 or may be absorbed by the sensor 42 from the analyte-containing fluid.
  • Preferably, the components which are solvated, dispersed, or suspended in this type of [0146] sensing layer 64 are non-leachable from the sensing layer. Non-leachability may be accomplished, for example, by providing barriers (e.g., the electrode, substrate, membranes, and/or films) around the sensing layer which prevent the leaching of the components of the sensing layer 64. One example of such a barrier is a microporous membrane or film which allows diffusion of the analyte into the sensing layer 64 to make contact with the components of the sensing layer 64, but reduces or eliminates the diffusion of the sensing layer components (e.g., a electron transfer agent and/or a catalyst) out of the sensing layer 64.
  • A variety of different sensing layer configurations can be used. In one embodiment, the [0147] sensing layer 64 is deposited on the conductive material 56 of a working electrode 58 a, as illustrated in FIGS. 3A and 3B. The sensing layer 64 may extend beyond the conductive material 56 of the working electrode 58 a. In some cases, the sensing layer 64 may also extend over the counter electrode 60 or reference electrode 62 without degrading the performance of the glucose sensor. For those sensors 42 which utilize channels 54 within which the conductive material 56 is deposited, a portion of the sensing layer 64 may be formed within the channel 54 if the conductive material 56 does not fill the channel 54.
  • A [0148] sensing layer 64 in direct contact with the working electrode 58 a may contain an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons directly or indirectly between the analyte and the working electrode, as well as a catalyst to facilitate a reaction of the analyte. For example, a glucose, lactate, or oxygen electrode may be formed having a sensing layer which contains a catalyst, such as glucose oxidase, lactate oxidase, or laccase, respectively, and an electron transfer agent that facilitates the electrooxidation of the glucose, lactate, or oxygen, respectively.
  • In another embodiment, the [0149] sensing layer 64 is not deposited directly on the working electrode 58 a. Instead, the sensing layer 64 is spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a, as illustrated in FIG. 4A, and separated from the working electrode 58 a by a separation layer 61. The separation layer 61 typically includes one or more membranes or films. In addition to separating the working electrode 58 a from the sensing layer 64, the separation layer 61 may also act as a mass transport limiting layer or an interferent eliminating layer, as described below.
  • Typically, a [0150] sensing layer 64, which is not in direct contact with the working electrode 58 a, includes a catalyst that facilitates a reaction of the analyte. However, this sensing layer 64 typically does not include an electron transfer agent that transfers electrons directly from the working electrode 58 a to the analyte, as the sensing layer 64 is spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a. One example of this type of sensor is a glucose or lactate sensor which includes an enzyme (e.g., glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase, respectively) in the sensing layer 64. The glucose or lactate reacts with a second compound (e.g., oxygen) in the presence of the enzyme. The second compound is then electrooxidized or electroreduced at the electrode. Changes in the signal at the electrode indicate changes in the level of the second compound in the fluid and are proportional to changes in glucose or lactate level and, thus, correlate to the analyte level.
  • In another embodiment, two sensing [0151] layers 63, 64 are used, as shown in FIG. 4B. Each of the two sensing layers 63, 64 may be independently formed on the working electrode 58 a or in proximity to the working electrode 58 a. One sensing layer 64 is typically, although not necessarily, spaced apart from the working electrode 58 a. For example, this sensing layer 64 may include a catalyst which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte to form a product compound. The product compound is then electrolyzed in the second sensing layer 63 which may include an electron transfer agent to transfer electrons between the working electrode 58 a and the product compound and/or a second catalyst to catalyze a reaction of the product compound to generate a signal at the working electrode 58 a.
  • For example, a glucose or lactate sensor may include a [0152] first sensing layer 64 which is spaced apart from the working electrode and contains an enzyme, for example, glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase. The reaction of glucose or lactate in the presence of the appropriate enzyme forms hydrogen peroxide. A second sensing layer 63 is provided directly on the working electrode 58 a and contains a peroxidase enzyme and an electron transfer agent to generate a signal at the electrode in response to the hydrogen peroxide. The level of hydrogen peroxide indicated by the sensor then correlates to the level of glucose or lactate. Another sensor which operates similarly can be made using a single sensing layer with both the glucose or lactate oxidase and the peroxidase being deposited in the single sensing layer.
  • Examples of such sensors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/540,789, and PCT Patent Application No. US98/02403 entitled “Soybean Peroxidase Electrochemical Sensor”, filed on Feb. 11, 1998, Attorney Docket No. M&G 12008.8WOI2, incorporated herein by reference. [0153]
  • In some embodiments, one or more of the working [0154] electrodes 58 b do not have a corresponding sensing layer 64, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 4A, or have a sensing layer (not shown) which does not contain one or more components (e.g., an electron transfer agent or catalyst) needed to electrolyze the analyte. The signal generated at this working electrode 58 b typically arises from interferents and other sources, such as ions, in the fluid, and not in response to the analyte (because the analyte is not electrooxidized or electroreduced). Thus, the signal at this working electrode 58 b corresponds to a background signal. The background signal can be removed from the analyte signal obtained from other working electrodes 58 a that are associated with fully-functional sensing layers 64 by, for example, subtracting the signal at working electrode 58 b from the signal at working electrode 58 a.
  • Sensors having multiple working [0155] electrodes 58 a may also be used to obtain more precise results by averaging the signals or measurements generated at these working electrodes 58 a. In addition, multiple readings at a single working electrode 58 a or at multiple working electrodes may be averaged to obtain more precise data.
  • Electron Transfer Agent [0156]
  • In many embodiments, the [0157] sensing layer 64 contains one or more electron transfer agents in contact with the conductive material 56 of the working electrode 58, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B. In some embodiments of the invention, there is little or no leaching of the electron transfer agent away from the working electrode 58 during the period in which the sensor 42 is implanted in the patient. A diffusing or leachable (i.e., releasable) electron transfer agent often diffuses into the analyte-containing fluid, thereby reducing the effectiveness of the electrode by reducing the sensitivity of the sensor over time. In addition, a diffusing or leaching electron transfer agent in an implantable sensor 42 may also cause damage to the patient. In these embodiments, preferably, at least 90%, more preferably, at least 95%, and, most preferably, at least 99%, of the electron transfer agent remains disposed on the sensor after immersion in the analyte-containing fluid for 24 hours, and, more preferably, for 72 hours. In particular, for an implantable sensor, preferably, at least 90%, more preferably, at least 95%, and most preferably, at least 99%, of the electron transfer agent remains disposed on the sensor after immersion in the body fluid at 37° C. for 24 hours, and, more preferably, for 72 hours.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, to prevent leaching, the electron transfer agents are bound or otherwise immobilized on the working [0158] electrode 58 or between or within one or more membranes or films disposed over the working electrode 58. The electron transfer agent may be immobilized on the working electrode 58 using, for example, a polymeric or sol-gel immobilization technique. Alternatively, the electron transfer agent may be chemically (e.g., ionically, covalently, or coordinatively) bound to the working electrode 58, either directly or indirectly through another molecule, such as a polymer, that is in turn bound to the working electrode 58.
  • Application of the [0159] sensing layer 64 on a working electrode 58 a is one method for creating a working surface for the working electrode 58 a, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B. The electron transfer agent mediates the transfer of electrons to electrooxidize or electroreduce an analyte and thereby permits a current flow between the working electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60 via the analyte. The mediation of the electron transfer agent facilitates the electrochemical analysis of analytes which are not suited for direct electrochemical reaction on an electrode.
  • In general, the preferred electron transfer agents are electroreducible and electrooxidizable ions or molecules having redox potentials that are a few hundred millivolts above or below the redox potential of the standard calomel electrode (SCE). Preferably, the electron transfer agents are not more reducing than about −150 mV and not more oxidizing than about +400 mV versus SCE. [0160]
  • The electron transfer agent may be organic, organometallic, or inorganic. Examples of organic redox species are quinones and species that in their oxidized state have quinoid structures, such as Nile blue and indophenol. Some quinones and partially oxidized quinhydrones react with functional groups of proteins such as the thiol groups of cysteine, the amine groups of lysine and arginine, and the phenolic groups of tyrosine which may render those redox species unsuitable for some of the sensors of the present invention because of the presence of the interfering proteins in an analyte-containing fluid. Usually substituted quinones and molecules with quinoid structure are less reactive with proteins and are preferred. A preferred tetrasubstituted quinone usually has carbon atoms in [0161] positions 1, 2, 3, and 4.
  • In general, electron transfer agents suitable for use in the invention have structures or charges which prevent or substantially, reduce the diffusional loss of the electron transfer agent during the period of time that the sample is being analyzed. The preferred electron transfer agents include a redox species bound to a polymer which can in turn be immobilized on the working electrode. The bond between the redox species and the polymer may be covalent, coordinative, or ionic. Useful electron transfer agents and methods for producing them are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,104; 5,356,786; 5,262,035; and 5,320,725, incorporated herein by reference. Although any organic or organometallic redox species can be bound to a polymer and used as an electron transfer agent, the preferred redox species is a transition metal compound or complex. The preferred transition metal compounds or complexes include osmium, ruthenium, iron, and cobalt compounds or complexes. The most preferred are osmium compounds and complexes. It will be recognized that many of the redox species described below may also be used, typically without a polymeric component, as electron transfer agents in a carrier fluid or in a sensing layer of a sensor where leaching of the electron transfer agent is acceptable. [0162]
  • One type of non-releasable polymeric electron transfer agent contains a redox species covalently bound in a polymeric composition. An example of this type of mediator is poly(vinylferrocene). [0163]
  • Another type of non-releasable electron transfer agent contains an ionically-bound redox species. Typically, this type of mediator includes a charged polymer coupled to an oppositely charged redox species. Examples of this type of mediator include a negatively charged polymer such as Nafion® (DuPont) coupled to a positively charged redox species such as an osmium or ruthenium polypyridyl cation. Another example of an ionically-bound mediator is a positively charged Polymer such as quaternized poly(4-vinyl pyridine) or poly(1-vinyl imidazole) coupled to a negatively charged redox species such as ferricyanide or ferrocyanide. The preferred ionically-bound redox species is a highly charged redox species bound within an oppositely charged redox polymer. [0164]
  • In another embodiment of the invention, suitable non-releasable electron transfer agents include a redox species coordinatively bound to a polymer. For example, the mediator may be formed by coordination of an osmium or [0165] cobalt 2, 2′-bipyridyl complex to poly(1-vinyl imidazole) or poly(4-vinyl pyridine).
  • The preferred electron transfer agents are osmium transition metal complexes with one or more ligands, each ligand having a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as 2,2′-bipyridine, 1,10-phenanthroline, or derivatives thereof Furthermore, the preferred electron transfer agents also have one or more ligands covalently bound in a polymer, each ligand having at least one nitrogen-containing heterocycle, such as pyridine, imidazole, or derivatives thereof. These preferred electron transfer agents exchange electrons rapidly between each other and the working [0166] electrodes 58 so that the complex can be rapidly oxidized and reduced.
  • One example of a particularly useful electron transfer agent includes (a) a polymer or copolymer having pyridine or imidazole functional groups and (b) osmium cations complexed with two ligands, each ligand containing 2,2′-bipyridine. 1,10-phenanthroline, or derivatives thereof, the two ligands not necessarily being the same. Preferred derivatives of 2,2°-bipyridine for complexation with the osmium cation are 4,4′-dimethyl-2,2′-bipyridine and mono-, di-, and polyalkoxy-2,2′-bipyridines, such as 4,4′-dimethoxy-2,2′-bipyridine. Preferred derivatives of 1,10-phenanthroline for complexation with the osmium cation are 4,7-dimethyl-1,10-phenanthroline and mono, di-, and polyalkoxy-1,10-phenanthrolines, such as 4,7-dimethoxy-1,10-phenanthroline. Preferred polymers for complexation with the osmium cation include polymers and copolymers of poly(1-vinyl imidazole) (referred to as “PVI”) and poly(4-vinyl pyridine) (referred to as “PVP”). Suitable copolymer substituents of poly(1-vinyl imidazole) include acrylonitrile, acrylanide, and substituted or quaternized N-vinyl imidazole. Most preferred are electron transfer agents with osmium complexed to a polymer or copolymer of poly(1-vinyl imidazole). [0167]
  • The preferred electron transfer agents have a redox potential ranging from −100 mV to about +150 mV versus the standard calomel electrode (SCE). Preferably, the potential of the electron transfer agent ranges from −100 mV to +150 mV and more preferably, the potential ranges from −50 mV to +50 mV. The most preferred electron transfer agents have osmium redox centers and a redox potential ranging from +50 mV to −150 mV versus SCE. [0168]
  • Catalyst [0169]
  • The [0170] sensing layer 64 may also include a catalyst which is capable of catalyzing a reaction of the analyte. The catalyst may also, in some embodiments, act as an electron transfer agent. One example of a suitable catalyst is an enzyme which catalyzes a reaction of the analyte. For example, a catalyst, such as a glucose oxidase, glucose dehydrogenase (e.g., pyrroloquinoline quinone glucose dehydrogenase (PQQ)), or oligosaccharide dehydrogenase, may be used when the analyte is glucose. A lactate oxidase or lactate dehydrogenase may be used when the analyte is lactate. Laccase may be used when the analyte is oxygen or when oxygen is generated or consumed in response to a reaction of the analyte.
  • Preferably, the catalyst is non-leachably disposed on the sensor, whether the catalyst is part of a solid sensing layer in the sensor or solvated in a fluid within the sensing layer. More preferably, the catalyst is immobilized within the sensor (e.g. on the electrode and/or within or between a membrane or film) to prevent unwanted leaching of the catalyst away from the working [0171] electrode 58 and into the patient. This may be accomplished, for example, by attaching the catalyst to a polymer, cross linking the catalyst with another electron transfer agent (which, as described above, can be polymeric), and/or providing one or more barrier membranes or films with pore sizes smaller than the catalyst.
  • As described above, a second catalyst may also be used. This second catalyst is often used to catalyze a reaction of a product compound resulting from the catalyzed reaction of the analyte. The second catalyst typically operates with an electron transfer agent to electrolyze the product compound to generate a signal at the working electrode. Alternatively, the second catalyst may be provided in an interferent-eliminating layer to catalyze reactions that remove interferents, as described below. [0172]
  • One embodiment of the invention is an electrochemical sensor in which the catalyst is mixed or dispersed in the [0173] conductive material 56 which forms the conductive trace 52 of a working electrode 58. This may be accomplished, for example, by mixing a catalyst, such as an enzyme, in a carbon ink and applying the mixture into a channel 54 on the surface of the substrate 50. Preferably, the catalyst is immobilized in the channel 53 so that it can not leach away from the working electrode 58. This may be accomplished, for example, by curing a binder in the carbon ink using a curing technique appropriate-to the binder. Curing techniques include, for example, evaporation of a solvent or dispersant, exposure to ultraviolet light, or exposure to heat. Typically, the mixture is applied under conditions that do not substantially degrade the catalyst. For example, the catalyst may be an enzyme that is heat-sensitive. The enzyme and conductive material mixture should be applied and cured, preferably, without sustained periods of heating. The mixture may be cured using evaporation or UV curing techniques or by the exposure to heat that is sufficiently short that the catalyst is not substantially degraded.
  • Another consideration for in vivo analyte sensors is the thermostability of the catalyst. Many enzymes have only limited stability at biological temperatures. Thus, it may be necessary to use large amounts of the catalyst and/or use a catalyst that is thermostable at the necessary temperature (e.g., 37° C. or higher for normal body temperature). A thermostable catalyst may be defined as a catalyst which loses less than 5% of its activity when held at 37° C. for at least one hour, preferably, at least one day, and more preferably at least three days. One example of a thermostable catalyst is soybean peroxidase. This particular thermostable catalyst may be used in a glucose or lactate sensor when combined either in the same or separate sensing layers with glucose or lactate oxidase or dehydrogenase. A further description of thermostable catalysts and their use in electrochemical inventions is found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,665,222 U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/540,789, and PCT Application No. US98/02403 entitled “Soybean Peroxidase Electrochemical Sensor”, filed on Feb. 11, 1998, Attorney Docket No. M&G 12008.8WOI2. [0174]
  • Electrolysis of the Analyte [0175]
  • To electrolyze the analyte, a potential (versus a reference potential) is applied across the working and [0176] counter electrodes 58, 60. The minimum magnitude of the applied potential is often dependent on the particular electron transfer agent, analyte (if the analyte is directly electrolyzed at the electrode), or second compound (if a second compound, such as oxygen or hydrogen peroxide, whose level is dependent on the analyte level, is directly electrolyzed at the electrode). The applied potential usually equals or is more oxidizing or reducing, depending on the desired electrochemical reaction, than the redox potential of the electron transfer agent, analyte, or second compound, whichever is directly electrolyzed at the electrode. The potential at the working electrode is typically large enough to drive the electrochemical reaction to or near completion.
  • The magnitude of the potential may optionally be limited to prevent significant (as determined by the current generated in response to the analyte) electrochemical reaction of interferents, such as urate, ascorbate, and acetaminophen. The limitation of the potential may be obviated if these interferents have been removed in another way, such as by providing an interferent-limiting barrier, as described below, or by including a working [0177] electrode 58 b (see FIG. 3A) from which a background signal may be obtained.
  • When a potential is applied between the working [0178] electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60, an electrical current will flow. The current is a result of the electrolysis of the analyte or a second compound whose level is affected by the analyte. In one embodiment, the electrochemical reaction occurs via an electron transfer agent and the optional catalyst. Many analytes B are oxidized (or reduced) to products C by an electron transfer agent species A in the presence of an appropriate catalyst (e.g., an enzyme). The electron transfer agent A is then oxidized (or reduced) at the electrode. Electrons are collected by (or removed from) the electrode and the resulting current is measured. This process is illustrated by reaction equations (1) and (2) (similar equations may be written for the reduction of the analyte B by a redox mediator A in the presence of a catalyst):
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-C00001
  • As an example, an electrochemical sensor may be based on the reaction of a glucose molecule with two non-leachable ferricyanide anions in the presence of glucose oxidase to produce two non-leachable ferrocyanide anions, two hydrogen ions, and gluconolactone. The amount of glucose present is assayed by electrooxidizing the non-leachable ferrocyanide anions to non-leachable ferricyanide anions and measuring the current. [0179]
  • In another embodiment, a second compound whose level is affected by the analyte is electrolyzed at the working electrode. In some cases, the analyte D and the second compound, in this case, a reactant compound E, such as oxygen, react in the presence of the catalyst, as shown in reaction equation (3). [0180]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-C00002
  • The reactant compound E is then directly oxidized (or reduced) at the working electrode. as shown in reaction equation (4) electrode [0181]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-C00003
  • Alternatively, the reactant compound E is indirectly oxidized (or reduced) using an electron transfer agent H (optionally in the presence of a catalyst), that is subsequently reduced or oxidized at the electrode, as shown in reaction equations (5) and (6). [0182]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-C00004
  • In either case, changes in the concentration of the reactant compound, as indicated by the signal at the working electrode, correspond inversely to changes in the analyte (i.e., as the level of analyte increase then the level of reactant compound and the signal at the electrode decreases.) [0183]
  • In other embodiments, the relevant second compound is a product compound F, as shown in reaction equation (3). The product compound F is formed by the catalyzed reaction of analyte D and then be directly electrolyzed at the electrode or indirectly electrolyzed using an electron transfer agent and, optionally, a catalyst. In these embodiments, the signal arising from the direct or indirect electrolysis of the product compound F at the working electrode corresponds directly to the level of the analyte (unless there are other sources of the product compound). As the level of analyte increases, the level of the product compound and signal at the working electrode increases. [0184]
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that there are many different reactions that will achieve the same result; namely the electrolysis of an analyte or a compound whose level depends on the level of the analyte. Reaction equations (1) through (6) illustrate non-limiting examples of such reactions. [0185]
  • Temperature Probe [0186]
  • A variety of optional items may be included in the sensor. One optional item is a temperature probe [0187] 66 (FIGS. 8 and 11). The temperature probe 66 may be made using a variety of known designs and materials. One exemplary temperature probe 66 is formed using two probe leads 68, 70 connected to each other through a temperature-dependent element 72 that is formed using a material with a temperature-dependent characteristic. An example of a suitable temperature-dependent characteristic is the resistance of the temperature-dependent element 72.
  • The two probe leads [0188] 68, 70 are typically formed using a metal, an alloy, a semimetal, such as graphite, a degenerate or highly doped semiconductor, or a small-band gap semiconductor. Examples of suitable materials include gold, silver, ruthenium oxide, titanium nitride, titanium dioxide, indium doped tin oxide, tin doped indium oxide, or graphite. The temperature-dependent element 72 is typically made using a fine trace (e.g., a conductive trace that has a smaller cross-section than that of the probe leads 68, 70) of the same conductive material as the probe leads, or another material such as a carbon ink, a carbon fiber, or platinum, which has a temperature-dependent characteristic, such as resistance, that provides a temperature-dependent signal when a voltage source is attached to the two probe leads 68, 70 of the temperature probe 66. The temperature-dependent characteristic of the temperature-dependent element 72 may either increase or decrease with temperature. Preferably, the temperature dependence of the characteristic of the temperature-dependent element 72 is approximately linear with temperature over the expected range of biological temperatures (about 25 to 45° C.), although this is not required.
  • Typically, a signal (e.g., a current) having an amplitude or other property that is a function of the temperature can be obtained by providing a potential across the two probe leads [0189] 68, 70 of the temperature probe 66. As the temperature changes, the temperature-dependent characteristic of the temperature-dependent element 72 increases or decreases with a corresponding change in the signal amplitude. The signal from the temperature probe 66 (e.g., the amount of current flowing through the probe) may be combined with the signal obtained from the working electrode 58 by, for example, scaling the temperature probe signal and then adding or subtracting the scaled temperature probe signal from the signal at the working electrode 58. In this manner, the temperature probe 66 can provide a temperature adjustment for the output from the working electrode 58 to offset the temperature dependence of the working electrode 58.
  • One embodiment of the temperature probe includes probe leads [0190] 68, 70 formed as two spaced-apart channels with a temperature-dependent element 72 formed as a cross-channel connecting the two spaced-apart channels, as illustrated in FIG. 8. The two spaced-apart channels contain a conductive material, such as a metal, alloy, semimetal, degenerate semiconductor, or metallic compound. The cross-channel may contain the same material (provided the cross-channel has a smaller cross-section than the two spaced-apart channels) as the probe leads 68, 70. In other embodiments, the material in the cross-channel is different than the material of the probe leads 68, 70.
  • One exemplary method for forming this particular temperature probe includes forming the two spaced-apart channels and then filling them with the metallic or alloyed conductive material. Next, the cross-channel is formed and then filled with the desired material. The material in the cross-channel overlaps with the conductive material in each of the two spaced-apart channels to form an electrical connection. [0191]
  • For proper operation of the [0192] temperature probe 66, the temperature-dependent element 72 of the temperature probe 66 can not be shorted by conductive material formed between the two probe leads 68, 70. In addition, to prevent conduction between the two probe leads 68, 70 by ionic species within the body or sample fluid, a covering may be provided over the temperature-dependent element 72, and preferably over the portion of the probe leads 68, 70 that is implanted in the patient. The covering may be, for example, a non-conducting film disposed over the temperature-dependent element 72 and probe leads 68, 70 to prevent the ionic conduction. Suitable non-conducting films include, for example, Kapton™ polyimide films (DuPont. Wilmington, Del.).
  • Another method for eliminating or reducing conduction by ionic species in the body or sample fluid is to use an ac voltage source connected to the probe leads [0193] 68, 70. In this way, the positive and negative ionic species are alternately attracted and repelled during each half cycle of the ac voltage. This results in no net attraction of the ions in the body or sample fluid to the temperature probe 66. The maximum amplitude of the ac current through the temperature-dependent element 72 may then be used to correct the measurements from the working electrodes 58.
  • The temperature probe can be placed on the same substrate as the electrodes. Alternatively, a temperature probe may be placed on a separate substrate. In addition, the temperature probe may be used by itself or in conjunction with other devices. [0194]
  • Another embodiment of a temperature probe utilizes the temperature dependence of the conductivity of a solution (e.g., blood or interstitial fluid). Typically, the conductivity of an electrolyte-containing solution is dependent on the temperature of the solution, assuming that the concentration of electrolytes is relatively constant. Blood, interstitial fluid, and other bodily fluids are solutions with relatively constant levels of electrolytes. Thus, a [0195] sensor 42 can include two or more conductive traces (not shown) which are spaced apart by a known distance. A portion of these conductive traces is exposed to the solution and the conductivity between the exposed portions of the conductive traces is measured using known techniques (e.g., application of a constant or known current or potential and measurement of the resulting potential or current, respectively, to determine the conductivity).
  • A change in conductivity is related to a change in temperature. This relation can be modeled using linear, quadratic, exponential, or other relations. The parameters for this relationship typically do not vary significantly between most people. The calibration for the temperature probe can be determined by a variety of methods, including, for example, calibration of each [0196] sensor 42 using an independent method of determining temperature (e.g., a thermometer, an optical or electrical temperature detector, or the temperature probe 66, described above) or calibrating one sensor 42 and using that calibration for all other sensors in a batch based on uniformity in geometry.
  • Biocompatible Layer [0197]
  • An [0198] optional film layer 75 is formed over at least that portion of the sensor 42 which is subcutaneously inserted into the patient, as shown in FIG. 9. This optional film layer 74 may serve one or more functions. The film layer 74 prevents the penetration of large biomolecules into the electrodes. This is accomplished by using a film layer 74 having a pore size that is smaller than the biomolecules that are to be excluded. Such biomolecules may foul the electrodes and/or the sensing layer 64 thereby reducing the effectiveness of the sensor 42 and altering the expected signal amplitude for a given analyte concentration. The fouling of the working electrodes 58 may also decrease the effective life of the sensor 42. The biocompatible layer 74 may also prevent protein adhesion to the sensor 42, formation of blood clots, and other undesirable interactions between the sensor 42 and body.
  • For example, the sensor may be completely or partially coated on its exterior with a biocompatible coating. A preferred biocompatible coating is a hydrogel which contains at least 20 wt. % fluid when in equilibrium with the analyte-containing fluid. Examples of suitable hydrogels are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,852, incorporated herein by reference, and include crosslinked polyethylene oxides, such as polyethylene oxide tetraacrylate. [0199]
  • Interferent-Eliminating Layer [0200]
  • An interferent-eliminating layer (not shown) may be included in the [0201] sensor 42. The interferent-eliminating layer may be incorporated in the biocompatible layer 75 or in the mass transport limiting layer 74 (described below) or may be a separate layer. Interferents are molecules or other species that are electroreduced or electrooxidized at the electrode, either directly or via an electron transfer agent, to produce a false signal. In one embodiment, a film or membrane prevents the penetration of one or more interferents into the region around the working electrodes 58. Preferably, this type of interferent-eliminating layer is much less permeable to one or more of the interferents than to the analyte.
  • The interferent-eliminating layer may include ionic components, such as Nafion®, incorporated into a polymeric matrix to reduce the permeability of the interferent-eliminating layer to ionic interferents having the same charge as the ionic components. For example, negatively charged compounds or compounds that form negative ions may be incorporated in the interferent-eliminating layer to reduce the permeation of negative species in the body or sample fluid. [0202]
  • Another example of an interferent-eliminating layer includes a catalyst for catalyzing a reaction which removes interferents. One example of such a catalyst is a peroxidase. Hydrogen peroxide reacts with interferents, such as acetaminophen, urate, and ascorbate. The hydrogen peroxide may be added to the analyte-containing fluid or may be generated in situ, by, for example, the reaction of glucose or lactate in the presence of glucose oxidase or lactate oxidase, respectively. Examples of interferent eliminating layers include a peroxidase enzyme crosslinked (a) using gluteraldehyde as a crosslinking agent or (b) oxidation of oligosaccharide groups in the peroxidase glycoenzyme with NaIO[0203] 4, followed by coupling of the aldehydes formed to hydrazide groups in a polyacrylamide matrix to form hydrazones are describe in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,262,305 and 5,356,786, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Mass Transport Limiting Layer [0204]
  • A mass [0205] transport limiting layer 74 may be included with the sensor to act as a diffusion-limiting barrier to reduce the rate of mass transport of the analyte, for example, glucose or lactate, into the region around the working electrodes 58. By limiting the diffusion of the analyte, the steady state concentration of the analyte in the proximity of the working electrode 58 (which is proportional to the concentration of the analyte in the body or sample fluid) can be reduced. This extends the upper range of analyte concentrations that can still be accurately measured and may also expand the range in which the current increases approximately linearly with the level of the analyte.
  • It is preferred that the permeability of the analyte through the [0206] film layer 74 vary little or not at all with temperature, so as to reduce or eliminate the variation of current with temperature. For this reason, it is preferred that in the biologically relevant temperature range from about 25° C. to about 45° C. and most importantly from 30° C. to 40° C., neither the size of the pores in the film nor its hydration or swelling change excessively. Preferably, the mass transport limiting layer is made using a film that absorbs less than 5 wt. % of fluid over 24 hours. This may reduce or obviate any need for a temperature probe. For implantable sensors, it is preferable that the mass transport limiting layer is made using a film that absorbs less than 5 wt. % of fluid over 24 hours at 37° C.
  • Particularly useful materials for the [0207] film layer 74 are membranes that do not swell in the analyte-containing fluid that the sensor tests. Suitable membranes include 3 to 20,000 nm diameter pores. Membranes having 5 to 500 nm diameter pores with well-defined, uniform pore sizes and high aspect ratios are preferred. In one embodiment, the aspect ratio of the pores is preferably two or greater and more preferably five or greater.
  • Well-defined and uniform pores can be made by track etching a polymeric membrane using accelerated electrons, ions, or particles emitted by radioactive nuclei. Most preferred are anisotropic, polymeric, track etched membranes that expand less in the direction perpendicular to the pores than in the direction of the pores when heated. Suitable polymeric membranes included polycarbonate membranes from Poretics (Livermore, CA, catalog number 19401, 0.01 μm pore size polycarbonate membrane) and Coming Costar Corp. (Cambridge, Mass., Nucleopore™ brand membranes with 0.015 μm pore size). Other polyolefin and polyester films may be used. It is preferred that the permeability of the mass transport limiting membrane changes no more than 4%, preferably, no more than 3%, and, more preferably, no more than 2%, per ° C. in the range from 30° C. to 40° C. when the membranes resides in the subcutaneous interstitial fluid. [0208]
  • In some embodiments of the invention, the mass [0209] transport limiting layer 74 may also limit the flow of oxygen into the sensor 42. This can improve the stability of sensors 42 that are used in situations where variation in the partial pressure of oxygen causes non-linearity in sensor response. In these embodiments, the mass transport limiting layer 74 restricts oxygen transport by at least 40%, preferably at least 60%, and more preferably at least 80%, than the membrane restricts transport of the analyte. For a given type of polymer, films having a greater density (e.g., a density closer to that of the crystalline polymer) are preferred. Polyesters, such as polyethylene terephthalate, are typically less permeable to oxygen and are, therefore, preferred over polycarbonate membranes.
  • Anticlotting Agent [0210]
  • An implantable sensor may also, optionally, have an anticlotting agent disposed on a portion the substrate which is implanted into a patient. This anticlotting agent may reduce or eliminate the clotting of blood or other body fluid around the sensor, particularly after insertion of the sensor. Blood clots may foul the sensor or irreproducibly reduce the amount of analyte which diffuses into the sensor. Examples of useful anticlotting agents include heparin and tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), as well as other known anticlotting agents. [0211]
  • The anticlotting agent may be applied to at least a portion of that part of the [0212] sensor 42 that is to be implanted. The anticlotting agent may be applied, for example, by bath, spraying, brushing, or dipping. The anticlotting agent is allowed to dry on the sensor 42. The anticlotting agent may be immobilized on the surface of the sensor or it may be allowed to diffuse away from the sensor surface. Typically, the quantities of anticlotting agent disposed on the sensor are far below the amounts typically used for treatment of medical conditions involving blood clots and, therefore, have only a limited, localized effect.
  • Sensor Lifetime [0213]
  • The [0214] sensor 42 may be designed to be a replaceable component in an in vivo analyte monitor, and particularly in an implantable analyte monitor. Typically, the sensor 42 is capable of operation over a period of days. Preferably, the period of operation is at least one day, more preferably at least three days, and most preferably at least one week. The sensor 42 can then be removed and replaced with a new sensor. The lifetime of the sensor 42 may be reduced by the fouling of the electrodes or by the leaching of the electron transfer agent or catalyst. These limitations on the longevity of the sensor 42 can be overcome by the use of a biocompatible layer 75 or non-leachable electron transfer agent and catalyst, respectively, as described above.
  • Another primary limitation on the lifetime of the [0215] sensor 42 is the temperature stability of the catalyst. Many catalysts are enzymes, which are very sensitive to the ambient temperature and may degrade at temperatures of the patient's body (e.g., approximately 37° C. for the human body). Thus, robust enzymes should be used where available. The sensor 42 should be replaced when a sufficient amount of the enzyme has been deactivated to introduce an unacceptable amount of error in the measurements.
  • Insertion Device [0216]
  • An [0217] insertion device 120 can be used to subcutaneously insert the sensor 42 into the patient, as illustrated in FIG. 12. The insertion device 120 is typically formed using structurally rigid materials, such as metal or rigid plastic. Preferred materials include stainless steel and ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene) plastic. In some embodiments, the insertion device 120 is pointed and/or sharp at the tip 121 to facilitate penetration of the skin of the patient. A sharp, thin insertion device may reduce pain felt by the patient upon insertion of the sensor 42. In other embodiments, the tip 121 of the insertion device 120 has other shapes, including a blunt or flat shape. These embodiments may be particularly useful when the insertion device 120 does not penetrate the skin but rather serves as a structural support for the sensor 42 as the sensor 42 is pushed into the skin.
  • The [0218] insertion device 120 may have a variety of cross-sectional shapes, as shown in FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C. The insertion device 120 illustrated in FIG. 13A is a flat, planar, pointed strip of rigid material which may be attached or otherwise coupled to the sensor 42 to ease insertion of the sensor 42 into the skin of the patient, as well as to provide structural support to the sensor 42 during insertion. The insertion devices 120 of FIGS. 13B and 13C are U- or V-shaped implements that support the sensor 42 to limit the amount that the sensor 42 may bend or bow during insertion. The cross-sectional width 124 of the insertion devices 120 illustrated in FIGS. 13B and 13C is typically 1 mm or less, preferably 700 μm or less, more preferably 500 μm or less, and most preferably 300 μm or less. The cross-sectional height 126 of the insertion device 120 illustrated in FIGS. 13B and 13C is typically about 1 mm or less, preferably about 700 μm or less, and more preferably about 500 μm or less.
  • The [0219] sensor 42 itself may include optional features to facilitate insertion. For example, the sensor 42 may be pointed at the tip 123 to ease insertion, as illustrated in FIG. 12. In addition, the sensor 42 may include a barb 125 which helps retain the sensor 42 in the subcutaneous tissue of the patient. The barb 125 may also assist in anchoring the sensor 42 within the subcutaneous tissue of the patient during operation of the sensor 42. However, the barb 125 is typically small enough that little damage is caused to the subcutaneous tissue when the sensor 42 is removed for replacement. The sensor 42 may also include a notch 127 that can be used in cooperation with a corresponding structure (not shown) in the insertion device to apply pressure against the sensor 42 during insertion, but disengage as the insertion device 120 is removed. One example of such a structure in the insertion device is a rod (not shown) between two opposing sides of an insertion device 120 and at an appropriate height of the insertion device 120.
  • In operation, the [0220] sensor 42 is placed within or next to the insertion device 120 and then a force is provided against the insertion device 120 and/or sensor 42 to carry the sensor 42 into the skin of the patient. In one embodiment, the force is applied to the sensor 42 to push the sensor into the skin, while the insertion device 120 remains stationary and provides structural support to the sensor 42. Alternatively, the force is applied to the insertion device 120 and optionally to the sensor 42 to push a portion of both the sensor 4) and the insertion device 120 through the skin of the patient and into the subcutaneous tissue. The insertion device 120 is optionally pulled out of the skin and subcutaneous tissue with the sensor 42 remaining in the subcutaneous tissue due to frictional forces between the sensor 42 and the patient's tissue. If the sensor 42 includes the optional barb 125, then this structure may also facilitate the retention of the sensor 42 within the interstitial tissue as the barb catches in the tissue.
  • The force applied to the [0221] insertion device 120 and/or the sensor 42 may be applied manually or mechanically. Preferably, the sensor 42 is reproducibly inserted through the skin of the patient. In one embodiment, an insertion gun is used to insert the sensor. One example of an insertion gun 200 for inserting a sensor 42 is shown in FIG. 26. The insertion gun 200 includes a housing 202 and a carrier 204. The insertion device 120 is typically mounted on the carrier 204 and the sensor 42 is pre-loaded into the insertion device 120. The carrier 204 drives the sensor 42 and, optionally, the insertion device 120 into the skin of the patient using, for example, a cocked or wound spring, a burst of compressed gas, an electromagnet repelled by a second magnet, or the like, within the insertion gun 200. In some instances, for example, when using a spring, the carrier 204 and insertion device may be moved, cocked, or otherwise prepared to be directed towards the skin of the patient.
  • After the [0222] sensor 42 is inserted, the insertion gun 200 may contain a mechanism which pulls the insertion device 120 out of the skin of the patient. Such a mechanism may use a spring, electromagnet, or the like to remove the insertion device 120.
  • The insertion gun may be reusable. The [0223] insertion device 120 is often disposable to avoid the possibility of contamination. Alternatively, the insertion device 120 may be sterilized and reused. In addition, the insertion device 120 and/or the sensor 42 may be coated with an anticlotting agent to prevent fouling of the sensor 42.
  • In one embodiment, the [0224] sensor 42 is injected between 2 to 12 mm into the interstitial tissue of the patient for subcutaneous implantation. Preferably, the sensor is injected 3 to 9 mm, and more preferably 5 to 7 mm, into the interstitial tissue. Other embodiments of the invention, may include sensors implanted in other portions of the patient, including, for example, in an artery, vein, or organ. The depth of implantation varies depending on the desired implantation target.
  • Although the [0225] sensor 42 may be inserted anywhere in the body, it is often desirable that the insertion site be positioned so that the on-skin sensor control unit 44 can be concealed. In addition, it is often desirable that the insertion site be at a place on the body with a low density of nerve endings to reduce the pain to the patient. Examples of preferred sites for insertion of the sensor 42 and positioning of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 include the abdomen, thigh, leg, upper arm, and shoulder.
  • An insertion angle is measured from the plane of the skin (i.e., inserting the sensor perpendicular to the skin would be a 90° insertion angle). Insertion angles usually range from 10 to 90°, typically from 15 to 60°, and often from 30 to 45°. [0226]
  • On-Skin Sensor Control Unit [0227]
  • The on-skin [0228] sensor control unit 44 is configured to be placed on the skin of a patient. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 is optionally formed in a shape that is comfortable to the patient and which may permit concealment, for example, under a patient's clothing. The thigh, leg, upper arm, shoulder, or abdomen are convenient parts of the patient's body for placement of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to maintain concealment. However, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be positioned on other portions of the patient's body. One embodiment of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a thin, oval shape to enhance concealment, as illustrated in FIGS. 14-16. However, other shapes and sizes may be used.
  • The particular profile, as well as the height, width, length, weight, and volume of the on-skin [0229] sensor control unit 44 may vary and depends, at least in part, on the components and associated functions included in the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as discussed below. For example, in some embodiments, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a height of 1.3 cm or less, and preferably 0.7 cm or less. In some embodiments, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a weight of 90 grams or less, preferably 45 grams or less, and more preferably 25 grams or less. In some embodiments, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a volume of about 15 cm3 or less, preferably about 10 cm−1 or less, more preferably about 5 cm3 or less, and most preferably about 2.5 cm3 or less.
  • The on-skin [0230] sensor control unit 44 includes a housing 45, as illustrated in FIGS. 14-16. The housing 45 is typically formed as a single integral unit that rests on the skin of the patient. The housing 45 typically contains most or all of the electronic components, described below, of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 usually includes no additional cables or wires to other electronic components or other devices. If the housing includes two or more parts, then those parts typically fit together to form a single integral unit.
  • The [0231] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, illustrated in FIGS. 14-16, may be formed using a variety of materials, including, for example, plastic and polymeric materials, particularly rigid thermoplastics and engineering thermoplastics. Suitable materials include, for example, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ABS polymers, and copolymers thereof The housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be formed using a variety of techniques including, for example, injection molding, compression molding, casting, and other molding methods. Hollow or recessed regions may be formed in the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. The electronic components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, described below, and/or other items, such as a battery or a speaker for an audible alarm, may be placed in the hollow or recessed areas.
  • In some embodiments, [0232] conductive contacts 80 are provided on the exterior of the housing 45. In other embodiments, the conductive contacts 80 are provided on the interior of the housing 45, for example, within a hollow or recessed region.
  • In some embodiments, the electronic components and/or other items are incorporated into the [0233] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 as the plastic or polymeric material is molded or otherwise formed. In other embodiments, the electronic components and/or other items are incorporated into the housing 45 as the molded material is cooling or after the molded material has been reheated to make it pliable. Alternatively, the electronic components and/or other items may be secured to the housing 45 using fasteners, such as screws, nuts and bolts, nails, staples, rivets, and the like or adhesives, such as contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like. In some cases, the electronic components and/or other items are not affixed to the housing 45 at all.
  • In some embodiments, the [0234] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is a single piece. The conductive contacts 80 may be formed on the exterior of the housing 45 or on the interior of the housing 45 provided there is a port 78 in the housing 45 through which the sensor 42 can be directed to access the conductive contacts 80.
  • In other embodiments, the [0235] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is formed in at least two separate portions that fit together to form the housing 45, for example, a base 74 and a cover 76, as illustrated in FIGS. 14-16. The two or more portions of the housing 45 may be entirely separate from each other. Alternatively, at least some of the two or more portions of the housing 45 may be connected together, for example, by a hinge, to facilitate the coupling of the portions to form the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • These two or more separate portions of the [0236] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may have complementary, interlocking structures, such as, for example, interlocking ridges or a ridge on one component and a complementary groove on another component, so that the two or more separate components may be easily and/or firmly coupled together. This may be useful, particularly if the components are taken apart and fit together occasionally, for example, when a battery or sensor 42 is replaced. However, other fasteners may also be used to couple the two or more components together, including, for example, screws, nuts and bolts, nails, staples, rivets, or the like. In addition, adhesives, both permanent or temporary, may be used including, for example, contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like.
  • Typically, the [0237] housing 45 is at least water resistant to prevent the flow of fluids into contact with the components in the housing, including, for example, the conductive contacts 80. Preferably, the housing is waterproof. In one embodiment, two or more components of the housing 45, for example, the base 74 and the cover 76, fit together tightly to form a hermetic, waterproof, or water resistant seal so that fluids can not flow into the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. This may be useful to avoid corrosion currents and/or degradation of items within the on-skin sensor control unit 44, such as the conductive contacts, the battery, or the electronic components, particularly when the patient engages in such activities as showering, bathing, or swimming.
  • Water resistant, as used herein, means that there is no penetration of water through a water resistant seal or housing when immersed in water at a depth of one meter at sea level. Waterproof, as used herein, means that there is no penetration of water through the waterproof seal or housing when immersed in water at a depth of ten meters, and preferably fifty meters, at sea level. It is often desirable that the electronic circuitry, power supply (e.g., battery), and conductive contacts of the on-skin sensor control unit, as well as the contact pads of the sensor, are contained in a water resistant, and preferably, a waterproof, environment. [0238]
  • In addition to the portions of the [0239] housing 45, such as the base 74 and cover 76, there may be other individually-formed pieces of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, which may be assembled during or after manufacture. One example of an individually-formed piece is a cover for electronic components that fits a recess in the base 74 or cover 76. Another example is a cover for a battery provided in the base 74 or cover 76. These individually-formed pieces of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be permanently affixed, such as, for example, a cover for electronic components, or removably affixed, such as, for example, a removable cover for a battery, to the base 74, cover 76, or other component of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Methods for affixing these individually-formed pieces include the use of fasteners, such as screws, nuts and bolts, staples, nails, rivets, and the like, frictional fasteners, such as tongue and groove structures, and adhesives, such as contact adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, glues, epoxies, adhesive resins, and the like.
  • One embodiment of the on-skin [0240] sensor control unit 44 is a disposable unit complete with a battery for operating the unit. There are no portions of the unit that the patient needs to open or remove, thereby reducing the size of the unit and simplifying its construction. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 optionally remains in a sleep mode prior to use to conserve the battery's power. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 detects that it is being used and activates itself. Detection of use may be through a number of mechanisms. These include, for example, detection of a change in resistance across the electrical contacts, actuation of a switch upon mating the on-skin sensor control unit 44 with a mounting unit 77 (see FIGS. 27A and 28A). The on-skin sensor control unit 44 is typically replaced when it no longer operates within threshold limits, for example, if the battery or other power source does not generate sufficient power. Often this embodiment of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has conductive contacts 80 on the exterior of the housing 45. Once the sensor 42 is implanted in the patient, the sensor control unit 44 is placed over the sensor 42 with the conductive contacts 80 in contact with the contact pads 49 of the sensor 42.
  • The on-skin [0241] sensor control unit 44 is typically attached to the skin 75 of the patient, as illustrated in FIG. 17. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be attached by a variety of techniques including, for example, by adhering the on-skin sensor control unit 44 directly to the skin 75 of the patient with an adhesive provided on at least a portion of the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 which contacts the skin 75 or by suturing the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 through suture openings (not shown) in the sensor control unit 44.
  • Another method of attaching the [0242] housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 includes using a mounting unit, 77. The mounting unit 77 is often a part of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. One example of a suitable mounting unit 77 is a double-sided adhesive strip, one side of which is adhered to a surface of the skin of the patient and the other side is adhered to the on-skin sensor control unit 44. In this embodiment, the mounting unit 77 may have an optional opening 79 which is large enough to allow insertion of the sensor 42 through the opening 79. Alternatively, the sensor may be inserted through a thin adhesive and into the skin.
  • A variety of adhesives may be used to adhere the on-skin [0243] sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 of the patient, either directly or using the mounting unit 77, including, for example, pressure sensitive adhesives (PSA) or contact adhesives. Preferably, an adhesive is chosen which is not irritating to all or a majority of patients for at least the period of time that a particular sensor 42 is implanted in the patient. Alternatively, a second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound may be included with the mounting unit so that a patient, whose skin is irritated by the adhesive on the mounting unit 77, can cover his skin with the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound and then place the mounting unit 77 over the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound. This should substantially prevent the irritation of the skin of the patient because the adhesive on the mounting unit 77 is no longer in contact with the skin, but is instead in contact with the second adhesive or other skin-protecting compound.
  • When the [0244] sensor 42 is changed, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may be moved to a different position on the skin 75 of the patient, for example, to avoid excessive irritation. Alternatively, the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may remain at the same place on the skin of the patient until it is determined that the unit 44 should be moved.
  • Another embodiment of a mounting [0245] unit 77 used in an on-skin sensor control unit 44 is illustrated in FIGS. 27A and 27B. The mounting unit 77 and a housing 45 of an on-skin sensor control unit 44 are mounted together in, for example, an interlocking manner, as shown in FIG. 27A. The mounting unit 77 is formed, for example, using plastic or polymer materials, including, for example, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ABS polymers, and copolymers thereof. The mounting unit 77 may be formed using a variety of techniques including, for example, injection molding, compression molding, casting, and other molding methods.
  • The mounting [0246] unit 77 typically includes an adhesive on a bottom surface of the mounting unit 77 to adhere to the skin of the patient or the mounting unit 77 is used in conjunction with, for example, double-sided adhesive tape or the like. The mounting unit 77 typically includes an opening 79 through which the sensor 42 is inserted, as shown in FIG. 27B. The mounting unit 77 may also include a support structure 220 for holding the sensor 42 in place and against the conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 42. The mounting unit 77, also, optionally, includes a positioning structure 222, such as an extension of material from the mounting unit 77, that corresponds to a structure (not shown), such as an opening, on the sensor 42 to facilitate proper positioning of the sensor 42, for example, by aligning the two complementary structures.
  • In another embodiment, a coupled mounting [0247] unit 77 and housing 45 of an on-skin sensor control unit 44 is provided on an adhesive patch 204 with an optional over 206 to protect and/or confine the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as illustrated in FIG. 28A. The optional cover may contain an adhesive or other mechanism for attachment to the housing 45 and/or mounting unit 77. The mounting unit 77 typically includes an opening 49 through which a sensor 42 is disposed, as shown in FIG. 28B. The opening 49 may optionally be configured to allow insertion of the sensor 42 through the opening 49 using an insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 (see FIG. 26). The housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 has a base 74 and a cover 76, as illustrated in FIG. 28C. A bottom view of the housing 45, as shown in FIG. 28D, illustrates ports 230 through which conductive contacts (not shown) extend to connect with contact pads on the sensor 42. A board 232 for attachment of circuit components may optionally be provided within the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as illustrated in FIG. 28E.
  • In some embodiments, the adhesive on the on-skin [0248] sensor control unit 44 and/or on any of the embodiments of the mounting unit 77 is water resistant or waterproof to permit activities such as showering and/or bathing while maintaining adherence of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to the skin 75 of the patient and, at least in some embodiments, preventing water from penetrating into the sensor control unit 44. The use of a water resistant or waterproof adhesive combined with a water resistant or waterproof housing 45 protects the components in the sensor control unit 44 and the contact between the conductive contacts 80 and the sensor 42 from damage or corrosion. An example of a non-irritating adhesive that repels water is Tegaderm (3M, St. Paul, Minn.).
  • In one embodiment, the on-skin [0249] sensor control unit 44 includes a sensor port 78 through which the sensor 42 enters the subcutaneous tissue of the patient, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 16. The sensor 42 may be inserted into the subcutaneous tissue of the patient through the sensor port 78. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 may then be placed on the skin of the patient with the sensor 42 being threaded through the sensor port 78. If the housing 45 of the sensor 42 has, for example, a base 74 and a cover 76, then the cover 76 may be removed to allow the patient to guide the sensor 42 into the proper position for contact with the conductive contacts 80.
  • Alternatively, if the [0250] conductive contacts 80 are within the housing 45 the patient may slide the sensor 42 into the housing 45 until contact is made between the contact pads 49 and the conductive contacts 80. The sensor control unit 44 may have a structure which obstructs the sliding of the sensor 42 further into the housing once the sensor 42 is properly positioned with the contact pads 49 in contact with the conductive contacts 80.
  • In other embodiments, the [0251] conductive contacts 80 are on the exterior of the housing 45 (see e.g., FIGS. 27A-27B and 28A-28E). In these embodiments, the patient guides the contacts pads 49 of the sensor 42 into contact with the conductive contacts 80. In some cases, a guiding structure may be provided on the housing 45 which guides the sensor 42 into the proper position. An example of such a structure includes a set of guiding rails extending from the housing 45 and having the shape of the sensor 42.
  • In some embodiments, when the [0252] sensor 42 is inserted using an insertion device 120 (see FIG. 12), the tip of the insertion device 120 or optional insertion gun 200 (see FIG. 26) is positioned against the skin or the mounting unit 77 at the desired insertion point. In some embodiments, the insertion device 120 is positioned on the skin without any guide. In other embodiments, the insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 is positioned using guides (not shown) in the mounting unit 77 or other portion of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. In some embodiments, the guides, opening 79 in the mounting unit 77 and/or sensor port 78 in the housing 45 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 have a shape which is complementary to the shape of the tip of the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200 to limit the orientation of the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200 relative to the opening 79 and/or sensor port 78. The sensor can then be subcutaneously inserted into the patient by matching the complementary shape of the opening 79 or sensor port 78 with the insertion device 120 and/or insertion gun 200.
  • In some embodiments, the shapes of a) the guides, opening [0253] 79, or sensor port 78, and (b) the insertion device 120 or insertion gun 200 are configured such that the two shapes can only be matched in a single orientation. This aids in inserting the sensor 42 in the same orientation each time a new sensor is inserted into the patient. This uniformity in insertion orientation may be required in some embodiments to ensure that the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 are correctly aligned with appropriate conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44. In addition, the use of the insertion gun, as described above, may ensure that the sensor 42 is inserted at a uniform, reproducible depth.
  • The [0254] sensor 42 and the electronic components within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 are coupled via conductive contacts 80, as shown in FIGS. 14-16. The one or more working electrodes 58, counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode), optional reference electrode 62, and optional temperature probe 66 are attached to individual conductive contacts 80. In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 14-16, the conductive contacts 80 are provided on the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Other embodiments of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 have the conductive contacts disposed on the exterior of the housing 45. The placement of the conductive contacts 80 is such that they are in contact with the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 when the sensor 42 is properly positioned within the on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. [0255] 14-16, the base 74 and cover 76 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 are formed such that, when the sensor 42 is within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and the base 74 and cover 76 are fitted together, the sensor 42 is bent. In this manner, the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 are brought into contact with the conductive contacts 80 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 may optionally contain a support structure 82 to hold, support, and/or guide the sensor 42 into the correct position.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable [0256] conductive contacts 80 are illustrated in FIGS. 19A-19D. In one embodiment, the conductive contacts 80 are pins 84 or the like, as illustrated in FIG. 19A, which are brought into contact with the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 when the components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, for example, the base 74 and cover 76, are fitted together. A support 82 may be provided under the sensor 42 to promote adequate contact between the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 and the pins 84. The pins are typically made using a conductive material, such as a metal or alloy, for example, copper, stainless steel, or silver. Each pin has a distal end that extends from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 for contacting the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42. Each pin 84 also has a proximal end that is coupled to a wire or other conductive strip that is, in turn, coupled to the rest of the electronic components (e.g., the voltage source 95 and measurement circuit 96 of FIGS. 18A and 18B) within the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Alternatively, the pins 84 may be coupled directly to the rest of the electronics.
  • In another embodiment, the [0257] conductive contacts 80 are formed as a series of conducting regions 88 with interspersed insulating regions 90, as illustrated in FIG. 19B. The conducting regions 88 may be as large or larger than the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 to alleviate registration concerns. However, the insulating regions 90 should have sufficient width so that a single conductive region 88 does not overlap with two contact pads 49 as determined based on the expected variation in the position of the sensor 42 and contact pads 49 with respect to the conductive contacts 80. The conducting regions 88 are formed using materials such as metals, alloys, or conductive carbon. The insulating regions 90 may be formed using known insulating materials including, for example, insulating plastic or polymer materials.
  • In a further embodiment, a [0258] unidirectional conducting adhesive 92 may be used between the contact pads 49 on the sensor 42 and conductive contacts 80 implanted or otherwise formed in the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as shown in FIG. 19C.
  • In yet another embodiment, the [0259] conductive contacts 80 are conductive members 94 that extend from a surface of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to contact the contact pads 49, as shown in FIG. 19D. A variety of different shapes may be used for these members, however, they should be electrically insulated from each other. The conductive members 94 may be made using metal, alloy, conductive carbon, or conducting plastics and polymers.
  • Any of the exemplary [0260] conductive contacts 80 described above may extend from either the upper surface of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as illustrated in FIG. 19A-19C, or from the lower surface of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, as illustrated in FIG. 19D, or from both the upper and lower surfaces of the interior of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, particularly when the sensor 42 has contact pads 49 on both sides of the sensor.
  • [0261] Conductive contacts 80 on the exterior of the housing 45 may also have a variety of shapes as indicated in FIGS. 19E and 19F. For example, the conductive contacts 80 may be embedded in (FIG. 19E) or extending out of (FIG. 19F) the housing 45.
  • The [0262] conductive contacts 80 are preferably made using a material which will not corrode due to contact with the contact pads 49 of the sensor 42. Corrosion may occur when two different metals are brought in contact. Thus, if the contact pads 49 are formed using carbon then the preferred conductive contacts 80 may be made using any material, including metals or alloys. However, if any of the contact pads 49 are made with a metal or alloy then the preferred conductive contacts 80 for coupling with the metallic contact pads are made using a non-metallic conductive material, such as conductive carbon or a conductive polymer, or the conductive contacts 80 and the contact pads 49 are separated by a non-metallic material, such as a unidirectional conductive adhesive.
  • In one embodiment, electrical contacts are eliminated between the [0263] sensor 42 and the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Power is transmitted to the sensor via inductive coupling, using, for example, closely space antennas (e.g., facing coils) (not shown) on the sensor and the on-skin sensor control unit. Changes in the electrical characteristics of the sensor control unit 44 (e.g., current) induce a changing magnetic field in the proximity of the antenna. The changing magnetic field induces a current in the antenna of the sensor. The close proximity of the sensor and on-skin sensor control unit results in reasonably efficient power transmission. The induced current in the sensor may be used to power potentiostats, operational amplifiers, capacitors, integrated circuits, transmitters, and other electronic components built into the sensor structure. Data is transmitted back to the sensor control unit, using, for example, inductive coupling via the same or different antennas and/or transmission of the signal via a transmitter on the sensor. The use of inductive coupling can eliminate electrical contacts between the sensor and the on-skin sensor control unit. Such contacts are commonly a source of noise and failure. Moreover, the sensor control unit may then be entirely sealed which may increase the waterproofing of the on-skin sensor control unit.
  • An exemplary on-skin [0264] sensor control unit 44 can be prepared and used in the following manner. A mounting unit 77 having adhesive on the bottom is applied to the skin. An insertion gun 200 (see FIG. 26) carrying the sensor 42 and the insertion device 120 is positioned against the mounting unit 77. The insertion gun 200 and mounting unit 77 are optionally designed such that there is only one position in which the two properly mate. The insertion gun 200 is activated and a portion of the sensor 42 and optionally a portion of the insertion device 120 are driven through the skin into, for example, the subcutaneous tissue. The insertion gun 200 withdraws the insertion device 200, leaving the portion of the sensor 42 inserted through the skin. The housing 45 of the on-skin control unit 44 is then coupled to the mounting unit 77. Optionally, the housing 45 and the mounting unit 77 are formed such that there is only one position in which the two properly mate. The mating of the housing 45 and the mounting unit 77 establishes contact between the contact pads 49 (see e.g., FIG. 2) on the sensor 42 and the conductive contacts 80 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Optionally, this action activates the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to begin operation.
  • On-Skin Control Unit Electronics [0265]
  • The on-skin [0266] sensor control unit 44 also typically includes at least a portion of the electronic components that operate the sensor 42 and the analyte monitoring device system 40. One embodiment of the electronics in the on-skin control unit 44 is illustrated as a block diagram in FIG. 18A. The electronic components of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 typically include a power supply 95 for operating the on-skin control unit 44 and the sensor 42, a sensor circuit 97 for obtaining signals from and operating the sensor 42, a measurement circuit 96 that converts sensor signals to a desired format, and a processing circuit 109 that, at minimum, obtains signals from the sensor circuit 97 and/or measurement circuit 96 and provides the signals to an optional transmitter 98. In some embodiments, the processing circuit 109 may also partially or completely evaluate the signals from the sensor 42 and convey the resulting data to the optional transmitter 98 and/or activate an optional alarm system 94 (see FIG. 18B) if the analyte level exceeds a threshold. The processing circuit 109 often includes digital logic circuitry.
  • The on-skin [0267] sensor control unit 44 may optionally contain a transmitter 98 for transmitting the sensor signals or processed data from the processing circuit 109 to a receiver/ display unit 46, 48; a data storage unit 102 for temporarily or permanently storing data from the processing circuit 109; a temperature probe circuit 99 for receiving signals from and operating a temperature probe 66; a reference voltage generator 101 for providing a reference voltage for comparison with sensor-generated signals; and/or a watchdog circuit 103 that monitors the operation of the electronic components in the on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • Moreover, the [0268] sensor control unit 44 often includes digital and/or analog components utilizing semiconductor devices, such as transistors. To operate these semiconductor devices, the on-skin control unit 44 may include other components including, for example, a bias control generator 105 to correctly bias analog and digital semiconductor devices, an oscillator 107 to provide a clock signal, and a digital logic and timing component 109 to provide timing signals and logic operations for the digital components of the circuit.
  • As an example of the operation of these components, the [0269] sensor circuit 97 and the optional temperature probe circuit 99 provide raw signals from the sensor 42 to the measurement circuit 96. The measurement circuit 96 converts the raw signals to a desired format, using for example, a current-to-voltage converter, current-to-frequency converter, and/or a binary counter or other indicator that produces a signal proportional to the absolute value of the raw signal. This may be used, for example, to convert the raw signal to a format that can be used by digital logic circuits. The processing circuit 109 may then, optionally, evaluate the data and provide commands to operate the electronics.
  • FIG. 18B illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary on-[0270] skin control unit 44 that also includes optional components such as a receiver 99 to receive, for example, calibration data; a calibration storage unit 100 to hold, for example, factory-set calibration data, calibration data obtained via the receiver 99 and/or operational signals received, for example, from a receiver/ display unit 46, 48 or other external device; an alarm system 104 for warning the patient; and a deactivation switch 111 to turn off the alarm system.
  • Functions of the [0271] analyte monitoring system 40 and the sensor control unit 44 may be implemented using either software routines, hardware components, or combinations thereof. The hardware components may be implemented using a variety of technologies, including, for example, integrated circuits or discrete electronic components. The use of integrated circuits typically reduces the size of the electronics, which in turn may result in a smaller on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • The electronics in the on-skin [0272] sensor control unit 44 and the sensor 42 are operated using a power supply 95. One example of a suitable power supply 95 is a battery, for example, a thin circular battery, such as those used in many watches, hearing aids, and other small electronic devices. Preferably, the battery has a lifetime of at least 30 days, more preferably, a lifetime of at least three months, and most preferably, a lifetime of at least one year. The battery is often one of the largest components in the on-skin control unit 44, so it is often desirable to minimize the size of the battery. For example, a preferred battery's thickness is 0.5 mm or less, preferably 0.35 mm or less, and most preferably 0.2 mm or less. Although multiple batteries may be used, it is typically preferred to use only one battery.
  • The [0273] sensor circuit 97 is coupled via the conductive contacts 80 of the sensor control unit 44 to one or more sensors 42, 42′. Each of the sensors represents, at minimum, a working electrode 58, a counter electrode 60 (or counter/reference electrode), and an optional reference electrode 62. When two or more sensors 42, 42′ are used, the sensors typically have individual working electrodes 58, but may share a counter electrode 60, counter/reference electrode, and/or reference electrode 52.
  • The [0274] sensor circuit 97 receives signals from and operates the sensor 42 or sensors 42, 42′. The sensor circuit 97 may obtain signals from the sensor 42 using amperometric, coulometric, potentiometric, voltammetric, and/or other electrochemical techniques. The sensor circuit 97 is exemplified herein as obtaining amperometric signals from the sensor 42, however, it will be understood that the sensor circuit can be appropriately configured for obtaining signals using other electrochemical techniques. To obtain amperometric measurements, the sensor circuit 97 typically includes a potentiostat that provides a constant potential to the sensor 42. In other embodiments, the sensor circuit 97 includes an amperostat that supplies a constant current to the sensor 42 and can be used to obtain coulometric or potentiometric measurements.
  • The signal from the [0275] sensor 42 generally has at least one characteristic, such as, for example, current, voltage, or frequency, which varies with the concentration of the analyte. For example, if the sensor circuit 97 operates using amperometry, then the signal current varies with analyte concentration. The measurement circuit 96 may include circuitry which converts the information-carrying portion of the signal from one characteristic to another. For example, the measurement circuit 96 may include a current-to-voltage or current-to-frequency converter. The purpose of this conversion may be to provide a signal that is, for example, more easily transmitted, readable by digital circuits, and/or less susceptible to noise contributions.
  • One example of a standard current-to-voltage converter is provided in FIG. 20A. In this converter, the signal from the [0276] sensor 42 is provided at one input terminal 134 of an operational amplifier 130 (“op amp”) and coupled through a resistor 138 to an output terminal 136. This particular current-to-voltage converter 131 may, however, be difficult to implement in a small CMOS chip because resistors are often difficult to implement on an integrated circuit. Typically, discrete resistor components are used. However, the used of discrete components increases the space needed for the circuitry.
  • An alternative current-to-[0277] voltage converter 141 is illustrated in FIG. 20B. This converter includes an op amp 140 with the signal from the sensor 42 provided at input terminal 144 and a reference potential provided at input terminal 142. A capacitor 145 is placed between the input terminal 144 and the output terminal 146. In addition, switches 147 a, 147 b, 149 a, and 149 b are provided to allow the capacitor to charge and discharge at a rate determined by a clock (CLK) frequency. In operation, during one half cycle, switches 147 a and 147 b close and switches 149 a and 149 b open allowing the capacitor 145 to charge due to the attached potential VI. During the other half cycle, switches 147 a and 147 b open and switches 149 a and 149 b close to ground and allow the capacitor 145 to partially or fully discharge. The reactive impedance of the capacitor 145 is analogous to the resistance of the resistor 138 (see FIG. 20A), allowing the capacitor 145 to emulate a resistor. The value of this “resistor” depends on the capacitance of the capacitor 145 and the clock frequency. By altering the clock frequency, the reactive impedance (“resistance value”) of the capacitor changes. The value of the impedance (“resistance”) of the capacitor 145 may be altered by changing the clock frequency. Switches 147 a, 147 b. 149 a, and 149 b may be implemented in a CMOS chip using, for example, transistors.
  • A current-to-frequency converter may also be used in the [0278] measurement circuit 96. One suitable current-to-frequency converter includes charging a capacitor using the signal from the sensor 42. When the potential across the capacitor exceeds a threshold value, the capacitor is allowed to discharge. Thus, the larger the current from the sensor 42, the quicker the threshold potential is achieved. This results in a signal across the capacitor that has an alternating characteristic, corresponding to the charging and discharging of the capacitor, having a frequency which increases with an increase in current from the sensor 42.
  • In some embodiments, the [0279] analyte monitoring system 40 includes two or more working electrodes 58 distributed over one or more sensors 42. These working electrodes 58 may be used for quality control purposes. For example, the output signals and/or analyzed data derived using the two or more working electrodes 58 may be compared to determine if the signals from the working electrodes agree within a desired level of tolerance. If the output signals do not agree, then the patient may be alerted to replace the sensor or sensors. In some embodiments, the patient is alerted only if the lack of agreement between the two sensors persists for a predetermined period of time. The comparison of the two signals may be made for each measurement or at regular intervals. Alternatively or additionally, the comparison may be initiated by the patient or another person. Moreover, the signals from both sensors may be used to generate data or one signal may be discarded after the comparison.
  • Alternatively, if, for example, two working [0280] electrodes 58 have a common counter electrode 60 and the analyte concentration is measured by amperometry, then the current at the counter electrode 60 should be twice the current at each of the working electrodes, within a predetermined tolerance level, if the working electrodes are operating properly. If not, then the sensor or sensors should be replaced, as described above.
  • An example of using signals from only one working electrode for quality control includes comparing consecutive readings obtained using the single working electrode to determine if they differ by more than a threshold level. If the difference is greater than the threshold level for one reading or over a period of time or for a predetermined number of readings within a period of time then the patient is alerted to replace the [0281] sensor 42. Typically, the consecutive readings and/or the threshold level are determined such that all expected excursions of the sensor signal are within the desired parameters (i.e. the sensor control unit 44 does not consider true changes in analyte concentration to be a sensor failure).
  • The [0282] sensor control unit 44 may also optionally include a temperature probe circuit 99. The temperature probe circuit 99 provides a constant current through (or constant potential) across the temperature probe 66. The resulting potential (or current) varies according to the resistance of the temperature dependent element 72.
  • The output from the [0283] sensor circuit 97 and optional, temperature probe circuit is coupled into a measurement circuit 96 that obtains signals from the sensor circuit 97 and optional temperature probe circuit 99 and, at least in some embodiments, provides output data in a form that, for example can be read by digital circuits. The signals from the measurement circuit 96 are sent to the processing circuit 109, which in turn may provide data to an optional transmitter 98. The processing circuit 109 may have one or more of the following functions: 1) transfer the signals from the measurement circuit 96 to the transmitter 98, 2) transfer signals from the measurement circuit 96 to the data storage circuit 102, 3) convert the information-carrying characteristic of the signals from one characteristic to another (when, for example, that has not been done by the measurement circuit 96), using, for example, a current-to-voltage converter, a current-to-frequency converter, or a voltage-to-current converter, 4) modify the signals from the sensor circuit 97 using calibration data and/or output from the temperature probe circuit 99, 5) determine a level of an analyte in the interstitial fluid, 6) determine a level of an analyte in the bloodstream based on the sensor signals obtained from interstitial fluid, 7) determine if the level, rate of change, and/or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte exceeds or meets one or more threshold values, 8) activate an alarm if a threshold value is met or exceeded, 9) evaluate trends in the level of an analyte based on a series of sensor signals, 10) determine a dose of a medication, and 11) reduce noise and/or errors, for example, through signal averaging or comparing readings from multiple working electrodes 58.
  • The [0284] processing circuit 109 may be simple and perform only one or a small number of these functions or the processing circuit 109 may be more sophisticated and perform all or most of these functions. The size of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may increase with the increasing number of functions and complexity of those functions that the processing circuit 109 performs. Many of these functions may not be performed by a processing circuit 109 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44, but may be performed by another analyzer 152 in the receiver/display units 46, 48 (see FIG. 22).
  • One embodiment of the [0285] measurement circuit 96 and/or processing circuit 109 provides as output data, the current flowing between the working electrode 58 and the counter electrode 60. The measurement circuit 96 and/or processing circuit 109 may also provide as output data a signal from the optional temperature probe 66 which indicates the temperature of the sensor 42. This signal from the temperature probe 66 may be as simple as a current through the temperature probe 66 or the processing circuit 109 may include a device that determines a resistance of the temperature probe 66 from the signal obtained from the measurement circuit 96 for correlation with the temperature of the sensor 42. The output data may then be sent to a transmitter 98 that then transmits this data to at least one receiver/ display device 46,48.
  • Returning to the [0286] processing circuit 109, in some embodiments processing circuit 109 is more sophisticated and is capable of determining the analyte concentration or some measure representative of the analyte concentration, such as a current or voltage value. The processing circuit 109 may incorporate the signal of the temperature probe to make a temperature correction in the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58. This may include, for example, scaling the temperature probe measurement and adding or subtracting the scaled measurement to the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58. The processing circuit 109 may also incorporate calibration data which has been received from an external source or has been incorporated into the processing circuit 109, both of which are described below, to correct the signal or analyzed data from the working electrode 58. Additionally, the processing circuit 109 may include a correction algorithm for converting interstitial analyte level to blood analyte level. The conversion of interstitial analyte level to blood analyte level is described, for example, in Schmidtke, et al. “Measurement and Modeling of the Transient Difference Between Blood and Subcutaneous Glucose Concentrations in the Rat after Injection of Insulin”, Proc. of the Nat'l Acad. of Science, 95, 294-299 (1998) and Quinn. et al., “Kinetics of Glucose Delivery to Subcutaneous Tissue in Rats Measured with 0.3 mm Amperometric Microsensors”, Am. J. Physiol., 269 (Endocrinol. Metab. 32), E155-E161 (1995), incorporated herein by reference.
  • In some embodiments, the data from the [0287] processing circuit 109 is analyzed and directed to an alarm system 94 (see FIG. 18B) to warn the user. In at least some of these embodiments, a transmitter is not used as the sensor control unit performs all of the needed functions including analyzing the data and warning the patient.
  • However, in many embodiments, the data (e.g., a current signal, a converted voltage or frequency signal, or fully or partially analyzed data) from [0288] processing circuit 109 is transmitted to one or more receiver/ display units 46, 48 using a transmitter 98 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44. The transmitter has an antenna 93, such as a wire or similar conductor, formed in the housing 45. The transmitter 98 is typically designed to transmit a signal up to about 2 meters or more, preferably up to about 5 meters or more, and more preferably up to about 10 meters or more, when transmitting to a small receiver/display unit 46, such as a palm-size, belt-worn receiver. The effective range is longer when transmitting to a unit with a better antenna, such as a bedside receiver. As described in detail below, suitable examples of receiver/ display units 46, 48 include units that can be easily worn or carried or units that can be placed conveniently on, for example, a nightstand when the patient is sleeping.
  • The [0289] transmitter 98 may send a variety of different signals to the receiver/ display units 46, 48, typically, depending on the sophistication of the processing circuit 109. For example, the processing circuit 109 may simply provide raw signals, for example, currents from the working electrodes 58, without any corrections for temperature or calibration, or the processing circuit 109 may provide converted signals which are obtained, for example, using a current-to- voltage converter 131 or 141 or a current-to-frequency converter. The raw measurements or converted signals may then be processed by an analyzer 152 (see FIG. 22) in the receiver/ display units 46, 48 to determine the level of an analyte, optionally using temperature and calibration corrections. In another embodiment, the processing circuit 109 corrects the raw measurements using, for example, temperature and/or calibration information and then the transmitter 98 sends the corrected signal, and optionally, the temperature and/or calibration information, to the receiver/ display units 46, 48. In yet another embodiment, the processing circuit 109 calculates the analyte level in the interstitial fluid and/or in the blood (based on the interstitial fluid level) and transmits that information to the one or more receiver/ display units 46, 48, optionally with any of the raw data and/or calibration or temperature information. In a further embodiment, the processing circuit 109 calculates the analyte concentration, but the transmitter 98 transmits only the raw measurements, converted signals, and/or corrected signals.
  • One potential difficulty that may be experienced with the on-skin [0290] sensor control unit 44 is a change in the transmission frequency of the transmitter 98 over time. To overcome this potential difficulty, the transmitter may include optional circuitry that can return the frequency of the transmitter 98 to the desired frequency or frequency band. One example of suitable circuitry is illustrated in FIG. 21 as a block diagram of an open loop modulation system 200. The open loop modulation system 200 includes a phase detector (PD) 210, a charge pump (CHGPMP) 212, a loop filter (L.F.) 214, a voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) 216, and a divide by M circuit (÷M) 218 to form the phase-locked loop 220.
  • The [0291] analyte monitoring device 40 uses an open loop modulation system 200 for RF communication between the transmitter 98 and a receiver of, for example, the one or more receiver/ display units 46, 48. This open loop modulation system 230 is designed to provide a high reliability RF link between a transmitter and its associated receiver. The system employs frequency modulation (FM), and locks the carrier center frequency using a conventional phase-locked loop (PLL) 220. In operation, the phase-locked loop 220 is opened prior to the modulation. During the modulation the phase-locked loop 220 remains open for as long as the center frequency of the transmitter is within the receiver's bandwidth. When the transmitter detects that the center frequency is going to move outside of the receiver bandwidth, the receiver is signaled to stand by while the center frequency is captured. Subsequent to the capture, the transmission will resume. This cycle of capturing the center frequency, opening the phase-locked loop 220, modulation, and recapturing the center frequency will repeat for as many cycles as required.
  • The [0292] loop control 240 detects the lock condition of the phase-locked loop 220 and is responsible for closing and opening the phase-locked loop 220. The totalizer 250 in conjunction with the loop control 240, detects the status of the center frequency. The modulation control 230 is responsible for generating the modulating signal. A transmit amplifier 260 is provided to ensure adequate transmit signal power. The reference frequency is generated from a very stable signal source (not shown), and is divided down by N through the divide by N block (÷N) 270. Data and control signals are received by the open loop modulation system 200 via the DATA BUS 280, and the CONTROL BUS 290.
  • The operation of the open [0293] loop modulation system 200 begins with the phase-locked loop 220 in closed condition. When the lock condition is detected by the loop control 240, the phase-locked loop 220 is opened and the modulation control 230 begins generating the modulating signal. The totalizer 250 monitors the VCO frequency (divided by M), for programmed intervals. The monitored frequency is compared to a threshold programmed in the totalizer 250. This threshold corresponds to the 3 dB cut off frequencies of the receiver's intermediate frequency stage. When the monitored frequency approaches the thresholds, the loop control 240 is notified and a stand-by code is transmitted to the receiver and the phase-locked loop 220 is closed.
  • At this point the receiver is in the wait mode. The [0294] loop control 240 in the transmitter closes the phase-locked loop 220. Then, modulation control 230 is taken off line, the monitored value of the totalizer 250 is reset, and the phase-locked loop 220 is locked. When the loop control 240 detects a lock condition, the loop control 240 opens the phase-locked loop 220, the modulation control 230 is brought on line and the data transmission to the receiver will resume until the center frequency of the phase-locked loop 220 approaches the threshold values, at which point the cycle of transmitting the stand-by code begins. The ÷N 270 and ÷M 218 block set the frequency channel of the transmitter.
  • Accordingly, the open [0295] loop modulation system 200 provides a reliable low power FM data transmission for an analyte monitoring system. The open loop modulation system 200 provides a method of wide band frequency modulation, while the center frequency of the carrier is kept within receiver bandwidth. The effect of parasitic capacitors and inductors pulling the center frequency of the transmitter is corrected by the phase-locked loop 220. Further, the totalizer 250 and loop control 240 provide a new method of center frequency drift detection. Finally, the open loop modulation system 200 is easily implemented in CMOS process.
  • The rate at which the [0296] transmitter 98 transmits data may be the same rate at which the sensor circuit 97 obtains signals and/or the processing circuit 109 provides data or signals to the transmitter 98. Alternatively, the transmitter 98 may transmit data at a slower rate. In this case, the transmitter 98 may transmit more than one datapoint in each transmission. Alternatively, only one datapoint may be sent with each data transmission, the remaining data not being transmitted. Typically, data is transmitted to the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 at least every hour, preferably, at least every fifteen minutes, more preferably, at least every five minutes, and most preferably, at least every one minute. However, other data transmission rates may be used. In some embodiments, the processing circuit 109 and/or transmitter 98 are configured to process and/or transmit data at a faster rate when a condition is indicated, for example, a low level or high level of analyte or impending low or high level of analyte. In these embodiments, the accelerated data transmission rate is typically at least every five minutes and preferably at least every minute.
  • In addition to a [0297] transmitter 98, an optional receiver 99 may be included in the on-skin sensor control unit 44. In some cases, the transmitter 98 is a transceiver, operating as both a transmitter and a receiver. The receiver 99 may be used to receive calibration data for the sensor 42. The calibration data may be used by the processing circuit 109 to correct signals from the sensor 42. This calibration data may be transmitted by the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 or from some other source such as a control unit in a doctor's office. In addition, the optional receiver 99 may be used to receive a signal from the receiver/ display units 46, 48, as described above, to direct the transmitter 98, for example, to change frequencies or frequency bands, to activate or deactivate the optional alarm system 94 (as described below), and/or to direct the transmitter 98 to transmit at a higher rate.
  • Calibration data may be obtained in a variety of ways. For instance, the calibration data may simply be factory-determined calibration measurements which can be input into the on-skin [0298] sensor control unit 44 using the receiver 99 or may alternatively be stored in a calibration data storage unit 100 within the on-skin sensor control unit 44 itself (in which case a receiver 99 may not be needed). The calibration data storage unit 100 may be, for example, a readable or readable/writeable memory circuit.
  • Alternative or additional calibration data may be provided based on tests performed by a doctor or some other professional or by the patient himself. For example, it is common for diabetic individuals to determine their own blood glucose concentration using commercially available testing kits. The results of this test is input into the on-skin [0299] sensor control unit 44 either directly, if an appropriate input device (e.g., a keypad, an optical signal receiver, or a port for connection to a keypad or computer) is incorporated in the on-skin sensor control unit 44, or indirectly by inputting the calibration data into the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 and transmitting the calibration data to the on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • Other methods of independently determining analyte levels may also be used to obtain calibration data. This type of calibration data may supplant or supplement factory-determined calibration values. [0300]
  • In some embodiments of the invention, calibration data may be required at periodic intervals, for example, every eight hours, once a day, or, once a week, to confirm that accurate analyte levels are being reported. Calibration may also be required each time a [0301] new sensor 42 is implanted or if the sensor exceeds a threshold minimum or maximum value or if the rate of change in the sensor signal exceeds a threshold value. In some cases, it may be necessary to wait a period of time after the implantation of the sensor 42 before calibrating to allow the sensor 42 to achieve equilibrium. In some embodiments, the sensor 42 is calibrated only after it has been inserted. In other embodiments, no calibration of the sensor 42 is needed.
  • The on-skin [0302] sensor control unit 44 and/or a receiver/ display unit 46, 48 may include an auditory or visual indicator that calibration data is needed, based, for example, on a predetermined periodic time interval between calibrations or on the implantation of a new sensor 42. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or receiver display/ units 46, 48 may also include an auditory or visual indicator to remind the patient that information, such as analyte levels, reported by the analyte monitoring device 40, may not be accurate because a calibration of the sensor 42 has not been performed within the predetermined periodic time interval and/or after implantation of a new sensor 42.
  • The [0303] processing circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and/or an analyzer 152 of the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 may determine when calibration data is needed and if the calibration data is acceptable. The on-skin sensor control unit 44 may optionally be configured to not allow calibration or to reject a calibration point if, for example, 1) a temperature reading from the temperature probe indicates a temperature that is not within a predetermined acceptable range (e.g., 30 to 42° C. or 32 to 40° C.) or that is changing rapidly (for example, 0.2° C./minute, 0.5 ° C./minute, or 0.7° C./minute or greater); 2) two or more working electrodes 58 provide uncalibrated signals that are not within a predetermined range (e.g., within 10% or 20%) of each other; 3) the rate of change of the uncalibrated signal is above a threshold rate (e.g., 0.25 mg/dL per minute or 0.5 mg/dL per minute or greater); 4) the uncalibrated signal exceeds a threshold maximum value (e.g., 5, 10, 20, or 40 nA) or is below a threshold minimum value (e.g., 0.05, 0.2, 0.5, or 1 nA); 5) the calibrated signal exceeds a threshold maximum value (e.g., a signal corresponding to an analyte concentration of 200 mg/dL, 250 mg/dL, or 300 mg/dL) or is below a threshold minimum value (e.g., a signal corresponding to an analyte concentration of 50 mg/dL, 65 mg/dL, or 80 mg/dL); and/or 6) an insufficient among of time has elapsed since implantation (e.g., 10 minutes or less, 20 minutes or less, or 30 minutes or less).
  • The [0304] processing circuit 109 or an analyzer 152 may also request another calibration point if the values determined using the sensor data before and after the latest calibration disagree by more than a threshold amount, indicating that the calibration may be incorrect or that the sensor characteristics have changed radically between calibrations. This additional calibration point may indicate the source of the difference.
  • The on-skin [0305] sensor control unit 44 may include an optional data storage unit 102 which may be used to hold data (e.g., measurements from the sensor or processed data) from the processing circuit 109 permanently or, more typically, temporarily. The data storage unit 102 may hold data so that the data can be used by the processing circuit 109 to analyze and/or predict trends in the analyte level, including, for example, the rate and/or acceleration of analyte level increase or decrease. The data storage unit 102 may also or alternatively be used to store data during periods in which a receiver/ display unit 46, 48 is not within range. The data storage unit 102 may also be used to store data when the transmission rate of the data is slower than the acquisition rate of the data. For example, if the data acquisition rate is 10 points/min and the transmission is 2 transmissions/min, then one to five points of data could be sent in each transmission depending on the desired rate for processing datapoints. The data storage unit 102 typically includes a readable/writeable memory storage device and typically also includes the hardware and/or software to write to and/or read the memory storage device.
  • The on-skin [0306] sensor control unit 44 may include an optional alarm system 104 that, based on the data from the processing circuit 109, warns the patient of a potentially detrimental condition of the analyte. For example, if glucose is the analyte, than the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an alarm system 104 that warns the patient of conditions such as hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, impending hypoglycemia, and/or impending hyperglycemia. The alarm system 104 is triggered when the data from the processing circuit 109 reaches or exceeds a threshold value. Examples of threshold values for blood glucose levels are about 60, 70, or 80 mg/dL for hypoglycemia; about 70, 80, or 90 mg/dL for impending hypoglycemia; about 130, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, or 275 mg/dL for impending hyperglycemia; and about 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, or 300 mg/dL for hyperglycemia. The actual threshold values that are designed into the alarm system 104 may correspond to interstitial fluid glucose concentrations or electrode measurements (e.g., current values or voltage values obtained by conversion of current measurements) that correlate to the above-mentioned blood glucose levels. The analyte monitor device may be configured so that the threshold levels for these or any other conditions may be programmable by the patient and/or a medical professional.
  • A threshold value is exceeded if the datapoint has a value that is beyond the threshold value in a direction indicating a particular condition. For example, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 200 mg/dL exceeds a threshold value for hyperglycemia of 180 mg/dL, because the datapoint indicates that the patient has entered a hyperglycemic state. As another example, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 65 mg/dL exceeds a threshold value for hypoglycemia of 70 mg/dL because the datapoint indicates that the patient is hypoglycemic as defined by the threshold value. However, a datapoint which correlates to a glucose level of 75 mg/dL would not exceed the same threshold value for hypoglycemia because the datapoint does not indicate that particular condition as defined by the chosen threshold value. [0307]
  • An alarm may also be activated if the sensor readings indicate a value that is beyond a measurement range of the [0308] sensor 42. For glucose, the physiologically relevant measurement range is typically about 50 to 250 mg/dL, preferably about 40-300 mg/dL and ideally 30-400 mg/dL, of glucose in the interstitial fluid.
  • The alarm system [0309] 104 may also, or alternatively, be activated when the rate of change or acceleration of the rate of change in analyte level increase or decrease reaches or exceeds a threshold rate or acceleration. For example, in the case of a subcutaneous glucose monitor, the alarm system might be activated if the rate of change in glucose concentration exceeds a threshold value which might indicate that a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic condition is likely to occur.
  • The optional alarm system [0310] 104 may be configured to activate when a single data point meets or exceeds a particular threshold value. Alternatively, the alarm may be activated only when a predetermined number of datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time meet or exceed the threshold value. As another alternative, the alarm may be activated only when the datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time have an average value which meets or exceeds the threshold value. Each condition that can trigger an alarm may have a different alarm activation condition. In addition, the alarm activation condition may change depending on current conditions (e.g., an indication of impending hyperglycemia may alter the number of datapoints or the amount of time that is tested to determine hyperglycemia).
  • The alarm system [0311] 104 may contain one or more individual alarms. Each of the alarms may be individually activated to indicate one or more conditions of the analyte. The alarms may be, for example, auditory or visual. Other sensory-stimulating alarm systems may be used including alarm systems which heat, cool, vibrate, or produce a mild electrical shock when activated. In some embodiments, the alarms are auditory with a different tone, note, or volume indicating different conditions. For example, a high note might indicate hyperglycemia and a low note might indicate hypoglycemia. Visual alarms may use a difference in color, brightness, or position on the on-skin sensor control device 44 to indicate different conditions. In some embodiments, an auditory alarm system is configured so that the volume of the alarm increases over time until the alarm is deactivated.
  • In some embodiments, the alarm may be automatically deactivated after a predetermined time period. In other embodiments, the alarm may be configured to deactivate when the data no longer indicate that the condition which triggered the alarm exists. In these embodiments, the alarm may be deactivated when a single data point indicates that the condition no longer exists or, alternatively, the alarm may be deactivated only after a predetermined number of datapoints or an average of datapoints obtained over a given period of time indicate that the condition no longer exists. [0312]
  • In some embodiments, the alarm may be deactivated manually by the patient or another person in addition to or as an alternative to automatic deactivation. In these embodiments, a [0313] switch 101 is provided which when activated turns off the alarm. The switch 101 may be operatively engaged (or disengaged depending on the configuration of the switch) by, for example, operating an actuator on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 or the receiver/ display unit 46, 48. In some cases, an actuator may be provided on two or more units 44, 46, 48, any of which may be actuated to deactivate the alarm. If the switch 101 and or actuator is provided on the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 then a signal may be transmitted from the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 to the receiver 98 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to deactivate the alarm.
  • A variety of [0314] switches 101 may be used including, for example, a mechanical switch, a reed switch, a Hall effect switch, a Gigantic Magnetic Ratio (GMR) switch (the resistance of the GMR switch is magnetic field dependent) and the like. Preferably, the actuator used to operatively engage (or disengage) the switch is placed on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and configured so that no water can flow around the button and into the housing. One example of such a button is a flexible conducting strip that is completely covered by a flexible polymeric or plastic coating integral to the housing. In an open position the flexible conducting strip is bowed and bulges away from the housing. When depressed by the patient or another person, the flexible conducting strip is pushed directly toward a metal contact and completes the circuit to shut off the alarm.
  • For a reed or GMR switch, a piece of magnetic material, such as a permanent magnet or an electromagnet, in a flexible actuator that is bowed or bulges away from the [0315] housing 45 and the reed or GMR switch is used. The reed or GMR switch is activated (to deactivate the alarm) by depressing the flexible actuator bringing the magnetic material closer to the switch and causing an increase in the magnetic field within the switch.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, the [0316] analyte monitoring device 40 includes only an on-skin control unit 44 and a sensor 42. In these embodiments, the processing circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 is able to determine a level of the analyte and activate an alarm system 104 if the analyte level exceeds a threshold. The on-skin control unit 44, in these embodiments, has an alarm system 104 and may also include a display, such as those discussed below with respect to the receiver/ display units 46, 48. Preferably, the display is an LCD or LED display. The on-skin control unit 44 may not have a transmitter, unless, for example, it is desirable to transmit data, for example, to a control unit in a doctor's office.
  • The on-skin [0317] sensor control unit 44 may also include a reference voltage generator 101 to provide an absolute voltage or current for use in comparison to voltages or currents obtained from or used with the sensor 42. An example of a suitable reference voltage generator is a band-gap reference voltage generator that uses, for example, a semiconductor material with a known band-gap. Preferably, the band-gap is temperature insensitive over the range of temperatures that the semiconductor material will experience during operation. Suitable semiconductor materials includes gallium, silicon and silicates.
  • A bias [0318] current generator 105 may be provided to correctly bias solid-state electronic components. An oscillator 107 may be provided to produce a clock signal that is typically used with digital circuitry.
  • The on-skin [0319] sensor control unit 44 may also include a watchdog circuit 103 that tests the circuitry, particularly, any digital circuitry in the control unit 44 to determine if the circuitry is operating correctly. Non-limiting examples of watchdog circuit operations include: a) generation of a random number by the watchdog circuit, storage of the number in a memory location, writing the number to a register in the watchdog circuit, and recall of the number to compare for equality; b) checking the output of an analog circuit to determine if the output exceeds a predetermined dynamic range; c) checking the output of a timing circuit for a signal at an expected pulse interval. Other examples of functions of a watchdog circuit are known in the art. If the watchdog circuit detects an error that watchdog circuit may activate an alarm and/or shut down the device.
  • Receiver/Display Unit [0320]
  • One or more receiver/[0321] display units 46, 48 may be provided with the analyte monitoring device 40 for easy access to the data generated by the sensor 42 and may, in some embodiments, process the signals from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to determine the concentration or level of analyte in the subcutaneous tissue. Small receiver/display units 46 may be carried by the patient. These units 46 may be palm-sized and/or may be adapted to fit on a belt or within a bag or purse that the patient carries. One embodiment of the small receiver/display unit 46 has the appearance of a pager, for example, so that the user is not identified as a person using a medical device. Such receiver/display units may optionally have one-way or two-way paging capabilities.
  • Large receiver/[0322] display units 48 may also be used. These larger units 48 may be designed to sit on a shelf or nightstand. The large receiver/display unit 48 may be used by parents to monitor their children while they sleep or to awaken patients during the night. In addition, the large receiver/display unit 48 may include a lamp, clock, or radio for convenience and/or for activation as an alarm. One or both types of receiver/ display units 46, 48 may be used.
  • The receiver/[0323] display units 46, 48, as illustrated in block form at FIG. 22, typically include a receiver 150 to receive data from the on-skin sensor control unit 44, an analyzer 152 to evaluate the data, a display 154 to provide information to the patient, and an alarm system 156 to warn the patient when a condition arises. The receiver/ display units 46, 48 may also optionally include a data storage device 158, a transmitter 160, and/or an input device 162. The receiver/ display units 46,48 may also include other components (not shown), such as a power supply (e.g., a battery and/or a power supply that can receive power from a wall outlet), a watchdog circuit, a bias current generator, and an oscillator. These additional components are similar to those described above for the on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • In one embodiment, a receiver/[0324] display unit 48 is a bedside unit for use by a patient at home. The bedside unit includes a receiver and one or more optional items, including, for example, a clock, a lamp, an auditory alarm, a telephone connection, and a radio. The bedside unit also has a display, preferably, with large numbers and/or letters that can be read across a room. The unit may be operable by plugging into an outlet and may optionally have a battery as backup. Typically, the bedside unit has a better antenna than a small palm-size unit, so the bedside unit's reception range is longer.
  • When an alarm is indicated, the bedside unit may activate, for example, the auditory alarm, the radio, the lamp, and/or initiate a telephone call. The alarm may be more intense than the alarm of a small palm-size unit to, for example, awaken or stimulate a patient who may be asleep, lethargic, or confused. Moreover, a loud alarm may alert a parent monitoring a diabetic child at night. [0325]
  • The bedside unit may have its own data analyzer and data storage. The data may be communicated from the on-skin sensor unit or another receiver/display unit, such as a palm-size or small receiver/display unit. Thus, at least one unit has all the relevant data so that the data can be downloaded and analyzed without significant gaps. [0326]
  • Optionally, the beside unit has an interface or cradle into which a small receiver/display unit may be placed. The bedside unit may be capable of utilizing the data storage and analysis capabilities of the small receiver/display unit and/or receive data from the small receiver/display unit in this position. The bedside unit may also be capable of recharging a battery of the small receiver/display unit. [0327]
  • The [0328] receiver 150 typically is formed using known receiver and antenna circuitry and is often tuned or tunable to the frequency or frequency band of the transmitter 98 in the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Typically, the receiver 150 is capable of receiving signals from a distance greater than the transmitting distance of the transmitter 98. The small receiver/display unit 46 can typically receive a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit 44 that is up to 2 meters, preferably up to 5 meters, and more preferably up to 10 meters or more, away. A large receiver/display unit 48, such as a bedside unit, can typically receive a receive a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit 44 that is up to 5 meters distant, preferably up to 10 meters distant, and more preferably up to 20 meters distant or more.
  • In one embodiment, a repeater unit (not shown) is used to boost a signal from an on-skin [0329] sensor control unit 44 so that the signal can be received by a receiver/ display unit 46, 48 that may be distant from the on-skin sensor control unit 44. The repeater unit is typically independent of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, but, in some cases, the repeater unit may be configured to attach to the on-skin sensor control unit 44. Typically, the repeater unit includes a receiver for receiving the signals from the on-skin sensor control unit 44 and a transmitter for transmitting the received signals. Often the transmitter of the repeater unit is more powerful than the transmitter of the on-skin sensor control unit, although this is not necessary. The repeater unit may be used, for example, in a child's bedroom for transmitting a signal from an on-skin sensor control unit on the child to a receiver/display unit in the parent's bedroom for monitoring the child's analyte levels. Another exemplary use is in a hospital with a display/receiver unit at a nurse's station for monitoring on-skin sensor control unit(s) of patients.
  • The presence of other devices, including other on-skin sensor control units, may create noise or interference within the frequency band of the [0330] transmitter 98. This may result in the generation of false data. To overcome this potential difficulty, the transmitter 98 may also transmit a code to indicate, for example, the beginning of a transmission and/or to identify, preferably using a unique identification code, the particular on-skin sensor control unit 44 in the event that there is more than one on-skin sensor control unit 44 or other transmission source within range of the receiver/ display unit 46, 48. The provision of an identification code with the data may reduce the likelihood that the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 intercepts and interprets signals from other transmission sources, as well as preventing “crosstalk” with different on-skin sensor control units 44. The identification code may be provided as a factory-set code stored in the sensor control unit 44. Alternatively, the identification code may be randomly generated by an appropriate circuit in the sensor control unit 44 or the receiver/display unit 46, 48 (and transmitted to the sensor control unit 44) or the identification code may be selected by the patient and communicated to the sensor control unit 44 via a transmitter or an input device coupled to the sensor control unit 44.
  • Other methods may be used to eliminate “crosstalk” and to identify signals from the appropriate on-skin [0331] sensor control unit 44. In some embodiments, the transmitter 98 may use encryption techniques to encrypt the datastream from the transmitter 98. The receiver/ display unit 46, 48 contains the key to decipher the encrypted data signal. The receiver/ display unit 46, 48 then determines when false signals or “crosstalk” signals are received by evaluation of the signal after it has been deciphered. For example, the analyzer 152 in the one or more receiver/ display units 46, 48 compares the data, such as current measurements or analyte levels, with expected measurements (e.g., an expected range of measurements corresponding to physiologically relevant analyte levels). Alternatively, an analyzer in the receiver/ display units 46, 48 searches for an identification code in the decrypted data signal.
  • Another method to eliminate “crosstalk”, which is typically used in conjunction with the identification code or encryption scheme, includes providing an optional mechanism in the on-skin [0332] sensor control unit 44 for changing transmission frequency or frequency bands upon determination that there is “crosstalk”. This mechanism for changing the transmission frequency or frequency band may be initiated by the receiver/display unit automatically, upon detection of the possibility of cross-talk or interference, and/or by a patient manually. For automatic initiation, the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 transmits a signal to the optional receiver 99 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to direct the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to change frequency or frequency band.
  • Manual initiation of the change in frequency or frequency band may be accomplished using, for example, an actuator (not shown) on the receiver/[0333] display unit 46, 48 and/or on the on-skin sensor control unit 44 which a patient operates to direct the transmitter 98 to change frequency or frequency band. The operation of a manually initiated change in transmission frequency or frequency band may include prompting the patient to initiate the change in frequency or frequency band by an audio or visual signal from the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 and/or on-skin sensor control unit 44.
  • Returning to the [0334] receiver 150, the data received by the receiver 150 is then sent to an analyzer 152. The analyzer 152 may have a variety of functions, similar to the processor circuit 109 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44, including 1) modifying the signals from the sensor 42 using calibration data and/or measurements from the temperature probe 66, 2) determining a level of an analyte in the interstitial fluid, 3) determining a level of an analyte in the bloodstream based on the sensor measurements in the interstitial fluid, 4) determining if the level, rate of change, and/or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte exceeds or meets one or more threshold values, 5) activating an alarm system 156 and/or 94 if a threshold value is met or exceeded, 6) evaluating trends in the level of an analyte based on a series of sensor signals. 7) determine a dose of a medication, and 7) reduce noise or error contributions (e.g., through signal averaging or comparing readings from multiple electrodes). The analyzer 152 may be simple and perform only one or a small number of these functions or the analyzer 152 may perform all or most of these functions.
  • The output from the [0335] analyzer 152 is typically provided to a display 154. A variety of displays 154 may be used including cathode ray tube displays (particularly for larger units), LED displays, or LCD displays. The display 154 may be monochromatic (e.g., black and white) or polychromatic (i.e., having a range of colors). The display 154 may contain symbols or other indicators that are activated under certain conditions (e.g., a particular symbol may become visible on the display when a condition, such as hyperglycemia, is indicated by signals from the sensor 42). The display 154 may also contain more complex structures, such as LCD or LED alphanumeric structures, portions of which can be activated to produce a letter, number, or symbol. For example, the display 154 may include region 164 to display numerically the level of the analyte, as illustrated in FIG. 23. In one embodiment, the display 154 also provides a message to the patient to direct the patient in an action. Such messages may include, for example, “Eat Sugar”, if the patient is hypoglycemic, or “Take Insulin”, if the patient is hyperglycemic.
  • One example of a receiver/[0336] display unit 46, 48 is illustrated in FIG. 23. The display 154 of this particular receiver/ display unit 46, 48 includes a portion 164 which displays the level of the analyte, for example, the blood glucose concentration, as determined by the processing circuit 109 and/or the analyzer 152 using signals from the sensor 42. The display also includes various indicators 166 which may be activated under certain conditions. For example, the indicator 168 of a glucose monitoring device may be activated if the patient is hyperglycemic. Other indicators may be activated in the cases of hypoglycemia (170), impending hyperglycemia (172), impending hypoglycemia (174), a malfunction, an error condition, or when a calibration sample is needed (176). In some embodiments, color coded indicators may be used. Alternatively, the portion 164 which displays the blood glucose concentration may also include a composite indicator 180 (see FIG. 24), portions of which may be appropriately activated to indicate any of the conditions described above.
  • The [0337] display 154 may also be capable of displaying a graph 178 of the analyte level over a period of time, as illustrated in FIG. 24. Examples of other graphs that may be useful include graphs of the rate of change or acceleration in the rate of change of the analyte level over time. In some embodiments, the receiver/display unit is configured so that the patient may choose the particular display (e.g., blood glucose concentration or graph of concentration versus time) that the patient wishes to view. The patient may choose the desired display mode by pushing a button or the like, for example, on an optional input device 162.
  • The receiver/[0338] display units 46, 48 also typically include an alarm system 156. The options for configuration of the alarm system 156 are similar to those for the alarm system 104 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. For example, if glucose is the analyte, than the on-skin sensor control unit 44 may include an alarm system 156 that warns the patient of conditions such as hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, impending hypoglycemia, and/or impending hyperglycemia. The alarm system 156 is triggered when the data from the analyzer 152 reaches or exceeds a threshold value. The threshold values may correspond to interstitial fluid glucose concentrations or sensor signals (e.g., current or converted voltage values) which correlate to the above-mentioned blood glucose levels.
  • The [0339] alarm system 156 may also, or alternatively, be activated when the rate or acceleration of an increase or decrease in analyte level reaches or exceeds a threshold value. For example, in the case of a subcutaneous glucose monitor, the alarm system 156 might be activated if the rate of change in glucose concentration exceeds a threshold value which might indicate that a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic condition is likely to occur.
  • The [0340] alarm system 156 may be configured to activate when a single data point meets or exceeds a particular threshold value. Alternatively, the alarm may be activated only when a predetermined number of datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time meet or exceed the threshold value. As another alternative, the alarm may be activated only when the datapoints spanning a predetermined amount of time have an average value which meets or exceeds the threshold value. Each condition that can trigger an alarm may have a different alarm activation condition. In addition, the alarm activation condition may change depending on current conditions (e.g., an indication of impending hyperglycemia may alter the number of datapoints or the amount of time that is tested to determine hyperglycemia).
  • The [0341] alarm system 156 may contain one or more individual alarms. Each of the alarms may be individually activated to indicate one or more conditions of the analyte. The alarms may be, for example, auditory or visual. Other sensory-stimulating alarm systems by be used including alarm systems 156 that direct the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to heat, cool, vibrate, or produce a mild electrical shock. In some embodiments, the alarms are auditory with a different tone, note, or volume indicating different conditions. For example, a high note might indicate hyperglycemia and a low note might indicate hypoglycemia. Visual alarms may also use a difference in color or brightness to indicate different conditions. In some embodiments, an auditory alarm system might be configured so that the volume of the alarm increases over time until the alarm is deactivated.
  • In some embodiments, the alarms may be automatically deactivated after a predetermined time period. In other embodiments, the alarms may be configured to deactivate when the data no longer indicate that the condition which triggered the alarm exists. In these embodiments, the alarms may be deactivated when a single data point indicates that the condition no longer exists or, alternatively, the alarm may be deactivated only after a predetermined number of datapoints or an average of datapoints obtained over a given period of time indicate that the condition no longer exists. [0342]
  • In yet other embodiments, the alarm may be deactivated manually by the patient or another person in addition to or as an alternative to automatic deactivation. In these embodiments, a switch is provided which when activated turns off the alarm. The switch may be operatively engaged (or disengaged depending on the configuration of the switch) by, for example, pushing a button on the receiver/[0343] display unit 46, 48. One configuration of the alarm system 156 has automatic deactivation after a period of time for alarms that indicate an impending condition (e.g., impending hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia) and manual deactivation of alarms which indicate a current condition (e.g., hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia).
  • The receiver/[0344] display units 46, 48 may also include a number of optional items. One item is a data storage unit 158. The data storage unit 158 may be desirable to store data for use if the analyzer 152 is configured to determine trends in the analyte level. The data storage unit 158 may also be useful to store data that may be downloaded to another receiver/display unit, such as a large display unit 48. Alternatively, the data may be downloaded to a computer or other data storage device in a patient's home, at a doctor's office, etc. for evaluation of trends in analyte levels. A port (not shown) may be provided on the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 through which the stored data may be transferred or the data may be transferred using an optional transmitter 160. The data storage unit 158 may also be activated to store data when a directed by the patient via, for example, the optional input device 162. The data storage unit 158 may also be configured to store data upon occurrence of a particular event, such as a hyperglycemic or hypoglycemic episode, exercise, eating, etc. The storage unit 158 may also store event markers with the data of the particular event. These event markers may be generated either automatically by the display/ receiver unit 46, 48 or through input by the patient.
  • The receiver/[0345] display unit 46, 48 may also include an optional transmitter 160 which can be used to transmit 1) calibration information, 2) a signal to direct the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to change transmission frequency or frequency bands, and/or 3) a signal to activate an alarm system 104 on the on-skin sensor control unit 44, all of which are described above. The transmitter 160 typically operates in a different frequency band than the transmitter 98 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44 to avoid cross-talk between the transmitters 98, 160. Methods may be used to reduce cross-talk and the reception of false signals, as described above in connection with the transmitter 100 of the on-skin sensor control unit 44. In some embodiments, the transmitter 160 is only used to transmit signals to the sensor control unit 44 and has a range of less than one foot, and preferably less than six inches. This then requires the patient or another person to hold the receiver/display unit 46 near the sensor control unit 44 during transmission of data, for example, during the transmission of calibration information. Transmissions may also be performed using methods other than rf transmission, including optical or wire transmission.
  • In addition, in some embodiments of the invention, the [0346] transmitter 160 may be configured to transmit data to another receiver/ display unit 46, 48 or some other receiver. For example, a small receiver/display unit 46 may transmit data to a large receiver/display unit 48, as illustrated in FIG. 1. As another example, a receiver/ display unit 46, 48 may transmit data to a computer in the patient's home or at a doctor's office. Moreover, the transmitter 160 or a separate transmitter may direct a transmission to another unit or to a telephone or other communications device that alerts a doctor or other individual when an alarm is activated and/or if, after a predetermined time period, an activated alarm has not been deactivated, suggesting that the patient may require assistance. In some embodiments, the receiver/display unit is capable of one-way or two-way paging and/or is coupled to a telephone line to send and/or receive messages from another, such as a health professional monitoring the patient.
  • Another optional component for the receiver/[0347] display unit 46, 48 is an input device 162, such as a keypad or keyboard. The input device 162 may allow numeric or alphanumeric input. The input device 162 may also include buttons, keys, or the like which initiate functions of and/or provide input to the analyte monitoring device 40. Such functions may include initiating a data transfer, manually changing the transmission frequency or frequency band of the transmitter 98, deactivating an alarm system 104, 156, inputting calibration data, and/or indicating events to activate storage of data representative of the event.
  • Another embodiment of the [0348] input device 162 is a touch screen display. The touch screen display may be incorporated into the display 154 or may be a separate display. The touch screen display is activated when the patient touches the screen at a position indicated by a “soft button” which corresponds to a desired function. Touch screen displays are well known.
  • In addition, the [0349] analyte monitoring device 40 may include password protection to prevent the unauthorized transmission of data to a terminal or the unauthorized changing of settings for the device 40. A patient may be prompted by the display 154 to input the password using the input device 152 whenever a password-protected function is initiated.
  • Another function that may be activated by the [0350] input device 162 is a deactivation mode. The deactivation mode may indicate that the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 should no longer display a portion or all of the data. In some embodiments, activation of the deactivation mode may even deactivate the alarm systems 104, 156. Preferably, the patient is prompted to confirm this particular action. During the deactivation mode, the processing circuit 109 and/or analyzer 152 may stop processing data or they may continue to process data and not report it for display and may optionally store the data for later retrieval.
  • Alternatively, a sleep mode may be entered if the [0351] input device 162 has not been activated for a predetermined period of time. This period of time may be adjustable by the patient or another individual. In this sleep mode, the processing circuit 109 and/or analyzer 152 typically continue to obtain measurements and process data, however, the display is not activated. The sleep mode may be deactivated by actions, such as activating the input device 162. The current analyte reading or other desired information may then be displayed.
  • In one embodiment, a receiver/[0352] display unit 46 initiates an audible or visual alarm when the unit 46 has not received a transmission from the on-skin sensor control unit within a predetermined amount of time. The alarm typically continues until the patient responds and/or a transmission is received. This can, for example, remind a patient if the receiver/display unit 46 is inadvertently left behind.
  • In another embodiment, the receiver/[0353] display unit 46, 48 is integrated with a calibration unit (not shown). For example, the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 may, for example, include a conventional blood glucose monitor. Another useful calibration device utilizing electrochemical detection of analyte concentration is described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/795,767, incorporated herein by reference. Other devices may be used including those that operate using, for example, electrochemical and colorimetric blood glucose assays, assays of interstitial or dermal fluid, and/or non-invasive optical assays. When a calibration of the implanted sensor is needed, the patient uses the integrated in vitro monitor to generate a reading. The reading may then, for example, automatically be sent by the transmitter 160 of the receiver/ display unit 46, 48 to calibrate the sensor 42.
  • Integration with a Drug Administration System [0354]
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a block diagram of a sensor-based [0355] drug delivery system 250 according to the present invention. The system may provide a drug to counteract the high or low level of the analyte in response to the signals from one or more sensors 252. Alternatively, the system monitors the drug concentration to ensure that the drug remains within a desired therapeutic range. The drug delivery system includes one or more (and preferably two or more) subcutaneously implanted sensors 252, an on-skin sensor control unit 254, a receiver/display unit 256, a data storage and controller module 258, and a drug administration system 260. In some cases, the receiver/display unit 256, data storage and controller module 258, and drug administration system 260 may be integrated in a single unit. The sensor-based drug delivery system 250 uses data form the one or more sensors 252 to provide necessary input for a control algorithm/mechanism in the data storage and controller module 252 to adjust the administration of drugs. As an example, a glucose sensor could be used to control and adjust the administration of insulin.
  • In FIG. 25, [0356] sensor 252 produces signals correlated to the level of the drug or analyte in the patient. The level of the analyte will depend on the amount of drug delivered by the drug administration system. A processor 262 in the on-skin sensor control unit 254, as illustrated in FIG. 25, or in the receiver/display unit 256 determines the level of the analyte, and possibly other information, such as the rate or acceleration of the rate in the increase or decrease in analyte level. This information is then transmitted to the data storage and controller module 252 using a transmitter 264 in the on-skin sensor control unit 254, as illustrated in FIG. 25, or a non-integrated receiver/display unit 256.
  • If the [0357] drug delivery system 250 has two or more sensors 252, the data storage and controller module 258 may verify that the data from the two or more sensors 252 agrees within predetermined parameters before accepting the data as valid. This data may then be processed by the data storage and controller module 258, optionally with previously obtained data, to determine a drug administration protocol. The drug administration protocol is then executed using the drug administration system 260, which may be an internal or external infusion pump, syringe injector, transdermal delivery system (e.g., a patch containing the drug placed on the skin), or inhalation system. Alternatively, the drug storage and controller module 258 may provide a the drug administration protocol so that the patient or another person may provide the drug to the patient according to the profile.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the data storage and [0358] controller module 258 is trainable. For example, the data storage and controller module 258 may store glucose readings over a predetermined period of time, e.g., several weeks. When an episode of hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia is encountered, the relevant history leading to such event may be analyzed to determine any patterns which might improve the system's ability to predict future episodes. Subsequent data might be compared to the known patterns to predict hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia and deliver the drug accordingly. In another embodiment, the analysis of trends is performed by an external system or by the processing circuit 109 in the on-skin sensor control unit 254 or the analyzer 152 in the receiver/display unit 256 and the trends are incorporated in the data storage and controller 258.
  • In one embodiment, the data storage and [0359] controller module 258, processing circuit 109, and/or analyzer 152 utilizes patient-specific data from multiple episodes to predict a patient's response to future episodes. The multiple episodes used in the prediction are typically responses to a same or similar external or internal stimulus. Examples of stimuli include periods of hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia (or corresponding conditions for analytes other than glucose), treatment of a condition, drug delivery (e.g., insulin for glucose), food intake, exercise, fasting, change in body temperature, elevated or lowered body temperature (e.g., fever), and diseases, viruses, infections, and the like. By analyzing multiple episodes, the data storage and controller module 258, processing circuit 109, and/or analyzer 152 can predict the coarse of a future episode and provide, for example, a drug administration protocol or administer a drug based on this analysis. An input device (not shown) may be used by the patient or another person to indicate when a particular episode is occurring so that, for example, the data storage and controller module 258, processing circuit 109, and/or analyzer 152 can tag the data as resulting from a particular episode, for use in further analyses.
  • In addition, the [0360] drug delivery system 250 may be capable of providing on-going drug sensitivity feedback. For example, the data from the sensor 252 obtained during the administration of the drug by the drug administration system 260 may provide data about the individual patient's response to the drug which can then be used to modify the current drug administration protocol accordingly, both immediately and in the future. An example of desirable data that can be extracted for each patient includes the patient's characteristic time constant for response to drug administration (e.g., how rapidly the glucose concentration falls when a known bolus of insulin is administered). Another example is the patient's response to administration of various amounts of a drug (e.g., a patient's drug sensitivity curve). The same information may be stored by the drug storage and controller module and then used to determine trends in the patient's drug response, which may be used in developing subsequent drug administration protocols, thereby personalizing the drug administration process for the needs of the patient.
  • Relationship of Subcutaneous and Blood Analyte Levels [0361]
  • It is often useful to determine analyte concentration in one fluid (e.g., blood) even though the measurements of analyte concentration are performed on another fluid (e.g., subcutaneous fluid). For example, it may be important to know blood glucose concentration for accurate diagnosis and/or insulin injections, or for comparison with other techniques, but it is more convenient and/or less painful or intrusive to measure subcutaneous glucose concentrations. Sensor measurements made using subcutaneous fluid may be different from the desired quantity (e.g., blood glucose concentration) because of the existence of a mass transfer barrier, source and/or sink between compartment A, the region of measurement (e.g., the subcutaneous tissue), and compartment B, the region of interest (e.g., the blood). For any such problem, one needs to develop a model that relates q[0362] A, the measured quantity, to qB, the desired quantity, using a system of equations: qA=
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00900
    qB. To solve for the desired quantity, the operator
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00900
    must be inverted. If the operator
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00900
    happens to be noninvertable or unstable to inversion, the use of such a model may be hindered.
  • One solution to this dilemma is the application of regularization techniques that, when used in conjunction with a model, can predict the desired quantity from the measured quantity. These methods often permit the imposition of a smoothing requirement that changes the operator [0363]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00900
    , making it invertible. These regularization techniques can be used to infer one function from another measured function using a postulated relationship between them.
  • With respect to subcutaneously implanted glucose sensors, the concentration of glucose in the blood is desired, especially for accurate dosing of insulin. There is typically a time lag between changes in glucose concentration of the blood and the subcutaneous tissue after, for example, an injection of insulin. To predict this time lag and correlate the two concentrations, the glucose transport processes that mediate the transport of glucose from the blood to the subcutaneous tissue are investigated. [0364]
  • Three types of glucose transport process exist: active transport, facilitated transport and passive transport. Active transport processes are present in the lumen of the small intestine and in the renal tubules, where glucose is transported against its concentration gradient, requiring energy. Facilitated transport processes include those in which, for example, carrier proteins, known as a glucose transporters, or GluTs, are present at a membrane surface to aid the diffusion of glucose across the membrane, as in adipocytes and in the blood-brain barrier. Finally, passive transport includes simple or Fickian diffusion which is typically driven by a concentration gradient and needs no special carrier proteins or energy. [0365]
  • Transfer of Glucose from Blood to Interstitial Fluid [0366]
  • A subcutaneously implanted sensor is placed in the interstitial fluid of the subcutaneous tissue. Typically, the important transport process are facilitated diffusion and a mass transfer resistance to transport of glucose between the blood and subcutaneous tissue. Thus, the relationship between the concentrations of glucose in the blood and subcutaneous tissues can be modeled by the mass transfer resistance from the blood to the subcutaneous region near the sensor and by the uptake of glucose by the surrounding subcutaneous tissue. Following a material balance, the rate of accumulation of glucose in the sensing volume V is given by the net rate of mass transfer of glucose into the region less the uptake of glucose by the surrounding cells via facilitated diffusion, which can be modeled using a reaction term. This relationship between the concentration of glucose in the subcutaneous tissue S and that in the blood B is given by, [0367] V S t = k m A ( B - S ) - Vk r S K m + S ( 1 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00001
  • where A is the surface area of the region surrounding the sensor, k[0368] m is a mass transfer coefficient, Km is a Michaelis-Menten constant, and kr′ is the reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue. The mass transfer coefficient, Michaelis-Menten constant, and reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue may be determined experimentally for a particular animal, species, or as a generally applicable value. Alternatively, these values may be estimated.
  • The reaction rate constant may depend on the [0369] local insulin concentration 1, as modeled, for example, by Yeh et al., Biochem. 34:523-531 (1995), incorporated by reference. However, for purposes of this discussion, the reaction rate constant is assumed to be constant. Appropriate changes in the equations below can be made if the reaction rate constant is dependent on the local insulin concentration.
  • Dividing equation (1) by the volume of the sensor region V yields: [0370] S t = β ^ ( B - S ) - k r S K m + S ( 2 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00002
  • where {circumflex over (β)}=k[0371] mA/V and corresponds to the reciprocal of the time constant for mass transfer. It is convenient to non-dimensionalize the equation as follows, defining B _ = B B 0 , S _ = S B 0 , k r = k r
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00003
  • /(β{circumflex over (B)}[0372] 0) and {overscore (t)}={circumflex over (β)}t, where BO can be an arbitrarily defined B0B0 blood glucose concentration (e.g., a starting blood glucose concentration). Equation (2) then becomes S _ t _ = B _ - [ 1 + k r K m B 0 + S _ ] S _ ( 3 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00004
  • The contents in brackets can be referred to as the pseudoconstant β. When there is no reaction, β is equal to 1; when there is a reaction, β is a weak function of {overscore (S)}, but {overscore (S)} typically does not change much. So, it can be assumed that β is constant over the time scale of the computation, letting {overscore (S)} be equal to the value at the center of the computation window. (The computation window is described following equation (7).) The nondimensional variables {overscore (S)}, {overscore (B)} and {overscore (t)} will continue to be referred to, but the overbars are removed for the remainder of this specification. The final equation, [0373] S t = B - β S , ( 4 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00005
  • determines the subcutaneous glucose concentration given the blood glucose concentration and can be termed a forward model. [0374]
  • Inversion of the Forward Model [0375]
  • The forward model is inverted to infer the blood glucose concentration given measured subcutaneous glucose concentrations. Predictions made from inversions may be highly sensitive to measurement errors and the inherent imperfections present in any mathematical model. Thus, regularization is often useful. If no regularization is used, the solution may be unstable and/or unreasonable. [0376]
  • As part of the regularization techniques, a smoothness condition may be imposed to minimize a function. The smoothness condition can include a combination of model fit and required smoothness. The minimization may result in a slightly modified set of equations which are well-conditioned (e.g., invertible and stable) and readily inverted and solved. Thus, rather than strictly forcing the data to fit the model, the data is forced to be smooth (as defined by the regularization technique) and fit the model reasonably well. A set of equations is then derived that use the measured value of the subcutaneous concentration of glucose to predict the concentration of glucose in the blood. [0377]
  • To invert the forward model, it may be useful to rewrite the forward model in the form of a Volterra integral equation. To do so, both sides of equation (4) are multiplied by the function [0378]
  • φ(t)=e βt  (5a)
  • to yield [0379] t [ φ ( t ) S ] = φ ( t ) B . (5b)
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00006
  • Recall that β is a pseudo-constant that is actually a mild function of S when reaction is present. Taking the definite integral of equation (5b) between times θ and t, and dividing both sides by φ(t) gives, [0380] S ( t ) = S ( θ ) - β ( t - θ ) + θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ . ( 6 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00007
  • In the above equation, the variable θ is the initial time and t is the final time for the present window of computation. Integration can be done numerically using a finite difference scheme. B(t) is computed for N times using a set of equations, or a single matrix-vector equation, with a time t represented on each of the N rows. As an approximation, [0381] θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ = i = 1 N B ( t i ) - β ( i - t i ) Δ t × W i ( 7 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00008
  • where N is the number of discretization points in the computation window and W is some weighting factor defined by a choice of quadrature scheme. For example, the integral in equation (7) is approximated by choosing weights that apply an extended Simpson's rule. [0382]
  • The time window contains N times at which subcutaneous measurements are taken, and which are separated by an interval At, so the size of the window is (N−1)Δt. The blood glucose concentration must by computed numerically, so B is discretized, i.e., represented by a piecewise constant over the window of computation. An advantage of computing the blood glucose value at the ending time of a window is that the method can be implemented continuously, updating the blood glucose concentration as more subcutaneous data become available. This allows the determination of blood glucose concentration from earlier measured analyte concentrations. This is in contrast to conventional analysis techniques that require measurements before and after the point in time at which the blood glucose concentration is determined. [0383]
  • In some instances this differential treatment may be sufficient. However, the solution to equation (6) may be sensitive to imperfections in the data and in the model, and its application alone may result in oscillatory predictions of the concentration of glucose in the blood, as shown in FIG. 30. [0384]
  • Regularization techniques can be used to form a better behaved solution. [0385]
  • The solution of the integral equation for B(τ) (or simply the vector b, which is the vector of blood glucose values, b[0386] i at the points in the present computation window) can be conditioned to be smooth in addition to closely satisfying equation (6) with experimental measurements of S(t). For example, the functional f[b].
  • f[b]=χ 2 [b]+λΨ[b],  (8)
  • can be minimized over any window of data points, where [0387] χ 2 [ b ] = μ = i i + N ( θ t μ B ( τ ) - β i ( t μ - τ ) τ - S ( t μ ) + S ( θ ) - β i ( t μ - θ ) ) 2 . ( 9 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00009
  • The functional χ[0388] 2 represents the fit between the prediction of the model and the experimental data and the functional ψ indicates the smoothness of the prediction. The λ variable is a weight which balances the amount of smoothing to data-matching and can be constrained to range from 0 to ∞. The-functional ψ may be chosen based on an a priori belief about the quality of the output. If the output is likely to be constant over one window of computation, a first-order regularization, in which first derivatives are minimized over the window of interest, can be chosen, resulting in: Ψ [ b ] = θ t [ B ( τ ) ] 2 τ μ = i i + N - 1 [ B ( t μ + 1 ) - B ( t μ ) ] 2 Δτ . ( 10 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00010
  • The last term in equation (10) is a finite difference estimation of the integral where Δτ is the time difference between data points. If, instead, the solution is thought to be linear over one window of computation, and a second-order regularization can be imposed that will minimize second derivatives, resulting in: [0389] Ψ [ b ] = θ t [ B ( τ ) ] 2 τ μ = i i + N - 2 [ - B ( t μ + 2 ) + 2 B ( t μ + 1 ) - B ( t μ ) ] 2 Δτ ( 11 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00011
  • Equation (8) above may be written in the following matrix form: [0390]
  • f=(A·b−c)2+λ(b·H·b)  (12)
  • where [0391] A j μ = θ t u - β i ( t μ - τ ) τ = { 1 2 - β i ( t j - t μ ) Δ t μ = i or j - β i ( t i - t μ ) Δ t i < μ < j , 0 j < μ ( 13 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00012
  • and [0392]
  • cμ =S(t μ)−S(θ)e β,(t μ −θ).  (14)
  • The definition for H stems from the choice of regularization such that first or the second derivatives over the window of computation are minimized. If a first-order regularizations is chosen, the matrix H is given by, [0393] H = [ 1 - 1 0 0 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 - 1 2 - 1 0 0 0 0 - 1 1 ] ( 15 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00013
  • On the other hand, choosing a second-order regularization gives [0394] H = [ 1 - 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 - 2 5 - 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 - 4 6 - 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 - 4 6 - 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 - 4 6 - 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 - 4 6 - 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 - 4 5 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 - 2 1 ] ( 16 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00014
  • The matrix H that minimizes b, or implements a zeroeth-order regularization, is given simply by the identity matrix. [0395]
  • Equation (12) is minimized by setting df/dB equal to 0, and, after some algebra, the blood glucose concentrations over the window of computation are given by. [0396]
  • (A T ·A+λHb=A T c.  (17)
  • The solution to the model was found at each time for which measurements were acquired in the experiment. We solve for b in equation (17) at each window of computation using known LU decomposition and back-substitution. [0397]
  • In another embodiment, the formulation may include a fixed initial condition. The functional to be minimized can be differentiated as before and the problem solved using identical methods. By enforcing the initial condition, the solution becomes a bit more unstable, because the initial condition that is being forced may not give the best fit. Other than causing more instability, this method changes the prediction very little. [0398]
  • Besides assuring a relatively smooth solution for B(τ), the regularization techniques may be more desirable than the differential method for another reason. To use the differential method, the sensor data is often smoothed before processing, which could produce a lag in the results because backward smoothing would be applied, since the application of real-time inversion dictates that the future data would be unknown. By using the regularization techniques, a relatively smooth solution can be obtained without creating this lag. [0399]
  • Processor [0400]
  • The determination of the blood glucose concentration from subcutaneous glucose concentration measurements can be performed by a processor (e.g., [0401] processing circuit 109 of FIG. 18A or, 18B or analyzer 152 of FIG. 22), with or without a storage medium, in which the determination procedure is performed by software, hardware, or a combination thereof. According to another embodiment, this same determination is accomplished using discrete or semi-programmable hardware configured, for example, using a hardware descriptive language, such as Verilog. In yet another embodiment, the determination may be performed using a processor having at least one look-up table arrangement with data stored therein to represent the complete result or partial results of the above equations based on a given set of input data, the input data corresponding to parameters used on the right side of the equations.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1 Oral Glucose Tolerance Test Function
  • In order to test the performance of the above inverse model under realistic conditions, a test function was used that resembles the typical human response to a substantial change in glucose intake or utilization. A simulation of a response to an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) and a simple fit of the human OGTT data presented by Jansson et al., [0402] Am. J. Physiol., 225:E218-220 (1988), incorporated herein by reference, results in the following non-dimensional function: B ( t ) = C B 0 ( - γ t - - ζ t ) + 1 , ( 18 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00015
  • where γ=k[0403] 1/{circumflex over (β)}, ζ=k2/{circumflex over (β)}, k1=0.054 min−1, k2=0.021 min−1, C=85.5*[k1/(k1−k2)] mg/dl, and B0=95 mg/dl. From previous comparisons with experimental data provided in Schmidtke et al., Proc. of the Nat'l Acad of Science, 95, 294-299 (1998), incorporated herein by reference, {circumflex over (β)} was chosen to be 0.05 min−1. If no reaction is present, then the forward problem can be solved analytically, and the subcutaneous glucose concentration is given by: S ( t ) = C B 0 [ - γ t 1 - γ - - ζ t 1 - ζ ] + 1. ( 19 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00016
  • Three cases of varying magnitudes of the reaction term were studied, including a) k[0404] r=0, b) kr=1 and Km=Bo, and c) kr=1 and Km=Bo/3. The functions S(t) for the above three cases and their corresponding function B(t) are plotted in FIG. 31. The shapes of the input functions S(t) are shifted down as the effective reaction rate constant, k r K m B 0 + S ,
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00017
  • increases. [0405]
  • By varying the amount of noise on the input function, the performance of the inverse model for a wide range of λ (10[0406] −9 to 105) was analyzed for the three hypothetical cases. For the tests performed here, an error magnification factor, ε, as a function of λ, and magnitude of reaction was computed. The error magnification factor was defined as: ɛ = % Output RMS Error % Input RMS Error where ( 20 ) % Output RMS Error = i ( predictedB i - trueB i ) 2 i trueB i 2 × 100 % , and ( 21 ) % Input RMS Error = i ( noisyS i - trueS i ) 2 i trueS i 2 × 100 % . ( 22 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00018
  • trueS are the input values that are free of generated noise and trueB are the values that would result from the equations if the trueS values were used as input. [0407]
  • The input function was modified by the addition of white noise or time-correlated noise. White noise was produced by first finding the average value of the input function over the test period. Then a random gaussian distribution was generated about that average with standard deviations of 0.5, 1, and 2% of that average: [0408]
  • S w(t)=S(t)+Gauss(mean,SD)  (23)
  • In the above equation, S[0409] w(t) is the new subcutaneous input function with white noise superimposed, where Gauss is a function of the mean, mean = 1 n i = 1 n S ( t i ) ( 24 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00019
  • and the standard deviation, [0410] SD = p n i = 1 n S ( t i ) ( 25 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00020
  • Gauss is the function that generates the random Gaussian distribution with the given average and standard deviation. When p was set equal to 1%, an input function with 1% white noise resulted. This distribution was added to the OGTT function in equation (18) to produce the white noise input function. [0411]
  • Time-correlated noise was constructed via a simple moving average method, where the white noise input function produced above is averaged over a window of time that is of size m so that [0412] S c ( t i + m ) = 1 m j = 0 , 1 , 2 m S w ( t i + j ) . ( 26 )
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00021
  • where S[0413] c(t) is the input function with superimposed time-correlated noise. In other words, the input function with white noise was averaged over the ith window of time to give the new function's value at the ending time of the window. The nondimensional time window over which the values were averaged was {fraction (1/100)}th of the total time of the test. The input functions with these two types of noise are illustrated in FIG. 32 with RMS errors of 1%.
  • Example 2 Order of Regularization and Estimation of N and Δt
  • A comparison of first- and second-order regularization methods for the case of no reaction (case a) and 1% white noise on the input is shown in FIG. 33. The data in FIG. 33 were obtained using a window size of 10 data points (N=10), which corresponds to {fraction (1/50)}th of the total test time, and the Δt was 0.0185. The error magnification factor versus weighting factor curves for the above cases and for the zeroeth-order regularization are in FIG. 34. [0414]
  • For the three levels of white noise superimposed on the synthetic subcutaneous glucose measurements, and for this window size, the first-order regularization method predicted the blood glucose concentration better than either the zeroeth- or second-order regularization. The lowest ε for the zeroeth-, first-, and second-order regularizations were 63, 7, and 13 respectively. Typically, first-order regularization is the preferred method for most problems, unless one expects a constant profile, in which zeroeth-order regularization would be the natural choice. [0415]
  • FIG. 35 shows the error magnification-factor versus the regularization parameter for a variety of sizes of computation windows, and also for several sampling rates, where the sampling rate is defined as Δt[0416] −1. The computation window size and sample rate had a strong effect on the lowest ε achievable using the inverse method. A decrease in the sampling rate, as expected, causes the error magnification factor to increase, so samples should be taken as often as possible. However, increasing the sampling rate causes the condition number of the matrix. AT·A+λH, to increase, increasing the error.
  • As the sampling time between the measurements is increased, the error magnification factor increases. Similarly, as the window size grows, the error factor decreases. Window size is equal to (N−1)Δt, where N is the number of data points in the window, and Δt is the time between the data points. Keeping the sampling rate constant, FIG. 35 shows how ε changes as the window size increases from N=10 to N=160. When N is increased from 10 to 20, the decrease in ε is larger than when N is increased from 40 to 80. The reason for this is that, as the size of the window gets larger, the trailing values of measurements will have less of an effect on the solution, since the kernal is exponential in time (see equation 14). Finally, when N increases from 80 to 160, there is no substantial decrease in ε. A reason for this could be that the window size has grown so much that the first order derivatives can no longer be minimized and expect a good a priori estimate of the behavior of the solution. That is, the window size is now on order of the time constant of the mass transfer coefficient. Also, as expected, there is never an ε below 1, because the output function will always have at least as much error as the input function. Note that for the improvement on ε by increasing N from 10 to 80, the computation time expense also increases. Keeping the sampling rate constant, an optimal window size was found for this particular problem which was 8 times larger that the one used above. Application of this size of computation window yielded an error magnification factor of 1.6, and required a regularization factor λ of 3. [0417]
  • With the larger, optimal window size, the regularization methods were reexamined. Both first- and second-order regularizations give good inverses, with an error magnification factor (ε) of about 1.5 for each case, as shown in FIG. 36. Note that a much larger regularization parameter is required for the second-order than for the first-order method. The regularization parameter typically indicates the relative amount of model matching to smoothing imposed. Either of these methods could be used for the remainder of the analysis. [0418]
  • Example 3 White Noise vs. Correlated Noise
  • In general, the method of regularization and inversion gave similar results for both white noise and correlated noise on the subcutaneous data. The data with correlated noise and the data with white noise superimposed required similar weighting factors to give similar values of ε. The correlated noise was smoother than the white noise, but with larger error magnification factors than for white noise. In fact, the correlated noise causes the model to deviate from the true function for longer sustained times, so the larger error magnification factors are not unexpected. [0419]
  • FIG. 37 illustrates the ε(λ) curves for white and correlated noise in the case of 1% RMS Input Error and reaction case a. Both functions find their minimum at similar values of λ, at about 3.0 and 6.0 for white noise and correlated noise, respectively. Overall, the curves go to infinity as λ approaches zero, which indicates that a regularization is necessary due to the instability of the inverse problem. Also, the curves plateau as λ increases beyond [0420] order 1, which shows us that the regularization only causes more and more damping of the solution as λ increases, causing there to be a maximum finite difference between the prediction and the true solution (i.e., the solution goes to a constant about the initial point of the prediction).
  • The error magnification factor, ε, decreased as the input error increased for both sets of data. Tables 1 and 2 contain the results. [0421]
    TABLE 1
    White noise, first-order regularization results.
    Input RMS Output RMS
    Reaction Case Error Error Best λ ε
    kr = 0 0.5 1.16 0.9 2.32
    kr = 0 1.0 1.58 3.0 1.58
    kr = 0 2.0 2.17 6.0 1.09
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 0.5 1.31 0.7 2.62
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 1.0 1.65 2.0 1.65
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 2.0 2.15 5.0 1.07
    kr = 1, Km = B0 0.5 1.04 0.8 2.08
    kr = 1, Km = B0 1.0 1.31 2.0 1.31
    kr = 1, Km = B0 2.0 1.75 4.0 0.88
  • [0422]
    TABLE 2
    Time-correlated noise using simple moving average method,
    first-order regularization results.
    Input RMS Output RMS
    Reaction Case Error Error Best λ ε
    kr = 0 0.32 1.20 0.6 3.75
    kr = 0 0.53 1.63 2.0 3.08
    kr = 0 1.00 2.21 6.0 2.21
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 0.32 1.24 0.5 3.88
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 0.53 1.61 1.0 3.04
    kr = 1, Km = B0/3 1.00 2.13 4.0 2.13
    kr = 1, Km = B0 0.32 0.84 0.6 2.63
    kr = 1, Km = B0 0.53 1.18 1.0 2.23
    kr = 1, Km = B0 1.00 1.66 3.0 1.66
  • Example 4 Estimation of Weighting Factor
  • Many workers have proposed methods for estimating the best value for the weighting or regularization factor, λ, including Beck et al., [0423] Inverse Heat Conduction, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1985); Graham, Bell Systems Tech. J, 62:101-110 (1983); Press et al., Numerical Recipes in Fortran-2nd Ed., Cambridge University Press (1992); and Reinsch, Numerische Mathematik, 10:177-183 (1967), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. As recommended in Press et al., the weight factor λ may be roughly estimated, at first, by implementing the equation,
  • λ=Tr(R T ·R)/Tr(H)  (27a)
  • where [0424]
  • R=A/σ.  (27b)
  • and σ is the standard deviation of the measurements. This estimate of λ allow for approximately equal amounts of model matching and smoothness. Another interpretation of the conditions is that the data are required to fit the model only within the measurement error. [0425]
  • The regularization parameter may also depend on the number of measurements available, n, in addition to the standard deviation of those measurements. Thus, the following condition on the residual sum of the squares, [0426]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    , can be applied to find an appropriate λ:
  • Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    =(A·b−c)T(A·b−c)  (28)
  • and require [0427]
  • [n−(2n)1/22
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    <[n+
    (2n)1/22.  (29)
  • [0428] Criterion 1 can be defined as
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    =nσ2. This method can be referred to as the discrepancy criterion.
  • Alternatively, λ can be selected using the concept of the minimum squared error, as described in Beck et al., [0429] Inverse Heat Conduction, John Wiley & Sons (1985), incorporated herein by reference. This can be called criterion 2. The parameter λ will often have an optimal value that remains approximately constant when the integration time interval and sampling rate is constant, so this process of determining λ may only be necessary once for a given set of parameters.
  • Comparison of the two results, [0430]
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    values are obtained within the designated range, as shown in FIG. 38. The application of criterion 1 gives ε equal to 2.5 (λ=0.5) which is very close to the criterion 2 result of ε=2.32 (λ=1.0). The largest output error that would occur by choosing λ such that
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    is within the above bounds is 4.5% (ε=9.0) for the case of no reaction and 0.5% RMS error in the input in the form of white noise. Choosing
    Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-P00901
    equal to nσ2 gives ε equal to 2.5. Thus, the criterion 2 result can often be approximated by applying criterion 1 provided an estimate of σ is available.
  • With regard to the method of choosing the regularization factor above, as the window size increased, so did the regularization factor that gave the minimum ε. The increase in window size effectively increases the number of measurements available to calculate a given B(t). Typically, the best λ was directly proportional to N until the window became too large to expect a good a priori estimate of the function behavior from first-order regularization. [0431]
  • Example 5 Effect of Nonlinearity
  • FIG. 39 illustrates the error magnification factor versus weighting factor for reaction cases a and c when the input contains 1% white noise. For a given input RMS error, the required weighting factor remained constant as K[0432] m increased, but the output RMS error decreased as Km increased. Therefore, if the reaction term is found to be important in the modeling of the lag between the blood glucose and subcutaneous tissue glucose in humans, the inversion will not suffer. Instead, the results are better, relative to the input error, in the presence of a reaction term than they are with no reaction at all. The reaction term acts as a damping term in the forward model. In other words, the term in the forward model that de-stabilizes the inversion is the derivative of the subcutaneous glucose concentration with respect to time, while the reaction term tends to stabilize the inversion.
  • Example 6 Preparation of Glucose Electrodes
  • Glucose electrodes were structurally similar to those described in Csoregi et al., [0433] Anal. Chem., 67:1240-1244 (1995), incorporated herein by reference. A 0.25 mm gold wire with a 0.04 mm Teflon coating. A 0.09 mm portion of the gold at the end of the wire was removed, leaving a narrow tube of Teflon. A “wired” glucose oxidase transduction layer was formed by depositing a solution of 110 mg/mL of {poly[(1-vinylimidazolyl) osmium (4,4′-dimethylbipyridine)2Cl]}+/2+, 10 mg/mL glucose oxidase (in HEPES 10 mM at pH 8.1), and 2.5 mg/mL poly(ethylene glycol) mixed in a 78:16:6 wt. % ratio. The solution was deposited in the Teflon tube to coat the exposed surface of the gold wire. The electrodes were then rinsed five times and cured at 45° C. for 15 minutes. A glucose flux restricting layer was formed by sequentially filling the 0.09 mm deep, 250 μm diameter recess and curing (at room temperature for 20 min) twice with a 1% solution of cellulose acetate in cyclohexanone; once with a 0.5% solution of Nafion (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.) in n-propanol; and once with a freshly prepared solution of poly (vinyl pyridine) acetate (PVPA) (25 mg/mL in water) and polyfunctional aziridine (PAZ) (XAMA-7, E.I.T. Inc., Lakewilie, S.C.) (30 mg/mL in water) in a 1:2 volume ratio, this layer being cured for at least 8 hr. A biocompatible layer was then formed of a sensitized 10 wt. % aqueous tetraacrylated poly(ethylene oxide) solution by photo-cross-linking (45 sec. UV exposure).
  • The in vitro response time of the glucose electrodes was measured for both increasing and decreasing step changes in glucose concentration prior to implantation. The measurements were made at 37±0.5° C. in a rapidly stirred, jacketed electrochemical cell containing pH 7.4 phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The three-electrode cell had a saturated calomel reference electrode (SCE), a platinum counter electrode, and the glucose electrode and was poised at 200 mV vs. SCE. Step changes increasing the glucose concentration (90 mg/dL to 180 mg/dL) were made by injecting into the rapidly stirred solution an aliquot of concentrated aqueous glucose (2M). Step changes decreasing the glucose concentration (180 mg/dL to 90 mg/dL) were made by injecting PBS into the cell. [0434]
  • The intrinsic response times to increasing and decreasing step changes in glucose concentration were 2.59±1.17 min and 1.55±0.79 min (n=14) respectively. [0435]
  • Example 7 In vivo Experiments
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats, 380-520 g, were preanesthetized with halothane (Halocarbon Laboratories, North Augusta, SC) and anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection (0.3 ml) of a equal volume mixture of acepromazine maleate (10 mg/ml), ketamine (100 mg/ml) and xylazine (20 mg/ml). The animals were then shaven about the neck, the abdomen, and the area between the scapulae, then secured on a homeothermic blanket system (Harvard Apparatus, South Natick Mass.). First the right external jugular vein was located and cleared of extraneous tissue. The distal side of the right vein was tied off with 4-0 silk, and a small cut was made in the vein. A 0.0375″ diameter medical-grade silastic tube was inserted into the proximal portion of the right jugular vein and secured with 4-0 silk. A dose of 100-U/kg body wt of heparin solution was then administered, followed by an equal volume of saline, to clear the line. Next, the rat's skin was sutured closed. The rat was then rolled onto its abdomen, while assuring that the line in the jugular vein was not pulled out, and an electrode was inserted in the subcutaneous tissue between the scapulae of the animal using a 22-gauge introducing catheter needle (PER-Q-Cath, Gesco, San Antonio, Tex.). The animal was then returned to its back and resecured. The left external jugular vein was then located and cleared of extraneous tissue. Next, the distal side of the left jugular vein was tied off and a small cut was made in the vein. A silastic tube of 1.5 cm length was inserted into the proximal side as a guide, and a glucose electrode was inserted inside the guide tube. The tube and the sensor were secured with 4-0 silk, with the electrode's insulating gold wire protruding beyond the end of the guide tube. The incision site was then moistened and packed with gauze. An ion-conducting gel was then applied to a skin reference (Ag/AgCl) electrode, and the electrode was placed on the rat's abdomen. The implanted electrodes as well as the reference electrode were connected to a biopotentiostat ([0436] 13), the output of which was logged with a data logger.
  • After the output of the implanted electrodes reached a stable baseline (0.5-1 hr), an intravenous injection of 0.5 U/kg of regular insulin (RU-100, Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.) was administered through the right jugular vein. Blood samples were collected at t=−20, −10, −1, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 60, 75, 90 min after the insulin injection. The whole blood samples were obtained from the left jugular vein and were immediately placed in tubes containing heparin and sodium fluoride and kept on ice until analysis. All blood samples were analyzed in duplicate using a YSI Model 2300 glucose analyzer (YSI, Yellow Springs, Ohio). At time t=O, the insulin dose was injected through the infusion catheter and cleared with heparinized saline. At the end of the experiment the rat was euthanized by sodium pentobarbital injection i.p. or asphyxiation by CO[0437] 2, consistent with the recommendations of the panel on Euthanasia of the American Veterinary Association. All in vivo experimentation was approved by the University of Texas Institutional Animal Use and Care Committee. The implanted electrodes were sufficiently glucose selective to be calibrated by withdrawal of a single sample of blood and assay of its glucose concentration (“one-point in vivo calibration”). After the current output of the sensor stabilized, 20-40 min after implantation and electrical connection to the bipotentiostat, a single sample of blood was drawn and its glucose concentration was assayed using the YSI glucose analyzer. From this measurement, a current to glucose concentration conversion factor (mg/dl per nA) was calculated for the implanted electrodes. This factor was used to obtain all glucose estimates for the remainder of the test period.
  • Example 8 Data Analysis
  • The onset of the decline in the concentrations of venous and subcutaneous glucose following the injection of insulin were determined graphically using the time concentration plots and a method used in process control to calculate time delays ([0438] 14). The tangent line at the point of inflection was drawn (see FIG. 40) and the line, tracking the basal concentration of glucose prior to the injection of insulin, was extended. The intersection of the two lines defined the onset point of the decline. The onset times were referenced to the time at which insulin was injected. The rate of decline in glucose concentration in the period between 6 and 20 minutes after insulin injection was calculated by linear regression analyses for the periodically sampled blood from the vein where insulin was injected; the contralateral jugular vein, where an electrode was implanted, and for the subcutaneous interstitial fluid, where the second electrode was implanted. The values are presented as means±std, along with their statistical significance, assessed when appropriate by a Student's t-test for paired data, with p<0.05 considered as statistically significant.
  • FIG. 41 shows the typical output of the subcutaneous (dotted line) and jugular vein (solid line) electrodes during an in vivo experiment. Following insulin injection, the average venous blood glucose concentrations of the rats (n=7) decreased from 207±67 mg/dl to 59±12 mg/dl. The minimum in blood glucose concentration was reached 36.6±7.2 minutes after the injection of insulin. Table 3 lists the average lag times between the lowest subcutaneous sensor readings and the point of lowest glucose concentration in the concentrations in the blood withdrawn from the vein where the insulin was injected, and also between the lowest readings by the sensor implanted in the contralateral jugular vein and the samples withdrawn from the injected jugular vein. [0439]
    TABLE 3
    Declining glucose characteristics.
    Decline
    rate
    Onset time (mg dl−1 · tminimum glucose Lag time
    Location (min) min−1) (min) (min)
    Blood samples 3.3 ± 0.5 6.8 ± 2.0 36.6 ± 7.2
    Intravenous 5.6 ± 1.7 7.0 ± 2.5 40.3 ± 5.9 3.7 ± 4.3
    sensor
    Subcutaneous 8.9 ± 2.1 3.9 ± 1.3 61.2 ± 7.5 24.5 ± 6.8 
    sensor
  • The onsets of the decline with respect to the time of injection of insulin, measured in the injected jugular vein, the contralateral jugular vein and the subcutaneous fluid are also shown in Table 3, along with the rates of decline in the period between 6 and 20 min after insulin injection. FIG. 42 shows the average difference between the estimates of the subcutaneous glucose concentrations and the actual blood glucose concentrations as a function of time. [0440]
  • The nadir in subcutaneous glucose was statistically different from the nadir in blood glucose (p<0.001) and occurred 24.5±6.8 minutes later. Similarly, the onset of declining subcutaneous glucose levels (8.9±2.1 min after insulin injection) was statistically different (p<0.001) from the onset in blood glucose levels 0.5 min after insulin injection). The rate of drop in glucose levels, between 6-20 minutes after insulin injection, was slower in the subcutaneous fluid (3.9±1.3 mg dl[0441] 1 min−1), than in blood (6.8±2.0 mg dl−1 min−1, p=0.003).
  • In the contralateral jugular vein, the minimal glucose concentration was reached 3.7 minutes after it was reached in the injected vein (36.6 vs. 40.3 min., p=0.06). The rates of decline during the 6 to 20 minute period were nearly identical in the two opposite jugular veins (6.8 and 7.0 mg dl[0442] −1 min−1, p=0.59). The onsets of the decline in glucose concentrations were statistically different for the opposite veins (3.3 vs. 5.6 min, p=0.01).
  • Example 9 Prediction of Subcutaneous Glucose Concentration
  • A typical plot of a prediction of the subcutaneous concentration of glucose given the concentration of glucose in the blood from the jugular sensor is shown in FIG. 43, where the only fitted parameter was β=0.04 min[0443] −1. The uptake term of the model was found to be negligible for most of the data sets and was set to zero for all sets. This finding is not surprising, because the sensor was placed between the connective tissue and smooth muscle tissue where the rate of glucose uptake is low compared to the rate of uptake in adipose tissue or skeletal muscle.
  • The values of β were determined by a least squares minimization of the average error for each individual data set and ranged from 0.04 to 011 min[0444] −1, except for one case, where β equaled 0.22 min−1. These results in rats show that β is relatively constant. If this proves to be true also in humans then it may not be necessary to determine β for each patient, or for different subcutaneous placement sites in a particular patient. Table 4 summarizes the statistics for comparison of the prediction of the forward model with the subcutaneous sensor data.
    TABLE 4
    Average differences between the measured subcutaneous glucose
    concentrations and the predicted subcutaneous glucose concentrations.
    Rat Forward Model No Model
    1 12.4% 23.8%
    2 14.6% 23.5%
    3 11.9% 16.2%
    4 7.4% 24.1%
    5 6.0% 16.0%
    6 4.9% 14.3%
    7 5.2% 9.6%
    Mean 8.9% 18.2%
    std 7.8% 14.5%
  • On average the forward model predicted the readings of the subcutaneous sensor from those in blood with a difference of 8.9±7.8%. If the subcutaneous concentration of glucose were estimated to equal that measured by the jugular sensor (i.e., if the model were not used), the average difference would have been 18.2±14.5%. The values derived through the model and those measured differed and the difference was statistically significant (p=0.001). In the 40-min interval after injection of the insulin, the time period that is most in need of correction, the average of the maximal differences was decreased through the model from 30.7% to 11.1% (Table 5, p=0.01). [0445]
    TABLE 5
    Maximum differences between the measured subcutaneous glucose
    concentrations and the predicted subcutaneous glucose concentrations
    during the 40 minute period following insulin injection.
    Rat Forward Model No Model
    1 12.5% 22.9%
    2 15.9% 34.8%
    3 17.7% 21.6%
    4 2.7% 50.4%
    5 13.9% 35.3%
    6 9.7% 35.8%
    7 5.2% 14.2%
    Mean 11.1% 30.7%
    Std 5.5% 12.0%
  • Example 10 Prediction of Blood Glucose Concentration
  • The value of B(τ) in equations (6-8) was determined as described above. The weight factor λ was first estimated by the method described above. The initial condition of B(0)=S(0) was then enforced within 10% to find a more exact value of λ based on the initial guess. Further refining of the value of λ had little effect on the results. Time t=0 for modeling purposes was taken to be 20 minutes before insulin injection. Plots of the inverse model predictions are shown in FIG. 44. [0446]
  • On average, the inverse model predicted in all experiments the performance of blood glucose concentrations sensed in the jugular veins, even when the blood and subcutaneous glucose concentrations were dropping rapidly and from a steady state, within 11.1±10.6%, as shown in Table 6. If the subcutaneous concentration of glucose were considered to equal that given by the jugular sensor (i.e., if the inverse model were not used), the average difference would have been greater 22.9±14.4% (p=0.025). [0447]
    TABLE 6
    Average differences between the measured blood glucose concentrations
    and the blood glucose concentrations predicted from the subcutaneous
    measurements.
    Rat Inverse Model No Model
    1 13.3% 22.7%
    2 13.3% 20.5%
    3 13.6% 15.9%
    4 14.8% 48.9%
    5 8.2% 23.2%
    6 7.9% 15.7%
    7 6.9% 13.7%
    Mean 11.1% 22.9%
    Std 10.6% 14.4%
  • Furthermore, during the 40 minute period following insulin injection, when the dynamic difference was greatest, the maximum difference between the blood and the subcutaneous glucose concentrations was 84.1±36.1%. By using the inverse model the maximum difference between the computed blood glucose concentration and the actual concentration was reduced to 29.3±8.4% (Table 7, p=0.006). [0448]
    TABLE 7
    Maximum differences between the measured blood glucose concentrations
    and the blood glucose concentrations predicted from the subcutaneous
    measurements during the 40 minute period following insulin injection.
    Rat Inverse Model No Model
    1 22.8% 72.8%
    2 38.8% 67.8%
    3 18.0% 41.3%
    4 31.5% 157.3%
    5 28.5% 94.9%
    6 40.9% 72.7%
    7 24.8% 82.1%
    Mean 29.3% 84.1%
    Std 8.4% 36.1%
  • The present invention should not be considered limited to the particular examples described above, but rather should be understood to cover all aspects of the invention as fairly set out in the attached claims. Various modifications, equivalent process, as well as numerous structures to which the present invention may be applicable will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art to which the present invention is directed upon review of the instant specification. The claims are intended to cover such modifications and devices. [0449]

Claims (37)

We claim:
1. A method for determining analyte concentration in blood, comprising:
determining a subcutaneous analyte concentration from a subcutaneous region using a sensing device;
determining an analyte concentration in blood from the subcutaneous analyte concentration based on mass transfer of the analyte from blood to the subcutaneous region and on uptake of the analyte by subcutaneous cells surrounding the sensing region.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the sensing device comprises an electrochemical sensor having a working electrode.
3. The method of claim 2, further comprising subcutaneously implanting the working electrode to generate a signal related to the subcutaneous analyte concentration.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the analyte is glucose.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the blood glucose concentration is determined from the subcutaneous glucose concentration using the relationship:
V S t = k m A ( B - S ) - Vk r S K m + S ( 1 )
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00022
where V is the volume of the sensor, S is the subcutaneous glucose concentration, B is the blood glucose concentration, A is the surface area of the region surrounding the sensor, km is a mass transfer coefficient, Km is a Michaelis-Menten constant, and kr′ is the reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the subcutaneous glucose concentration is determined from the blood glucose concentration according to the relationship:
S ( t ) = S ( θ ) - β ( i - θ ) + θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ .
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00023
where
β = [ 1 + k r K m B 0 + S ] ,
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00024
B0 is a normalizing constant, θ is the initial time and t is the final time for a window of computation.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the subcutaneous glucose concentration is determined from the blood glucose concentration using:
θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ = i = 1 N B ( t i ) - β ( i - t i ) Δ t × W i
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00025
where Wi is a weighting factor.
8. The method of claim 6, wherein the subcutaneous glucose concentration is determined from the blood glucose concentration by minimizing:
f[b]=χ 2 [b]+λΨ[b],
where
χ 2 [ b ] = μ = i i + N ( θ t μ B ( τ ) - β i ( t μ - τ ) τ - S ( t μ ) + S ( θ ) - β i ( t μ - θ ) ) 2 .
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00026
and Ψ[b] is a smoothness function.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provide first-order regularization.
10. The method of claim 8, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provide second-order regularization.
11. An analyte measurement system comprising:
a sensing device; and
a processor coupled to the sensing device and configured and arranged to determine an analyte level in blood, from signals generated by the sensing device, based on mass transfer of the analyte from blood to a subcutaneous region and on uptake of the analyte by subcutaneous cells surrounding the subcutaneous region.
12. The analyte measurement system of claim 11, wherein the sensing device comprises an electrochemical sensor having a working electrode.
13. The analyte measurement system of claim 12, wherein the working electrode is adapted for subcutaneous implantation in an animal.
14. The analyte measurement system of claim 11, wherein the analyte is glucose.
15. The analyte measurement system of claim 14, wherein the processor is configured and arranged to determine the blood glucose concentration from a subcutaneous glucose concentration using the relationship:
V S t = k m A ( B - S ) - Vk r S K m + S
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00027
where V is the volume of the sensor, S is the subcutaneous glucose concentration, B is the blood glucose concentration, A is the surface area of the region surrounding the sensor, km is a mass transfer coefficient, Km is a Michaelis-Menten constant, and kr′ is the reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue.
16. The analyte measurement system of claim 15, wherein the processor is configured and arranged to determine the blood glucose concentration from a subcutaneous glucose concentration using the relationship:
S ( t ) = S ( θ ) - β ( i - θ ) θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ .
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00028
where
β = [ 1 + k r K m B 0 + S ] ,
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00029
B0 is a normalizing constant, θ is the initial time and t is the final time for a window of computation.
17. The analyte measurement system of claim 16, wherein the processor is configured and arranged to determine the blood glucose concentration from a subcutaneous glucose concentration using the relationship:
θ t B ( τ ) - β ( i - τ ) τ = i = 1 N B ( t i ) - β ( i - t i ) Δ t × W i
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00030
where Wi is a weighting factor.
18. The analyte measurement system of claim 16, wherein the processor is configured and arranged to determine the blood glucose concentration from a subcutaneous glucose concentration by minimizing:
f[b]=χ 2 [b]+λΨ[b],
where
χ 2 [ b ] = μ = i i + N ( θ t μ B ( τ ) - β i ( t μ - τ ) τ - S ( t μ ) + S ( θ ) - β i ( t μ - θ ) ) 2 .
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00031
and Ψ[b] is a smoothness function.
19. The analyte measurement system of claim 18, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provide first-order regularization.
20. The analyte measurement system of claim 18, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provide second-order regularization.
21. The analyte measurement system of claim 11, further comprising a display coupled to the processor for displaying the analyte concentration in the blood.
22. The analyte measurement system of claim 11, further comprising an alarm coupled to the processor for alerting a user based on the analyte concentration.
23. The analyte measurement system of claim 11, wherein the processor is disposed in a housing adapted for placement on the skin of an animal.
24. The analyte measurement system of claim 23, further comprising a transmitter coupled to the electrochemical sensor and a receiver coupled to the processor, wherein the processor and receiver are disposed in a housing adapted for remote reception of signals from the electrochemical sensor via the transmitter.
25. An apparatus for determining analyte concentration in blood based on measurements of analyte concentration determined using a sensing device, comprising:
a processor configured and arranged to determine analyte concentration in the blood from a measured subcutaneous analyte concentration based on mass transfer of the analyte from blood to a subcutaneous region and on uptake of the analyte by subcutaneous cells surrounding the subcutaneous region.
26. The apparatus of claim 25, wherein the analyte is glucose.
27. A method for determining analyte-concentration in a first body fluid, comprising:
obtaining measurements of an analyte concentration in a second body fluid, different from the first body fluid, from a sensing device; and
determining an analyte concentration estimate in the first fluid from the measurements by minimizing the relation:
f[b]=χ 2 [b]+λΨ[b],
wherein b is a vector representing analyte concentration in the first body fluid, χ2[b] is a function representing a fit between the estimates and the measurements, λ is a weighting function, and Ψ[b] is a function indicating smoothness of the analyte concentration estimates in the first body fluid.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the analyte is glucose.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein the first body fluid is blood and the second body fluid is subcutaneous fluid.
30. The method of claim 28, wherein the model is based on the relationship:
V S t = k m A ( B - S ) - Vk r S K m + S
Figure US20030100040A1-20030529-M00032
where V is the volume of the sensor, S is the subcutaneous glucose concentration, B is the blood glucose concentration, A is the surface area of the region surrounding the sensor, km is a mass transfer coefficient, Km is a Michaelis-Menten constant, and kr′ is the reaction rate constant for uptake of glucose by the subcutaneous tissue.
31. The method of claim 27, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provide first-order regularization.
32. The method of claim 27, wherein Ψ[b] is selected to provides second-order regularization.
33. The method of claim 29, wherein obtaining subcutaneous glucose measurements comprises
subcutaneously implanting a working electrode of a glucose sensor into an animal; and
determining a subcutaneous glucose concentration from a signal generated at the working electrode.
34. An analyte measurement system, comprising:
a sensing device; and
a processor, coupled to the sensing device, that is configured and arranged to determine an analyte concentration estimate in a first fluid from measurements of analyte concentration in a second body fluid by minimizing the relation:
f[b]=χ 2 [b]+Ψ[b],
wherein b is a vector representing analyte concentration in the first body fluid, χ2[b] is a function representing a fit between the estimates and the measurements, λ is a weighting function, and Ψ[b] is a function indicating smoothness of the analyte concentration estimates in the first body fluid.
35. The analyte measurement system of claim 34, wherein the analyte is glucose.
36. The analyte measurement system of claim 35, wherein the first body fluid is blood and the second body fluid is subcutaneous fluid.
37. The analyte measurement system of claim 36, wherein the sensing device comprises a working electrode adapted for subcutaneous implantation into an animal.
US10/292,780 1997-12-05 2002-11-11 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement Pending US20030100040A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/292,780 US20030100040A1 (en) 1997-12-05 2002-11-11 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US6760197P 1997-12-05 1997-12-05
US6760397P 1997-12-05 1997-12-05
US09/530,938 US6579690B1 (en) 1997-12-05 1998-10-04 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
US10/292,780 US20030100040A1 (en) 1997-12-05 2002-11-11 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/530,938 Continuation US6579690B1 (en) 1997-12-05 1998-10-04 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
PCT/US1998/025685 Continuation WO1999029230A1 (en) 1997-12-05 1998-12-04 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030100040A1 true US20030100040A1 (en) 2003-05-29

Family

ID=26748059

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/530,938 Expired - Lifetime US6579690B1 (en) 1997-12-05 1998-10-04 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
US10/292,780 Pending US20030100040A1 (en) 1997-12-05 2002-11-11 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/530,938 Expired - Lifetime US6579690B1 (en) 1997-12-05 1998-10-04 Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (2) US6579690B1 (en)
AU (1) AU1802899A (en)
WO (1) WO1999029230A1 (en)

Cited By (363)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030125612A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-03 Fox James Kelly System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20040093167A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-13 Braig James R. Analyte detection system with software download capabilities
US20040167801A1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2004-08-26 James Say Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US20050004439A1 (en) * 2000-02-23 2005-01-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US20050038332A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2005-02-17 Frank Saidara System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20050058701A1 (en) * 2003-01-29 2005-03-17 Yossi Gross Active drug delivery in the gastrointestinal tract
US20050272989A1 (en) * 2004-06-04 2005-12-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
US20060015058A1 (en) * 1998-01-08 2006-01-19 Kellogg Scott C Agents and methods for enhancement of transdermal transport
US20060094944A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Sontra Medical Corporation System and method for analyte sampling and analysis with error correction
WO2006050033A2 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-11 Sontra Medical Corporation System and method for analyte sampling and analysis
US20060197015A1 (en) * 2004-10-21 2006-09-07 Sterling Bernhard B Method and apparatus for determining an analyte concentration in a sample having interferents
US20060252027A1 (en) * 2005-05-05 2006-11-09 Petisce James R Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US20070027384A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2007-02-01 Mark Brister Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20070103678A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-05-10 Sterling Bernhard B Analyte detection system with interferent identification and correction
US20070128681A1 (en) * 2005-12-05 2007-06-07 Sontra Medical Corporation Biocompatible chemically crosslinked hydrogels for glucose sensing
US20070169533A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US20070173709A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2007-07-26 Petisce James R Membranes for an analyte sensor
US20070213611A1 (en) * 2003-07-25 2007-09-13 Simpson Peter C Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20070219573A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2007-09-20 Dominique Freeman Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US20070219462A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2007-09-20 Barry Briggs Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US20070232880A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2007-10-04 Uzair Siddiqui System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20070270674A1 (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Michael John Kane Implantable Medical Device with Chemical Sensor and Related Methods
US20080026473A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2008-01-31 Yunbing Wang Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
US20080027287A1 (en) * 2002-04-22 2008-01-31 Rajiv Shah Methods and materials for stabilizing analyte sensors
US20080112853A1 (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-05-15 Hall W Dale Method and apparatus for analyte measurements in the presence of interferents
US20080255438A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2008-10-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20080262330A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2008-10-23 Reynolds Melissa M Analyte Sensors and Compositions for Use Therein
US20080281178A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2008-11-13 Echo Therapeutics, Inc. Transdermal analyte monitoring systems and methods for analyte detection
US20090063402A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and System for Providing Medication Level Determination
US20090082693A1 (en) * 2004-12-29 2009-03-26 Therasense, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing temperature sensor module in a data communication system
US20090112478A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Modified Sensor Calibration Algorithm
US20090157430A1 (en) * 2007-10-11 2009-06-18 Peter Rule Synchronization and configuration of patient monitoring devices
US20090192370A1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2009-07-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte Monitoring Device and Methods of Use
US7645373B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-01-12 Roche Diagnostic Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US7645421B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-01-12 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US7648468B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-01-19 Pelikon Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7651596B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based interference domain for an analyte sensor
US20100025265A1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Chung Yuan Christian University Potentiometric biosensor and the forming method thereof
US20100030137A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2010-02-04 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Apparatus and methods for analyzing body fluid samples
US7666149B2 (en) 1997-12-04 2010-02-23 Peliken Technologies, Inc. Cassette of lancet cartridges for sampling blood
US7674232B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-03-09 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7679407B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2010-03-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing peak detection circuitry for data communication systems
US7682318B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-03-23 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Blood sampling apparatus and method
US20100076284A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2010-03-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health Management Devices and Methods
US7699791B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-04-20 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for improving success rate of blood yield from a fingerstick
US7708701B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-05-04 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device
US7715893B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2010-05-11 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US7718439B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-05-18 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US7717863B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-05-18 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7731729B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-06-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7749174B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-07-06 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for lancet launching device intergrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge
US7756561B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2010-07-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rechargeable power in data monitoring and management systems
US20100175992A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2010-07-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and materials for controlling the electrochemistry of analyte sensors
US7768408B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US7766829B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US7771352B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2010-08-10 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US7780631B2 (en) 1998-03-30 2010-08-24 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method for penetration with shaft having a sensor for sensing penetration depth
US7813780B2 (en) 2005-12-13 2010-10-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Biosensors and methods for making and using them
US7811231B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2010-10-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US7822454B1 (en) 2005-01-03 2010-10-26 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Fluid sampling device with improved analyte detecting member configuration
US7831287B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2010-11-09 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20100286587A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Yossi Gross Sublingual electrical drug delivery
US20100286628A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Rainbow Medical Ltd Gastric anchor
US20100286660A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Yossi Gross Gastroretentive duodenal pill
US7833171B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-11-16 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
EP2256494A1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2010-12-01 Medtronic MiniMed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
US7850622B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-12-14 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Tissue penetration device
US7850621B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2010-12-14 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US7862520B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-01-04 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Body fluid sampling module with a continuous compression tissue interface surface
US7874994B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-01-25 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US20110027458A1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2011-02-03 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous analyte sensors and methods of making same
US7885697B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2011-02-08 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US7883464B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2011-02-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated transmitter unit and sensor introducer mechanism and methods of use
US7892185B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-02-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US7892183B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-02-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US7901362B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7901365B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US20110066175A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2011-03-17 Rainbow Medical Ltd. Gastric anchor
US7909777B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7914465B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-29 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US20110077490A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-03-31 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US7920906B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2011-04-05 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US7920907B2 (en) 2006-06-07 2011-04-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and method
US7922458B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US7928850B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2011-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US20110106453A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2011-05-05 Michael Krieftewirth Method for storing a series of measurements
US7955484B2 (en) 2005-12-14 2011-06-07 Nova Biomedical Corporation Glucose biosensor and method
US20110152654A1 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-06-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors comprising blended membrane compositions and methods for making and using them
US7976778B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2011-07-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus
US7976476B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-07-12 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Device and method for variable speed lancet
US7988645B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2011-08-02 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Self optimizing lancing device with adaptation means to temporal variations in cutaneous properties
US20110201911A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US8005524B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2011-08-23 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8007446B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-08-30 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8029459B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2011-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated medication infusion and analyte monitoring system
US8047811B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US8058077B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2011-11-15 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8064977B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2011-11-22 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US8066639B2 (en) 2003-06-10 2011-11-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measuring device for use in personal area network
US8071384B2 (en) 1997-12-22 2011-12-06 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Control and calibration solutions and methods for their use
US8092668B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2012-01-10 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for quality assurance of a biosensor test strip
US8103456B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2012-01-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for early signal attenuation detection using blood glucose measurements
US8112138B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2012-02-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rechargeable power in data monitoring and management systems
US8112240B2 (en) 2005-04-29 2012-02-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing leak detection in data monitoring and management systems
US8115635B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2012-02-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. RF tag on test strips, test strip vials and boxes
US8123686B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2012-02-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rolling data in communication systems
US8133178B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2012-03-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8148164B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-04-03 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for determining the concentration of an analyte in a sample fluid
US8149117B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2012-04-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8160669B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-04-17 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8197421B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-06-12 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8206565B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-06-26 Roche Diagnostics Operation, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8221334B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-07-17 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8226891B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2012-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods therefor
US8229535B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2012-07-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for blood glucose monitoring and alert delivery
US8251904B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2012-08-28 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Device and method for insulin dosing
US8262614B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-09-11 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for fluid injection
US8267870B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-09-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling with hybrid actuation
US8275437B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-09-25 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8280475B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2012-10-02 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8282576B2 (en) 2003-09-29 2012-10-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for an improved sample capture device
US8282550B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2012-10-09 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated receiver for continuous analyte sensor
US8287454B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-10-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8287453B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2012-10-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8290559B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2012-10-16 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US8311749B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-11-13 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8333714B2 (en) 2006-09-10 2012-12-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing an integrated analyte sensor insertion device and data processing unit
US8337421B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-12-25 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8344966B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing a fault tolerant display unit in an electronic device
US8346337B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8343093B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Fluid delivery device with autocalibration
WO2013003735A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods for generating hybrid analyte level output, and devices and systems related thereto
WO2013003693A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Patient monitoring systems with goal indicators
US8364229B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2013-01-29 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US8360992B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-01-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8394021B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2013-03-12 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8417312B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2013-04-09 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US8423114B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2013-04-16 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20130102866A1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-04-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and/or system for multicompartment analyte monitoring
US8435190B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-05-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8456301B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2013-06-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US20130144142A1 (en) * 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Flexible Medical Systems, Llc Anti-Interferent Barrier Layers for Non-Invasive Transdermal Sampling and Analysis Device
US8465425B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-06-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8467972B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2013-06-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop blood glucose control algorithm analysis
US8509871B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2013-08-13 Dexcom, Inc. Sensor head for use with implantable devices
US8512243B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2013-08-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated introducer and transmitter assembly and methods of use
US8545403B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2013-10-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device insertion
US20130267811A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-10-10 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US8556829B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-10-15 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8560082B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-10-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Computerized determination of insulin pump therapy parameters using real time and retrospective data processing
US8565848B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2013-10-22 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8562558B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2013-10-22 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US8571624B2 (en) * 2004-12-29 2013-10-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for mounting a data transmission device in a communication system
US8574895B2 (en) 2002-12-30 2013-11-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus using optical techniques to measure analyte levels
US8579853B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2013-11-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US8593109B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2013-11-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for powering an electronic device
US8591410B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2013-11-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US8597190B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2013-12-03 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Monitoring systems and methods with fast initialization
US8602991B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2013-12-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor introducer and methods of use
US20130331676A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US8612163B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2013-12-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US8608924B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2013-12-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and method for determining the point of hydration and proper time to apply potential to a glucose sensor
US8613892B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2013-12-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte meter with a moveable head and methods of using the same
US8613703B2 (en) 2007-05-31 2013-12-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Insertion devices and methods
US8617069B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2013-12-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health monitor
US8622988B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-01-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable rate closed loop control and methods
US8638220B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2014-01-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data communication in data monitoring and management systems
US8641644B2 (en) 2000-11-21 2014-02-04 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Blood testing apparatus having a rotatable cartridge with multiple lancing elements and testing means
US8652831B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2014-02-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for analyte measurement test time
US8652043B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2014-02-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8663442B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2014-03-04 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for analyte measurement using dose sufficiency electrodes
US8665091B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2014-03-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for determining elapsed sensor life
US8668656B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2014-03-11 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for improving fluidic flow and sample capture
US8676288B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2014-03-18 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US8682615B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2014-03-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US8688188B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-04-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8702624B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-04-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Analyte measurement device with a single shot actuator
US8710993B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2014-04-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US8718965B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2014-05-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte monitoring system calibration accuracy
US8721671B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-05-13 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Electric lancet actuator
US8732188B2 (en) 2007-02-18 2014-05-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing contextual based medication dosage determination
US8734422B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-05-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control with improved alarm functions
US8744546B2 (en) 2005-05-05 2014-06-03 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US8750955B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2014-06-10 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8764657B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2014-07-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US8771183B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2014-07-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data communication in continuous glucose monitoring and management system
US8771187B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-07-08 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8784335B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-07-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Body fluid sampling device with a capacitive sensor
US8795252B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-08-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Robust closed loop control and methods
US8798934B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2014-08-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Real time management of data relating to physiological control of glucose levels
US8828203B2 (en) 2004-05-20 2014-09-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Printable hydrogels for biosensors
US8834366B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2014-09-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor calibration
US8845536B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-09-30 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8852101B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2014-10-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US8880138B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-11-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Device for channeling fluid and methods of use
US8930203B2 (en) 2007-02-18 2015-01-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Multi-function analyte test device and methods therefor
US8932216B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-01-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system
US8965476B2 (en) 2010-04-16 2015-02-24 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8974386B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-03-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8986208B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2015-03-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor sensitivity attenuation mitigation
US8993331B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2015-03-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods for managing power and noise
US9008743B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2015-04-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9031630B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2015-05-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of use
US9066695B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9069536B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Electronic devices having integrated reset systems and methods thereof
US9125548B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2015-09-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9135402B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2015-09-15 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9144401B2 (en) 2003-06-11 2015-09-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Low pain penetrating member
US9155496B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2015-10-13 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US9204827B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2015-12-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9226701B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2016-01-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Error detection in critical repeating data in a wireless sensor system
US9226699B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-01-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Body fluid sampling module with a continuous compression tissue interface surface
US9248267B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-02-02 Sanofi-Aventis Deustchland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9259175B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2016-02-16 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Flexible patch for fluid delivery and monitoring body analytes
US9314194B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-04-19 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9314195B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2016-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte signal processing device and methods
US9320468B2 (en) 2008-01-31 2016-04-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with time lag compensation
US9320461B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2016-04-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing notification function in analyte monitoring systems
US9326727B2 (en) 2006-01-30 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. On-body medical device securement
US9332934B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2016-05-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with lag compensation
US9351669B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2016-05-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Interconnect for on-body analyte monitoring device
US9351677B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2016-05-31 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor with increased reference capacity
US9351680B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2016-05-31 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a variable user interface
US9357959B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2016-06-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for dynamically updating calibration parameters for an analyte sensor
US9375169B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2016-06-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Cam drive for managing disposable penetrating member actions with a single motor and motor and control system
US9386944B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2016-07-12 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for analyte detecting device
US9392969B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2016-07-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control and signal attenuation detection
US9398882B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2016-07-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor and data processing device
US9402544B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2016-08-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US9402570B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2016-08-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
US9408566B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2016-08-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing calibration of an analyte sensor in an analyte monitoring system
US9414782B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2016-08-16 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Fluid component analysis systems and methods for glucose monitoring and control
US9427183B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2016-08-30 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US9427532B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2016-08-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9439589B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2016-09-13 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US9439586B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2016-09-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Assessing measures of glycemic variability
US20160262670A1 (en) * 2015-03-13 2016-09-15 Google Inc. User interactions for a bandage type monitoring device
US9451908B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2016-09-27 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9483608B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2016-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9521968B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2016-12-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor retention mechanism and methods of use
US9532737B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2017-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
US9549698B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2017-01-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method of and system for stabilization of sensors
US9558325B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-01-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for determining analyte levels
US9572534B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2017-02-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US9615780B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2017-04-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9636450B2 (en) 2007-02-19 2017-05-02 Udo Hoss Pump system modular components for delivering medication and analyte sensing at seperate insertion sites
CN106714873A (en) * 2014-09-15 2017-05-24 赛诺菲 Providing temperature-based feedback regarding delivery of a medicament
US20170181676A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-06-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US20170188912A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
EP2545373A4 (en) * 2010-03-11 2017-08-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Measurement devices and methods for measuring analyte concentration incorporating temperature and ph correction
JP2017522556A (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-08-10 ヴェリリー ライフ サイエンシズ エルエルシー Electrochemical sensor chip
US9730623B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2017-08-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor calibration management
US9743862B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2017-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems and methods for transcutaneously implanting medical devices
US9757061B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2017-09-12 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US9763609B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2017-09-19 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US9775553B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2017-10-03 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device
US9782076B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2017-10-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Smart messages and alerts for an infusion delivery and management system
US9788771B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2017-10-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable speed sensor insertion devices and methods of use
US9795747B2 (en) 2010-06-02 2017-10-24 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US9797880B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9795326B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous analyte measurement systems and systems and methods for implanting them
US9801571B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-10-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9814416B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2017-11-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US9820684B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2017-11-21 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device
US9854998B2 (en) 2011-10-26 2018-01-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and/or system for multicompartment analyte monitoring
US9913600B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2018-03-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring and management device and method to analyze the frequency of user interaction with the device
US9931075B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2018-04-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US9943644B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2018-04-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control with reference measurement and methods thereof
US9968306B2 (en) 2012-09-17 2018-05-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods and apparatuses for providing adverse condition notification with enhanced wireless communication range in analyte monitoring systems
US9980670B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2018-05-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter assembly
US9980669B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2018-05-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods
US9986942B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2018-06-05 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10002233B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-06-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10009244B2 (en) 2009-04-15 2018-06-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system having an alert
US10031002B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10028680B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2018-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Introducer assembly and methods of use
KR20180097713A (en) * 2015-12-28 2018-08-31 메드트로닉 미니메드 인코포레이티드 Methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US20180270289A1 (en) * 2012-10-01 2018-09-20 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte data retriever
US10080529B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2018-09-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US10082493B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2018-09-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods of use
US10111608B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2018-10-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US10117614B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2018-11-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing continuous calibration of implantable analyte sensors
RU2672354C2 (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-11-14 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "БЕТА-ТЕХ" Method for continuous monitoring of analyte content in blood
US10132793B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2018-11-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Dropout detection in continuous analyte monitoring data during data excursions
US10136845B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2018-11-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
CN108968976A (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-11 心脏起搏器股份公司 Implantable medical device with chemical sensor
US10173007B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2019-01-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system with safety parameters and methods
US10206629B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2019-02-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system therapy management
US10213139B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2019-02-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for assembling an applicator and sensor control device
US10226207B2 (en) 2004-12-29 2019-03-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter having introducer
US10278732B2 (en) 2015-10-21 2019-05-07 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US10328201B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2019-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system interface and methods
US10327686B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2019-06-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US10475529B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2019-11-12 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Method and apparatus for analyte measurements using calibration sets
US10492685B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2019-12-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical devices and methods
US10617823B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2020-04-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Device and method for automatic data acquisition and/or detection
US10653835B2 (en) 2007-10-09 2020-05-19 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated insulin delivery system with continuous glucose sensor
US10674944B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2020-06-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Compact medical device inserters and related systems and methods
US10685749B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2020-06-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Insulin delivery apparatuses capable of bluetooth data transmission
US10716500B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2020-07-21 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods for normalization of chemical sensor data based on fluid state changes
US10791928B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2020-10-06 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US10813577B2 (en) 2005-06-21 2020-10-27 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US20200337630A1 (en) * 2017-12-30 2020-10-29 Perimetrics, Llc Determination of structural characteristics of an object
USD902408S1 (en) * 2003-11-05 2020-11-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor control unit
US10874338B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2020-12-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US10952621B2 (en) 2017-12-05 2021-03-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multimodal analyte sensor optoelectronic interface
US10966609B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2021-04-06 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US10980461B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2021-04-20 Dexcom, Inc. Advanced analyte sensor calibration and error detection
US11000215B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2021-05-11 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
USD924406S1 (en) 2010-02-01 2021-07-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US11071478B2 (en) 2017-01-23 2021-07-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices and methods for analyte sensor insertion
US11089983B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2021-08-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multimodal analyte sensors for medical devices
US11147483B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2021-10-19 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
JP2021531872A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP2021531874A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP2021531868A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP2021531871A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
US11213226B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2022-01-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods
US11229361B2 (en) * 2017-10-17 2022-01-25 Aidan Coen Health information measurement system
US11246990B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2022-02-15 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated delivery device for continuous glucose sensor
US11294407B2 (en) 2001-04-27 2022-04-05 Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. Device and method for insulin dosing
US11298058B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2022-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US11324889B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-05-10 Insulet Corporation Compensation for missing readings from a glucose monitor in an automated insulin delivery system
US11331022B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11350862B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-06-07 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11375931B2 (en) 2019-08-08 2022-07-05 Cambridge Medical Technologies LLC Non-invasive transdermal sampling and analysis device incorporating an electrochemical bioassay
US11386996B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2022-07-12 Insulet Netherlands B.V. Therapeutic product delivery system and method of pairing
US11382539B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2022-07-12 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
USD961778S1 (en) 2006-02-28 2022-08-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US11432772B2 (en) 2006-08-02 2022-09-06 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US11439754B1 (en) 2021-12-01 2022-09-13 Insulet Corporation Optimizing embedded formulations for drug delivery
US11439304B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2022-09-13 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods including electrolyte sensor fusion
US11445952B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2022-09-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US11478194B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-10-25 Biolinq Incorporated Continuous analyte monitoring system with microneedle array
US11547800B2 (en) 2020-02-12 2023-01-10 Insulet Corporation User parameter dependent cost function for personalized reduction of hypoglycemia and/or hyperglycemia in a closed loop artificial pancreas system
US11551802B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2023-01-10 Insulet Corporation Early meal detection and calorie intake detection
US11553883B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2023-01-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. System, device and method of dynamic glucose profile response to physiological parameters
US11559260B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2023-01-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US11565043B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2023-01-31 Insulet Corporation Safety constraints for a control algorithm based drug delivery system
US11565039B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2023-01-31 Insulet Corporation Event detection for drug delivery system
US11571151B2 (en) 2017-08-23 2023-02-07 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable chemical sensor with staged activation
US11596740B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2023-03-07 Insulet Corporation Fluid delivery and infusion devices, and methods of use thereof
US11596330B2 (en) 2017-03-21 2023-03-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods, devices and system for providing diabetic condition diagnosis and therapy
US11607493B2 (en) 2020-04-06 2023-03-21 Insulet Corporation Initial total daily insulin setting for user onboarding
USD982762S1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-04-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US11628251B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2023-04-18 Insulet Corporation Activity mode for artificial pancreas system
US11633129B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2023-04-25 Cambridge Medical Technologies LLC Non-invasive transdermal sampling and analysis device incorporating redox cofactors
US11633133B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2023-04-25 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US11684716B2 (en) 2020-07-31 2023-06-27 Insulet Corporation Techniques to reduce risk of occlusions in drug delivery systems
US11724027B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2023-08-15 Insulet Corporation Fluid delivery device with sensor
US11730407B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2023-08-22 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
US11738144B2 (en) 2021-09-27 2023-08-29 Insulet Corporation Techniques enabling adaptation of parameters in aid systems by user input
USD1002852S1 (en) 2019-06-06 2023-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US11793936B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2023-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device antenna systems having external antenna configurations
US11801344B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2023-10-31 Insulet Corporation Blood glucose rate of change modulation of meal and correction insulin bolus quantity
US11833329B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2023-12-05 Insulet Corporation Techniques for improved automatic drug delivery performance using delivery tendencies from past delivery history and use patterns
US11857763B2 (en) 2016-01-14 2024-01-02 Insulet Corporation Adjusting insulin delivery rates
US11857344B2 (en) 2021-05-08 2024-01-02 Biolinq Incorporated Fault detection for microneedle array based continuous analyte monitoring device
US11865299B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2024-01-09 Insulet Corporation Infusion pump systems and methods
US11867652B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2024-01-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Electrodes having at least one sensing structure and methods for making and using the same
US11896371B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2024-02-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for improving lag correction during in vivo measurement of analyte concentration with analyte concentration variability and range data
US11904140B2 (en) 2021-03-10 2024-02-20 Insulet Corporation Adaptable asymmetric medicament cost component in a control system for medicament delivery
US11918782B2 (en) 2019-01-21 2024-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated analyte sensor and infusion device and methods therefor

Families Citing this family (378)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04278450A (en) 1991-03-04 1992-10-05 Adam Heller Biosensor and method for analyzing subject
US5593852A (en) 1993-12-02 1997-01-14 Heller; Adam Subcutaneous glucose electrode
US6579690B1 (en) * 1997-12-05 2003-06-17 Therasense, Inc. Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
US6134461A (en) 1998-03-04 2000-10-17 E. Heller & Company Electrochemical analyte
US6103033A (en) 1998-03-04 2000-08-15 Therasense, Inc. Process for producing an electrochemical biosensor
US7647237B2 (en) * 1998-04-29 2010-01-12 Minimed, Inc. Communication station and software for interfacing with an infusion pump, analyte monitor, analyte meter, or the like
ATE514372T1 (en) * 1998-10-08 2011-07-15 Medtronic Minimed Inc LICENSE PLATE MONITORING SYSTEM WITH REMOTE MEASUREMENT
US7766873B2 (en) 1998-10-29 2010-08-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for detecting occlusions in an ambulatory infusion pump
US7621893B2 (en) 1998-10-29 2009-11-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for detecting occlusions in an ambulatory infusion pump
US8527392B2 (en) * 1998-12-08 2013-09-03 Ebay Inc. Method and apparatus for holding a two-stage live auction for on-site and on-line bidders
US7806886B2 (en) 1999-06-03 2010-10-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Apparatus and method for controlling insulin infusion with state variable feedback
US20050103624A1 (en) 1999-10-04 2005-05-19 Bhullar Raghbir S. Biosensor and method of making
US20030060765A1 (en) * 2000-02-16 2003-03-27 Arthur Campbell Infusion device menu structure and method of using the same
US6895263B2 (en) * 2000-02-23 2005-05-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
EP1267708A4 (en) 2000-03-29 2006-04-12 Univ Virginia Method, system, and computer program product for the evaluation of glycemic control in diabetes from self-monitoring data
US6885883B2 (en) 2000-05-16 2005-04-26 Cygnus, Inc. Methods for improving performance and reliability of biosensors
DE10057832C1 (en) * 2000-11-21 2002-02-21 Hartmann Paul Ag Blood analysis device has syringe mounted in casing, annular mounting carrying needles mounted behind test strip and being swiveled so that needle can be pushed through strip and aperture in casing to take blood sample
DE10119036C1 (en) * 2001-04-18 2002-12-12 Disetronic Licensing Ag Immersion sensor for measuring the concentration of an analyte using an oxidase
WO2003000127A2 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Cygnus, Inc. Method for improving the performance of an analyte monitoring system
US6827702B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-12-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Safety limits for closed-loop infusion pump control
US6966880B2 (en) * 2001-10-16 2005-11-22 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Universal diagnostic platform
US7004928B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2006-02-28 Rosedale Medical, Inc. Autonomous, ambulatory analyte monitor or drug delivery device
US9247901B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2016-02-02 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US9282925B2 (en) 2002-02-12 2016-03-15 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
CA2480550C (en) 2002-03-22 2011-07-12 Cygnus, Inc. Improving performance of an analyte monitoring device
US20040068230A1 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-04-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for providing blood glucose measurements to an infusion device
US7278983B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2007-10-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Physiological monitoring device for controlling a medication infusion device
US8512276B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2013-08-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for providing blood glucose measurements to an infusion device
JP2005534944A (en) * 2002-08-01 2005-11-17 センサー テクノロジーズ リミティド ライアビリティー カンパニー Fluorescence correlation spectrometer
EP1534121B1 (en) 2002-08-13 2014-01-22 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method, system, and computer program product for the processing of self-monitoring blood glucose(smbg)data to enhance diabetic self-management
US20120296233A9 (en) * 2002-09-05 2012-11-22 Freeman Dominique M Methods and apparatus for an analyte detecting device
CA2466772C (en) * 2002-09-11 2012-08-28 Becton, Dickinson And Company Apparatus and method for monitoring blood glucose levels including convenient display of blood glucose value average and constituent values
US20040122353A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Relay device for transferring information between a sensor system and a fluid delivery system
US20040153257A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-08-05 Munk Jens Aage Graphical display for medical devices and methods for displaying medical information
US6983177B2 (en) * 2003-01-06 2006-01-03 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Layered spectroscopic sample element with microporous membrane
US7052652B2 (en) 2003-03-24 2006-05-30 Rosedale Medical, Inc. Analyte concentration detection devices and methods
ES2737835T3 (en) 2003-04-23 2020-01-16 Valeritas Inc Hydraulically driven pump for long-term medication administration
EP2460881B1 (en) * 2003-05-16 2017-05-03 Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. Proteoglycan degrading mutants for treatment of CNS
US7258673B2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2007-08-21 Lifescan, Inc Devices, systems and methods for extracting bodily fluid and monitoring an analyte therein
US8071030B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2011-12-06 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Test strip with flared sample receiving chamber
US8679853B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2014-03-25 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Biosensor with laser-sealed capillary space and method of making
US7488601B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2009-02-10 Roche Diagnostic Operations, Inc. System and method for determining an abused sensor during analyte measurement
ES2683013T3 (en) 2003-06-20 2018-09-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Reagent band for test strip
US7460898B2 (en) * 2003-12-05 2008-12-02 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8423113B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2013-04-16 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US7366556B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2008-04-29 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US7424318B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2008-09-09 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8285354B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-10-09 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8761856B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-06-24 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8886273B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-11-11 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8369919B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2013-02-05 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US7189341B2 (en) * 2003-08-15 2007-03-13 Animas Technologies, Llc Electrochemical sensor ink compositions, electrodes, and uses thereof
US20070066873A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2007-03-22 Apurv Kamath Systems and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US7299082B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2007-11-20 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method of calibrating an analyte-measurement device, and associated methods, devices and systems
US20050131513A1 (en) * 2003-12-16 2005-06-16 Cook Incorporated Stent catheter with a permanently affixed conductor
EP1706027A4 (en) * 2003-12-31 2010-02-10 Pelikan Technologies Inc Method and apparatus for connecting conductive media
US9012232B2 (en) * 2005-07-15 2015-04-21 Nipro Diagnostics, Inc. Diagnostic strip coding system and related methods of use
US20080312555A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2008-12-18 Dirk Boecker Devices and methods for glucose measurement using rechargeable battery energy sources
BRPI0507376A (en) 2004-02-06 2007-07-10 Bayer Healthcare Llc oxidizable species as an internal reference for biosensors and method of use
WO2005079257A2 (en) * 2004-02-12 2005-09-01 Dexcom, Inc. Biointerface with macro- and micro- architecture
US8792955B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2014-07-29 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
CA3090413C (en) 2004-06-04 2023-10-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose monitoring and graphical representations in a data management system
US20070100222A1 (en) * 2004-06-14 2007-05-03 Metronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensing apparatus for hospital use
WO2006014425A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 Biovalve Technologies, Inc. Methods and devices for delivering glp-1 and uses thereof
EP2335584B1 (en) 2004-07-13 2015-06-17 DexCom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US7783333B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2010-08-24 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous medical device with variable stiffness
US20060016700A1 (en) 2004-07-13 2006-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US7344500B2 (en) 2004-07-27 2008-03-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensing system with auxiliary display
US7303543B1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2007-12-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medication infusion set
RU2430264C2 (en) * 2004-12-16 2011-09-27 Индепендент Нэчурэл Ресорсиз, Инк. Power system built around float-type pump
US7547281B2 (en) * 2005-02-01 2009-06-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Algorithm sensor augmented bolus estimator for semi-closed loop infusion system
US7704229B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2010-04-27 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Insertion device
US20060184104A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2006-08-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Needle guard
EP3539463A1 (en) * 2005-04-14 2019-09-18 Hidalgo Limited Apparatus and system for monitoring
US20070033074A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2007-02-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Therapy management system
US20060272652A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Virtual patient software system for educating and treating individuals with diabetes
US20060281187A1 (en) 2005-06-13 2006-12-14 Rosedale Medical, Inc. Analyte detection devices and methods with hematocrit/volume correction and feedback control
US20070016449A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Gary Cohen Flexible glucose analysis using varying time report deltas and configurable glucose target ranges
US8999125B2 (en) 2005-07-15 2015-04-07 Nipro Diagnostics, Inc. Embedded strip lot autocalibration
US7955856B2 (en) * 2005-07-15 2011-06-07 Nipro Diagnostics, Inc. Method of making a diagnostic test strip having a coding system
ES2717135T3 (en) 2005-07-20 2019-06-19 Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings Ag Method to signal the user to add an additional sample to a test strip, method to measure the temperature of a sample and methods to determine the concentration of an analyte based on controlled amperometry
US20070066956A1 (en) * 2005-07-27 2007-03-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for entering temporary basal rate pattern in an infusion device
TW200716760A (en) * 2005-08-16 2007-05-01 Home Diagnostics Inc Method for test strip manufacturing and test card analysis
US20070093786A1 (en) * 2005-08-16 2007-04-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Watch controller for a medical device
US20070060869A1 (en) * 2005-08-16 2007-03-15 Tolle Mike C V Controller device for an infusion pump
US20070060870A1 (en) * 2005-08-16 2007-03-15 Tolle Mike Charles V Controller device for an infusion pump
US20090227855A1 (en) * 2005-08-16 2009-09-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Controller device for an infusion pump
US7737581B2 (en) * 2005-08-16 2010-06-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for predicting end of battery life
CA2620586A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-08 Boris P. Kovatchev Improving the accuracy of continuous glucose sensors
US7713240B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2010-05-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Modular external infusion device
US9072476B2 (en) 2005-09-23 2015-07-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Flexible sensor apparatus
US7725148B2 (en) * 2005-09-23 2010-05-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor with layered electrodes
US8801631B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-08-12 Intuity Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for facilitating fluid transport
KR101577176B1 (en) 2005-09-30 2015-12-14 바이엘 헬스케어 엘엘씨 Gated voltammetry analyte determination
EP2989981B8 (en) 2005-09-30 2018-09-05 Intuity Medical, Inc. Multi-site body fluid sampling and analysis cartridge
US20070095661A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2007-05-03 Yi Wang Method of making, and, analyte sensor
US8515518B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2013-08-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring
US8160670B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2012-04-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring: stabilizer for subcutaneous glucose sensor with incorporated antiglycolytic agent
US7774038B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2010-08-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real-time self-calibrating sensor system and method
US7985330B2 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-07-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for detecting age, hydration, and functional states of sensors using electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
US8114268B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2012-02-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and system for remedying sensor malfunctions detected by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
EP3649925A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2020-05-13 DexCom, Inc. Analyte sensor
EP4218548A1 (en) 2006-03-09 2023-08-02 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing analyte sensor data
JP2009532117A (en) 2006-03-30 2009-09-10 ヴァレリタス,エルエルシー Multi-cartridge fluid dispensing device
US7801582B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2010-09-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring and management system and methods therefor
US8224415B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2012-07-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for providing offset model based calibration for analyte sensor
US8219173B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2012-07-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Optimizing analyte sensor calibration
US9326709B2 (en) 2010-03-10 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices and methods for managing glucose levels
US9675290B2 (en) 2012-10-30 2017-06-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensitivity calibration of in vivo sensors used to measure analyte concentration
US7630748B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2009-12-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing analyte monitoring
US8073008B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2011-12-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Subnetwork synchronization and variable transmit synchronization techniques for a wireless medical device network
US20070255125A1 (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Moberg Sheldon B Monitor devices for networked fluid infusion systems
US7465597B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-12-16 Home Diagnostics, Inc. Method of manufacturing a diagnostic test strip
US20080020452A1 (en) * 2006-07-18 2008-01-24 Natasha Popovich Diagnostic strip coding system with conductive layers
AU2007308804A1 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-05-02 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method, system and computer program product for real-time detection of sensitivity decline in analyte sensors
US7822557B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2010-10-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors and methods
US20080139910A1 (en) * 2006-12-06 2008-06-12 Metronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensor and method of using the same
DE102007003341B4 (en) * 2007-01-17 2018-01-04 Eyesense Ag Eyepiece sensor and measuring system for detecting an analyte in an eye fluid
US20080175652A1 (en) * 2007-01-18 2008-07-24 World Wide Stationery Mfg. Co., Ltd. Ring Binder Mechanism
US10154804B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2018-12-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Model predictive method and system for controlling and supervising insulin infusion
US8121857B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2012-02-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Device and method for automatic data acquisition and/or detection
EP1972267A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2008-09-24 Roche Diagnostics GmbH System for in vivo measurement of an analyte concentration
CA2681412A1 (en) 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
CA2683930A1 (en) 2007-04-14 2008-10-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US7768387B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing dynamic multi-stage signal amplification in a medical device
US20080269714A1 (en) 2007-04-25 2008-10-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Closed loop/semi-closed loop therapy modification system
US7996158B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2011-08-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US20080300572A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2008-12-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Wireless monitor for a personal medical device system
US7768386B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
WO2009029827A1 (en) * 2007-09-01 2009-03-05 Lifeassays Ab Disposable analytical microprocessor device
CA2699386C (en) * 2007-09-13 2016-08-09 Abbott Point Of Care Inc. Improved quality assurance system and method for point-of-care testing
US8216138B1 (en) 2007-10-23 2012-07-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Correlation of alternative site blood and interstitial fluid glucose concentrations to venous glucose concentration
WO2009055736A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US20090112626A1 (en) * 2007-10-30 2009-04-30 Cary Talbot Remote wireless monitoring, processing, and communication of patient data
WO2009076302A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-18 Bayer Healthcare Llc Control markers for auto-detection of control solution and methods of use
BRPI0820671A2 (en) 2007-12-10 2017-08-22 Bayer Healthcare Llc INTERFACE FOR HEALTH MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
US8313467B2 (en) 2007-12-27 2012-11-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Reservoir pressure equalization systems and methods
US8103223B2 (en) * 2007-12-28 2012-01-24 Cypress Semiconductor Corporation Cellular communication device with wireless pointing device function
US20090247855A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
EP2982383B1 (en) 2008-04-10 2019-05-15 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method for sterilizing an analyte sensor
TWI394580B (en) 2008-04-28 2013-05-01 Halozyme Inc Super fast-acting insulin compositions
US7573063B1 (en) * 2008-05-15 2009-08-11 Xerox Corporation Organic thin film transistors
US9295786B2 (en) * 2008-05-28 2016-03-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Needle protective device for subcutaneous sensors
US7826382B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2010-11-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Close proximity communication device and methods
EP2293719B1 (en) 2008-05-30 2015-09-09 Intuity Medical, Inc. Body fluid sampling device -- sampling site interface
EP2299904B1 (en) 2008-06-06 2019-09-11 Intuity Medical, Inc. Medical measurement method
WO2009148624A1 (en) 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Intuity Medical, Inc. Detection meter and mode of operation
WO2010014963A2 (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 Government Of The United States As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Universal models for predicting glucose concentration in humans
US8900431B2 (en) 2008-08-27 2014-12-02 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Analyte sensor
EP2326944B1 (en) 2008-09-19 2020-08-19 Dexcom, Inc. Particle-containing membrane and particulate electrode for analyte sensors
US8983568B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2015-03-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors comprising leveling agents
US8208973B2 (en) * 2008-11-05 2012-06-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and method for variable beacon timing with wireless devices
US9326707B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Alarm characterization for analyte monitoring devices and systems
US9330237B2 (en) 2008-12-24 2016-05-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Pattern recognition and filtering in a therapy management system
WO2011034629A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2011-03-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices and methods for metering insoluble active agent particles
US20100198033A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2010-08-05 Peter Krulevitch Flexible indwelling biosensor, flexible indwelling biosensor insertion device, and related methods
DK3912551T3 (en) 2009-02-26 2023-10-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc Procedure for calibrating an analyte sensor
US9446194B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2016-09-20 Dexcom, Inc. Methods and systems for promoting glucose management
WO2010121229A1 (en) 2009-04-16 2010-10-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor calibration management
EP2425209A4 (en) 2009-04-29 2013-01-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc Method and system for providing real time analyte sensor calibration with retrospective backfill
EP2424426B1 (en) 2009-04-29 2020-01-08 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and system for providing data communication in continuous glucose monitoring and management system
WO2010127169A2 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-11-04 Dexcom, Inc. Performance reports associated with continuous sensor data from multiple analysis time periods
US20100300897A1 (en) * 2009-05-28 2010-12-02 Lifescan, Inc. Flexible indwelling electrochemical-based biosensor and related methods
EP2438527B1 (en) 2009-06-04 2018-05-02 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and system for updating a medical device
US8000763B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2011-08-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated devices having extruded electrode structures and methods of using same
US8437827B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2013-05-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Extruded analyte sensors and methods of using same
US8344847B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2013-01-01 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Coordination of control commands in a medical device system having at least one therapy delivery device and at least one wireless controller device
US20110046466A1 (en) * 2009-08-19 2011-02-24 Feldman Benjamin J Analyte Sensors Including Nanomaterials and Methods of Using Same
US8487758B2 (en) * 2009-09-02 2013-07-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical device having an intelligent alerting scheme, and related operating methods
WO2011053881A1 (en) 2009-10-30 2011-05-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for detecting false hypoglycemic conditions
US8386042B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2013-02-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Omnidirectional accelerometer device and medical device incorporating same
US9042954B2 (en) * 2009-11-24 2015-05-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors comprising hydrogel membranes
US20110124993A1 (en) * 2009-11-24 2011-05-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte Sensors Comprising Self-Polymerizing Hydrogels
US8354013B2 (en) 2009-11-24 2013-01-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors comprising high-boiling point solvents
US8919605B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2014-12-30 Intuity Medical, Inc. Calibration material delivery devices and methods
US8574201B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2013-11-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Syringe piston with check valve seal
US8755269B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-06-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Ranking and switching of wireless channels in a body area network of medical devices
JP2013517030A (en) * 2010-03-05 2013-05-16 ベー.ブラウン メルズンゲン アーゲー System and method for monitoring at least one blood parameter
CA2766947A1 (en) 2010-04-16 2011-10-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods
WO2011149857A1 (en) 2010-05-24 2011-12-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for updating a medical device
US8635046B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2014-01-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for evaluating analyte sensor response characteristics
CA2803797A1 (en) 2010-06-25 2011-12-29 Intuity Medical, Inc. Analyte monitoring methods and systems
US10092229B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2018-10-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Calibration of analyte measurement system
DK2598021T3 (en) 2010-07-28 2015-09-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc Analyte sensors with temperature-independent membranes
US8801275B2 (en) * 2010-09-23 2014-08-12 Bayer Healthcare Llc System and apparatus for determining ambient temperatures for a fluid analyte system
EP2621339B1 (en) 2010-09-29 2020-01-15 Dexcom, Inc. Advanced continuous analyte monitoring system
EP2436311A1 (en) 2010-10-04 2012-04-04 PharmaSens AG Diagnostic device
US8603033B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2013-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical device and related assembly having an offset element for a piezoelectric speaker
US8562565B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2013-10-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Battery shock absorber for a portable medical device
US8603032B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2013-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical device with membrane keypad sealing element, and related manufacturing method
US8495918B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2013-07-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor assembly and medical device incorporating same
US8479595B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2013-07-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor assembly and medical device incorporating same
US8474332B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2013-07-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor assembly and medical device incorporating same
US9241631B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2016-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous analyte monitor data recording device operable in a blinded mode
AU2011338255B2 (en) 2010-12-09 2016-06-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors with a sensing surface having small sensing spots
US8628510B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2014-01-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Monitoring the operating health of a force sensor in a fluid infusion device
US8469942B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2013-06-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection for a fluid infusion device
US8197444B1 (en) 2010-12-22 2012-06-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Monitoring the seating status of a fluid reservoir in a fluid infusion device
US8690855B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2014-04-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid reservoir seating procedure for a fluid infusion device
WO2012108938A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Software applications residing on handheld analyte determining devices
US20140088392A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2014-03-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Feedback from Cloud or HCP to Payer or Patient via Meter or Cell Phone
WO2012108936A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Data synchronization between two or more analyte detecting devices in a database
US20120211946A1 (en) 2011-02-22 2012-08-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sealing element for a hollow needle of a fluid infusion device
US9393399B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2016-07-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sealing assembly for a fluid reservoir of a fluid infusion device
US9283318B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2016-03-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Flanged sealing element and needle guide pin assembly for a fluid infusion device having a needled fluid reservoir
US9463309B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2016-10-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sealing assembly and structure for a fluid infusion device having a needled fluid reservoir
US8614596B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2013-12-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for initializing a voltage bus and medical devices incorporating same
US9101305B2 (en) 2011-03-09 2015-08-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Glucose sensor product and related manufacturing and packaging methods
US9018893B2 (en) 2011-03-18 2015-04-28 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Power control techniques for an electronic device
US8564447B2 (en) 2011-03-18 2013-10-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Battery life indication techniques for an electronic device
US9002390B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2015-04-07 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing and transmitting sensor data
WO2012141883A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of using an absorptive sensor element
WO2012141925A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of detecting volatile organic compounds
JP2014510933A (en) 2011-04-13 2014-05-01 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Vapor sensor including sensor element and integrated heating mechanism
US9380965B2 (en) 2011-05-20 2016-07-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors having a membrane with low temperature sensitivity
US9993529B2 (en) 2011-06-17 2018-06-12 Halozyme, Inc. Stable formulations of a hyaluronan-degrading enzyme
WO2012174480A2 (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-20 Halozyme, Inc. Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion methods with a hyaluronan degrading enzyme
CA3154143A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 Intuity Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for body fluid sampling and analysis
WO2013022775A1 (en) 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting glucose level data patterns
EP2747650B1 (en) 2011-08-26 2023-04-05 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
WO2013044153A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing and transmitting sensor data
EP2760336B1 (en) 2011-09-28 2018-09-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods, devices and systems for analyte monitoring management
US9622691B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2017-04-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Model based variable risk false glucose threshold alarm prevention mechanism
US9317656B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2016-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Compatibility mechanisms for devices in a continuous analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
EP2791667B1 (en) 2011-12-13 2018-03-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for identification and quantitative determination of an unknown organic compound in a gaseous medium
US9610401B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-04-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion set component with modular fluid channel element
WO2013138369A1 (en) 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8523803B1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Motor health monitoring and medical device incorporating same
US8603027B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection using pulse-width modulation and medical device incorporating same
US8603026B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Dynamic pulse-width modulation motor control and medical device incorporating same
US9462970B2 (en) 2012-04-24 2016-10-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods of lag-compensation for analyte measurements, and devices related thereto
US9465910B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2016-10-11 James Minor Diagnostic methods and devices for monitoring chronic glycemia
US20130338630A1 (en) 2012-06-07 2013-12-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Diabetes therapy management system for recommending adjustments to an insulin infusion device
US9333292B2 (en) 2012-06-26 2016-05-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Mechanically actuated fluid infusion device
US20140012117A1 (en) 2012-07-09 2014-01-09 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for leveraging smartphone features in continuous glucose monitoring
US8808269B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2014-08-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Reservoir plunger position monitoring and medical device incorporating same
CA2882300C (en) 2012-08-30 2020-12-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Safeguarding techniques for a closed-loop insulin infusion system
US20140066884A1 (en) 2012-08-30 2014-03-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor model supervisor for a closed-loop insulin infusion system
US10496797B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2019-12-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Blood glucose validation for a closed-loop operating mode of an insulin infusion system
US9878096B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2018-01-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Generation of target glucose values for a closed-loop operating mode of an insulin infusion system
US9849239B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2017-12-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Generation and application of an insulin limit for a closed-loop operating mode of an insulin infusion system
US10130767B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2018-11-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor model supervisor for a closed-loop insulin infusion system
US9662445B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2017-05-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Regulating entry into a closed-loop operating mode of an insulin infusion system
US9623179B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2017-04-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Safeguarding techniques for a closed-loop insulin infusion system
WO2014047484A1 (en) 2012-09-21 2014-03-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Test strips having ceria nanoparticle electrodes
US9788765B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2017-10-17 Dexcom, Inc. Zwitterion surface modifications for continuous sensors
US9119528B2 (en) 2012-10-30 2015-09-01 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for providing sensitive and specific alarms
US8870818B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2014-10-28 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for alignment and detection of a consumable component
US10466247B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2019-11-05 Becton, Dickinson And Company System and method for diagnosing sensor performance using analyte-independent ratiometric signals
US9730620B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2017-08-15 Dexcom, Inc. Remote monitoring of analyte measurements
US9801541B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2017-10-31 Dexcom, Inc. Remote monitoring of analyte measurements
US9522223B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2016-12-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for fluid reservoir retention
US9107994B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2015-08-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for fluid reservoir retention
US9033924B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2015-05-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for fluid reservoir retention
US9308321B2 (en) 2013-02-18 2016-04-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion device having gear assembly initialization
US9445445B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-09-13 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing and transmitting sensor data
EP3401818B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2023-12-06 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing and transmitting sensor data
US10433773B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-10-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Noise rejection methods and apparatus for sparsely sampled analyte sensor data
US9474475B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-10-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Multi-rate analyte sensor data collection with sample rate configurable signal processing
WO2014152034A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor fault detection using analyte sensor data pattern comparison
US8920381B2 (en) 2013-04-12 2014-12-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion set with improved bore configuration
EP2991552A4 (en) 2013-04-30 2017-01-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for energy efficient electrical device activation
WO2014205412A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-24 Intuity Medical, Inc. Analyte monitoring system with audible feedback
US9433731B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2016-09-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Detecting unintentional motor motion and infusion device incorporating same
US9402949B2 (en) 2013-08-13 2016-08-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Detecting conditions associated with medical device operations using matched filters
US9880528B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2018-01-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related updating methods and systems
US9889257B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2018-02-13 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for updating medical devices
US9259528B2 (en) 2013-08-22 2016-02-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid infusion device with safety coupling
CA3205443A1 (en) 2013-11-07 2015-05-14 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for transmitting and continuous monitoring of analyte values
US9750877B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2017-09-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Predicted time to assess and/or control a glycemic state
US9750878B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2017-09-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Closed-loop control of glucose according to a predicted blood glucose trajectory
US10105488B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2018-10-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Predictive infusion device operations and related methods and systems
US9849240B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2017-12-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Data modification for predictive operations and devices incorporating same
CN105705078B (en) 2013-12-16 2022-03-15 德克斯康公司 Systems and methods for monitoring and managing the life of a battery in an analyte sensor system worn by a user
US9694132B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-07-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Insertion device for insertion set
US10379125B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2019-08-13 Becton, Dickinson And Company System and method for dynamically calibrating and measuring analyte concentration in diabetes management monitors
WO2015102745A1 (en) 2013-12-31 2015-07-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Self-powered analyte sensor and devices using the same
US9861748B2 (en) 2014-02-06 2018-01-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. User-configurable closed-loop notifications and infusion systems incorporating same
US9399096B2 (en) 2014-02-06 2016-07-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Automatic closed-loop control adjustments and infusion systems incorporating same
US9610402B2 (en) 2014-03-24 2017-04-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Transcutaneous conduit insertion mechanism with a living hinge for use with a fluid infusion patch pump device
WO2015153482A1 (en) 2014-03-30 2015-10-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for determining meal start and peak events in analyte monitoring systems
US10001450B2 (en) 2014-04-18 2018-06-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Nonlinear mapping technique for a physiological characteristic sensor
US10232113B2 (en) 2014-04-24 2019-03-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related methods and systems for regulating insulin on board
US9681828B2 (en) 2014-05-01 2017-06-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Physiological characteristic sensors and methods for forming such sensors
US10275572B2 (en) 2014-05-01 2019-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Detecting blockage of a reservoir cavity during a seating operation of a fluid infusion device
US10152049B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2018-12-11 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Glucose sensor health monitoring and related methods and systems
US10274349B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2019-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Calibration factor adjustments for infusion devices and related methods and systems
US10007765B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2018-06-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Adaptive signal processing for infusion devices and related methods and systems
JP2017516548A (en) 2014-06-06 2017-06-22 デックスコム・インコーポレーテッド Fault identification and response processing based on data and context
EP3179915A4 (en) 2014-08-15 2018-03-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Temperature insensitive in vivo analyte devices, methods and systems
EP3197356B1 (en) 2014-09-22 2020-12-16 Dexcom, Inc. Method for mode switching
US9839753B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2017-12-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for managing reservoir chamber pressure
US9833563B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2017-12-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for managing reservoir chamber pressure
EP3204880A1 (en) 2014-10-06 2017-08-16 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for data analytics and visualization
US10279126B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2019-05-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid conduit assembly with gas trapping filter in the fluid flow path
US9833564B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2017-12-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid conduit assembly with air venting features
US9987420B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2018-06-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for fluid infusion device with automatic reservoir fill
US10195341B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2019-02-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for fluid infusion device with automatic reservoir fill
US9943645B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2018-04-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods for operating mode transitions and related infusion devices and systems
US9636453B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2017-05-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Advance diagnosis of infusion device operating mode viability
US9937292B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2018-04-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems for filling a fluid infusion device reservoir
US10307535B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2019-06-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related methods and systems for preemptive alerting
US10265031B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2019-04-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related methods and systems for automatic alert clearing
US10307528B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2019-06-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Extensible infusion devices and related methods
US10449298B2 (en) 2015-03-26 2019-10-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid injection devices and related methods
US10137243B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2018-11-27 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices with distributed motor control and related operating methods
US9999721B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2018-06-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Error handling in infusion devices with distributed motor control and related operating methods
US10575767B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2020-03-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method for monitoring an analyte, analyte sensor and analyte monitoring apparatus
EP3307164B1 (en) 2015-06-15 2021-05-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Stabilized lactate responsive enzymes, electrodes and sensors, and methods for making and using the same
US9879668B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2018-01-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and an optical sensor
US9987425B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2018-06-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and sensor contact elements
US10010668B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2018-07-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and a force sensor
US9993594B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2018-06-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and rotor position sensors
US9878095B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2018-01-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and multiple sensor contact elements
US10888272B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2021-01-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for meal information collection, meal assessment, and analyte data correlation
US10293108B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-05-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related patient ratio adjustment methods
US10463297B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-11-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Personalized event detection methods and related devices and systems
US10201657B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-02-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods for providing sensor site rotation feedback and related infusion devices and systems
US20170053552A1 (en) 2015-08-21 2017-02-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Management and prioritization of the delivery of glycemic insight messages
US10478557B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-11-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Personalized parameter modeling methods and related devices and systems
US10470661B2 (en) 2015-09-10 2019-11-12 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors and monitors, calibration thereof, and associated methods
CN113974619A (en) 2015-09-10 2022-01-28 德克斯康公司 Transcutaneous analyte sensors and monitors, calibrations thereof, and associated methods
US10117992B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2018-11-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related rescue detection methods
US11501867B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2022-11-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern presentation methods
US11666702B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2023-06-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related event pattern treatment recommendation methods
US10146911B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2018-12-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Medical devices and related methods and systems for data transfer
US10037722B2 (en) 2015-11-03 2018-07-31 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Detecting breakage in a display element
US10449306B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2019-10-22 Medtronics Minimed, Inc. Systems for fluid delivery with wicking membrane
WO2017116859A1 (en) 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 Dexcom, Inc. Intelligent wireless communications for continuous analyte monitoring
CA3002096C (en) 2015-12-28 2023-08-01 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for remote and host monitoring communications
CA3002482C (en) 2015-12-30 2021-06-08 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for factory calibration or reduced calibration of an indwelling sensor based on sensitivity profile and baseline model of sensors
US20170188905A1 (en) 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Dexcom, Inc. Biointerface layer for analyte sensors
US11091788B2 (en) 2016-03-04 2021-08-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. NAD(P)- dependent responsive enzymes, electrodes and sensors, and methods for making and using the same
CN108778125B (en) 2016-03-30 2022-02-18 德克斯康公司 Systems, devices, and methods for analyte monitoring systems
CA3133253A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for display device and sensor electronics unit communication
US10589038B2 (en) 2016-04-27 2020-03-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Set connector systems for venting a fluid reservoir
EP3451926A4 (en) 2016-05-02 2019-12-04 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for providing alerts optimized for a user
HUE063052T2 (en) 2016-07-20 2023-12-28 Dexcom Inc System and method for wireless communication of glucose data
WO2018031803A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for health data visualization and user support tools for continuous glucose monitoring
EP4120151A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2023-01-18 Dexcom, Inc. Method for enabling health care provider set up of a bolus calculator
US10154805B2 (en) * 2016-10-13 2018-12-18 Verily Life Sciences Llc Disposable glucose biosensor including an activity sensor
CN110049723B (en) 2016-10-18 2022-10-11 德克斯康公司 Analyte data communication system and method
US11032855B2 (en) 2016-10-18 2021-06-08 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for communication of analyte data
US11097051B2 (en) 2016-11-04 2021-08-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and apparatus for detecting and reacting to insufficient hypoglycemia response
WO2018089375A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for technical support of continuous analyte monitoring and sensor systems
US10238030B2 (en) 2016-12-06 2019-03-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Wireless medical device with a complementary split ring resonator arrangement for suppression of electromagnetic interference
US10272201B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2019-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Insertion site monitoring methods and related infusion devices and systems
US10500135B2 (en) 2017-01-30 2019-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid reservoir and systems for filling a fluid reservoir of a fluid infusion device
US10532165B2 (en) 2017-01-30 2020-01-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Fluid reservoir and systems for filling a fluid reservoir of a fluid infusion device
US10363365B2 (en) 2017-02-07 2019-07-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and related consumable calibration methods
US10552580B2 (en) 2017-02-07 2020-02-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion system consumables and related calibration methods
US11207463B2 (en) 2017-02-21 2021-12-28 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Apparatuses, systems, and methods for identifying an infusate in a reservoir of an infusion device
US10646649B2 (en) 2017-02-21 2020-05-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Infusion devices and fluid identification apparatuses and methods
CA3067825C (en) 2017-06-19 2023-10-24 Dexcom, Inc. Applicators for applying transcutaneous analyte sensors and associated methods of manufacture
HUE063121T2 (en) 2017-06-23 2024-01-28 Dexcom Inc Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and needle hub comprising anti-rotation feature
CA3072853A1 (en) 2017-08-21 2019-02-28 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous glucose monitors and related sensors utilizing mixed model and bayesian calibration algorithms
CN111629660A (en) 2018-01-23 2020-09-04 德克斯康公司 System, apparatus and method for compensating for temperature effects on a sensor
CA3089642A1 (en) 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for decision support
JP7337841B2 (en) 2018-05-03 2023-09-04 デックスコム・インコーポレーテッド Systems and methods for operating analyte sensor electronics
CA3092649A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for power management in analyte sensor system
US11457843B2 (en) 2018-08-03 2022-10-04 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for communication with analyte sensor electronics
WO2020112814A1 (en) 2018-11-28 2020-06-04 Sakaya Jaqueline Mbwille Devices, systems, and methods to monitor subject compliance with a pharmaceutical treatment regimen
US20200205694A1 (en) 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor with impedance determination
EP3975844A4 (en) 2019-05-29 2023-04-26 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for wireless communication of analyte data
WO2021011683A1 (en) 2019-07-16 2021-01-21 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor electrode arrangements
USD957438S1 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-07-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US20220233116A1 (en) 2021-01-26 2022-07-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices, and methods related to ketone sensors
AU2022238919A1 (en) 2021-03-19 2023-10-19 Dexcom, Inc. Drug releasing membrane for analyte sensor
WO2022212867A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Dexcom, Inc. Personalized modeling of blood glucose concentration impacted by individualized sensor characteristics and individualized physiological characteristics
WO2023034934A1 (en) 2021-09-03 2023-03-09 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for technical support of continuous analyte monitoring and sensor systems
WO2023043908A1 (en) 2021-09-15 2023-03-23 Dexcom, Inc. Bioactive releasing membrane for analyte sensor
WO2023107107A1 (en) 2021-12-08 2023-06-15 Liang Wang Systems, devices, and methods to compensate for temperature effects on sensors
WO2023110190A1 (en) 2021-12-13 2023-06-22 Heraeus Medical Gmbh Tests and methods for detecting bacterial infection
US20230190151A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor deployment testing
WO2023147389A1 (en) 2022-01-27 2023-08-03 Dexcom, Inc. System and method for activating an analyte monitoring system
WO2023177896A1 (en) 2022-03-18 2023-09-21 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous multi-analyte sensor systems
WO2023219847A1 (en) 2022-05-13 2023-11-16 Dexcom, Inc. Cost-effective therapy recommendations
US20230397845A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Dexcorn, Inc. Apparatuses, systems, and methods of controlling sensor deployment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4953552A (en) * 1989-04-21 1990-09-04 Demarzo Arthur P Blood glucose monitoring system
US5165407A (en) * 1990-04-19 1992-11-24 The University Of Kansas Implantable glucose sensor
US5593852A (en) * 1993-12-02 1997-01-14 Heller; Adam Subcutaneous glucose electrode
US6579690B1 (en) * 1997-12-05 2003-06-17 Therasense, Inc. Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1121170A (en) 1965-12-31 1968-07-24 Ft Products Ltd An improved clip
US3442298A (en) 1967-06-30 1969-05-06 Steel Heddle Mfg Co Loom harness
US3837339A (en) * 1972-02-03 1974-09-24 Whittaker Corp Blood glucose level monitoring-alarm system and method therefor
US5101814A (en) * 1989-08-11 1992-04-07 Palti Yoram Prof System for monitoring and controlling blood glucose
GB0118242D0 (en) 2001-07-26 2001-09-19 Lettington A H P Scanning apparatus

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4953552A (en) * 1989-04-21 1990-09-04 Demarzo Arthur P Blood glucose monitoring system
US5165407A (en) * 1990-04-19 1992-11-24 The University Of Kansas Implantable glucose sensor
US5593852A (en) * 1993-12-02 1997-01-14 Heller; Adam Subcutaneous glucose electrode
US6579690B1 (en) * 1997-12-05 2003-06-17 Therasense, Inc. Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement

Cited By (991)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7901354B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2011-03-08 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US7771352B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2010-08-10 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US9931067B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2018-04-03 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US8676288B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2014-03-18 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US9155496B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2015-10-13 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US9339223B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2016-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US9439589B2 (en) 1997-03-04 2016-09-13 Dexcom, Inc. Device and method for determining analyte levels
US7666149B2 (en) 1997-12-04 2010-02-23 Peliken Technologies, Inc. Cassette of lancet cartridges for sampling blood
US8071384B2 (en) 1997-12-22 2011-12-06 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Control and calibration solutions and methods for their use
US20060015058A1 (en) * 1998-01-08 2006-01-19 Kellogg Scott C Agents and methods for enhancement of transdermal transport
US8439872B2 (en) 1998-03-30 2013-05-14 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Apparatus and method for penetration with shaft having a sensor for sensing penetration depth
US7780631B2 (en) 1998-03-30 2010-08-24 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method for penetration with shaft having a sensor for sensing penetration depth
US8660627B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-02-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8287454B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-10-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US20040167801A1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2004-08-26 James Say Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8162829B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-04-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8175673B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-05-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8177716B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-05-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8224413B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-07-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8226558B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8226557B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US10478108B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2019-11-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8226555B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8231532B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-07-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8235896B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-08-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8255031B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-08-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9326714B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8260392B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-09-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US7885699B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2011-02-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8265726B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-09-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9072477B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-07-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9066695B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9066697B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8273022B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-09-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9066694B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9042953B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-05-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9014773B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-04-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9011331B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-04-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8275439B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-09-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8974386B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2015-03-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8306598B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2012-11-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8346336B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US7869853B1 (en) 1998-04-30 2011-01-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8880137B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-11-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8346337B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8840553B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-09-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8774887B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-07-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8353829B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-01-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US20090192370A1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2009-07-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte Monitoring Device and Methods of Use
US8744545B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-06-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8734346B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-05-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8738109B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-05-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8734348B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-05-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8357091B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-01-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8688188B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-04-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8366614B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-02-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8372005B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-02-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8380273B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-02-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8391945B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8672844B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-03-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8409131B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-04-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8465425B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-06-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8670815B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-03-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8666469B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-03-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8473021B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8480580B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-07-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8649841B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-02-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8597189B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-12-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8612159B2 (en) * 1998-04-30 2013-12-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8641619B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-02-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US7860544B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2010-12-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8617071B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2013-12-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8622906B2 (en) 1998-04-30 2014-01-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9204840B2 (en) 2000-02-23 2015-12-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US7890295B2 (en) 2000-02-23 2011-02-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US20050004439A1 (en) * 2000-02-23 2005-01-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US8641644B2 (en) 2000-11-21 2014-02-04 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Blood testing apparatus having a rotatable cartridge with multiple lancing elements and testing means
US8668645B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2014-03-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9498159B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2016-11-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8652043B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2014-02-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9610034B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2017-04-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9011332B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2015-04-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9477811B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2016-10-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus and methods
US8236242B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2012-08-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus and methods
US8765059B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2014-07-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus
US7976778B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2011-07-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus
US8268243B2 (en) 2001-04-02 2012-09-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Blood glucose tracking apparatus and methods
US11294407B2 (en) 2001-04-27 2022-04-05 Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. Device and method for insulin dosing
US8679033B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-03-25 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8206319B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-06-26 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8360991B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2013-01-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8721671B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-05-13 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Electric lancet actuator
US7850622B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-12-14 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Tissue penetration device
US7981055B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2011-07-19 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Tissue penetration device
US8641643B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-02-04 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Sampling module device and method
US8845550B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-09-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7988645B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2011-08-02 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Self optimizing lancing device with adaptation means to temporal variations in cutaneous properties
US8016774B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2011-09-13 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Tissue penetration device
US9802007B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2017-10-31 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US8123700B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-02-28 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for lancet launching device integrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge
US8337421B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-12-25 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7749174B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-07-06 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for lancet launching device intergrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge
US9694144B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2017-07-04 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Sampling module device and method
US7909775B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2011-03-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for lancet launching device integrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge
US8382683B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2013-02-26 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8622930B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2014-01-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7682318B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-03-23 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Blood sampling apparatus and method
US7699791B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2010-04-20 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for improving success rate of blood yield from a fingerstick
US8282577B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-10-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for lancet launching device integrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge
US8206317B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-06-26 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9937298B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2018-04-10 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8211037B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-07-03 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Tissue penetration device
US9427532B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2016-08-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8216154B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2012-07-10 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US8509871B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2013-08-13 Dexcom, Inc. Sensor head for use with implantable devices
US9328371B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2016-05-03 Dexcom, Inc. Sensor head for use with implantable devices
US9804114B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2017-10-31 Dexcom, Inc. Sensor head for use with implantable devices
US9560993B2 (en) 2001-11-21 2017-02-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Blood testing apparatus having a rotatable cartridge with multiple lancing elements and testing means
US7399277B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2008-07-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US10080529B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2018-09-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20030125612A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-03 Fox James Kelly System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20050113653A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2005-05-26 Fox James K. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20070232880A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2007-10-04 Uzair Siddiqui System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20080255438A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2008-10-16 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
WO2005121785A3 (en) * 2001-12-27 2006-04-06 Medtronic Minimed Inc System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
US7022072B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2006-04-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US20050096511A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2005-05-05 Fox James K. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
WO2005121785A2 (en) * 2001-12-27 2005-12-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
US20050038332A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2005-02-17 Frank Saidara System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US8961416B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2015-02-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US7766830B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2010-08-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics
US9339612B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-05-17 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9089294B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2015-07-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Analyte measurement device with a single shot actuator
US8636673B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-01-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7976476B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-07-12 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Device and method for variable speed lancet
US7938787B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-05-10 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7981056B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-07-19 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US7988644B2 (en) * 2002-04-19 2011-08-02 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device with sterility barrier release
US8784335B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-07-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Body fluid sampling device with a capacitive sensor
US9186468B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2015-11-17 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8360992B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-01-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8579831B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-11-12 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9724021B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2017-08-08 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8007446B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-08-30 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8556829B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-10-15 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7862520B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-01-04 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Body fluid sampling module with a continuous compression tissue interface surface
US7731729B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-06-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8366637B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-02-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7833171B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-11-16 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7874994B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-01-25 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7717863B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-05-18 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9226699B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-01-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Body fluid sampling module with a continuous compression tissue interface surface
US8372016B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-02-12 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US8062231B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-11-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8382682B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-02-26 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7875047B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-01-25 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device with sterility barrier release
US8079960B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-12-20 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US9795334B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2017-10-24 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9089678B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2015-07-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7713214B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-05-11 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device with optical analyte sensing
US8845549B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-09-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method for penetrating tissue
US8388551B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-03-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for multi-use body fluid sampling device with sterility barrier release
US8905945B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-12-09 Dominique M. Freeman Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8403864B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-03-26 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US20070219462A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2007-09-20 Barry Briggs Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US8414503B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-04-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US9498160B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-11-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method for penetrating tissue
US8496601B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-07-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US7708701B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-05-04 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device
US8491500B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-07-23 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US8267870B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-09-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling with hybrid actuation
US8808201B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-08-19 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9839386B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2017-12-12 Sanofi-Aventis Deustschland Gmbh Body fluid sampling device with capacitive sensor
US8157748B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-04-17 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US9907502B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2018-03-06 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8562545B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-10-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7914465B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-29 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9072842B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2015-07-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8197423B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-06-12 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8197421B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-06-12 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8202231B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-06-19 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US9314194B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-04-19 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7892185B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-02-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US20070219573A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2007-09-20 Dominique Freeman Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7909777B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7674232B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-03-09 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7909778B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7648468B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2010-01-19 Pelikon Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8435190B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-05-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8221334B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-07-17 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8690796B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2014-04-08 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7901365B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US7892183B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-02-22 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US9248267B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2016-02-02 Sanofi-Aventis Deustchland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US7901362B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-03-08 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8235915B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2012-08-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue
US8430828B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2013-04-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device with sterility barrier release
US20080027287A1 (en) * 2002-04-22 2008-01-31 Rajiv Shah Methods and materials for stabilizing analyte sensors
US9492111B2 (en) 2002-04-22 2016-11-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and materials for stabilizing analyte sensors
US10052051B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2018-08-21 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US11020026B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2021-06-01 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US8543184B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2013-09-24 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US9549693B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2017-01-24 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US8064977B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2011-11-22 Dexcom, Inc. Silicone based membranes for use in implantable glucose sensors
US8029245B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US8047811B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US7993109B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-08-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US7993108B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-08-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US8343093B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Fluid delivery device with autocalibration
US8029250B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US7922458B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US8047812B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable volume, shape memory actuated insulin dispensing pump
US9163273B2 (en) 2002-10-18 2015-10-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Biosensors and methods for making and using them
US20080026473A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2008-01-31 Yunbing Wang Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
US9541519B2 (en) 2002-10-18 2017-01-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Amperometric sensor electrodes
US9237865B2 (en) 2002-10-18 2016-01-19 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
US20100175992A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2010-07-15 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and materials for controlling the electrochemistry of analyte sensors
US20100280347A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2010-11-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Biosensors and methods for making and using them
US11116430B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2021-09-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter assembly
US9980670B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2018-05-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter assembly
US10973443B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2021-04-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter assembly
US11141084B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2021-10-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter assembly
US20040093167A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-13 Braig James R. Analyte detection system with software download capabilities
US6931328B2 (en) * 2002-11-08 2005-08-16 Optiscan Biomedical Corp. Analyte detection system with software download capabilities
US20050238538A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2005-10-27 Braig James R Analyte detection system with software download capabilities
US8574895B2 (en) 2002-12-30 2013-11-05 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus using optical techniques to measure analyte levels
US9034639B2 (en) 2002-12-30 2015-05-19 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus using optical techniques to measure analyte levels
US8187183B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2012-05-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US8622903B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2014-01-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US9962091B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2018-05-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US10039881B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2018-08-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data communication in continuous glucose monitoring and management system
US7811231B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2010-10-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US10750952B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2020-08-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous glucose monitoring system and methods of use
US20050058701A1 (en) * 2003-01-29 2005-03-17 Yossi Gross Active drug delivery in the gastrointestinal tract
US7679407B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2010-03-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing peak detection circuitry for data communication systems
US8512246B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2013-08-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing peak detection circuitry for data communication systems
US8262614B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-09-11 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for fluid injection
US7850621B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2010-12-14 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US8251921B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2012-08-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing
US9730584B2 (en) 2003-06-10 2017-08-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measuring device for use in personal area network
US8066639B2 (en) 2003-06-10 2011-11-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measuring device for use in personal area network
US8647269B2 (en) 2003-06-10 2014-02-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measuring device for use in personal area network
US8512239B2 (en) 2003-06-10 2013-08-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measuring device for use in personal area network
US10034628B2 (en) 2003-06-11 2018-07-31 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Low pain penetrating member
US9144401B2 (en) 2003-06-11 2015-09-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Low pain penetrating member
US7645373B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-01-12 Roche Diagnostic Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8083993B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2011-12-27 Riche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US7718439B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-05-18 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8586373B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2013-11-19 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for determining the concentration of an analyte in a sample fluid
US7645421B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-01-12 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8058077B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2011-11-15 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8298828B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-10-30 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for determining the concentration of an analyte in a sample fluid
US8293538B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-10-23 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8206565B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-06-26 Roche Diagnostics Operation, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8663442B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2014-03-04 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for analyte measurement using dose sufficiency electrodes
US8507289B1 (en) 2003-06-20 2013-08-13 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for coding information on a biosensor test strip
US8148164B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2012-04-03 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for determining the concentration of an analyte in a sample fluid
US10376143B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2019-08-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US9763609B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2017-09-19 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US7761130B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2010-07-20 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20070213611A1 (en) * 2003-07-25 2007-09-13 Simpson Peter C Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8364229B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2013-01-29 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US8394021B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2013-03-12 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8311749B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-11-13 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8275437B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-09-25 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8845536B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-09-30 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8788007B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-07-22 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8160669B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-04-17 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8321149B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2012-11-27 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8915849B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-12-23 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8771187B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-07-08 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US8986209B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2015-03-24 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8442610B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2013-05-14 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US11589823B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2023-02-28 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US11559260B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2023-01-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing analyte sensor data
US9427183B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2016-08-30 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US8945910B2 (en) 2003-09-29 2015-02-03 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for an improved sample capture device
US8282576B2 (en) 2003-09-29 2012-10-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for an improved sample capture device
US9351680B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2016-05-31 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a variable user interface
USD914881S1 (en) 2003-11-05 2021-03-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor electronic mount
USD902408S1 (en) * 2003-11-05 2020-11-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor control unit
US9538946B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2017-01-10 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated receiver for continuous analyte sensor
US11564602B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2023-01-31 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated receiver for continuous analyte sensor
US8282550B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2012-10-09 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated receiver for continuous analyte sensor
USRE43039E1 (en) 2003-12-05 2011-12-20 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8386004B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2013-02-26 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US8929968B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2015-01-06 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8160671B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2012-04-17 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US11000215B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2021-05-11 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8911369B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2014-12-16 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US7917186B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2011-03-29 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US10299712B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2019-05-28 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US20070027384A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2007-02-01 Mark Brister Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8287453B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2012-10-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10188333B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2019-01-29 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US20110046467A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2011-02-24 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8428678B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2013-04-23 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
USRE44695E1 (en) 2003-12-05 2014-01-07 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8483793B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2013-07-09 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8249684B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2012-08-21 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US11020031B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2021-06-01 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US11633133B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2023-04-25 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US7715893B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2010-05-11 Dexcom, Inc. Calibration techniques for a continuous analyte sensor
US9579053B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2017-02-28 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8233958B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-07-31 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8469886B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2013-06-25 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8801610B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2014-08-12 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US11638541B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2023-05-02 Dexconi, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8005524B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2011-08-23 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8747315B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2014-06-10 Dexcom. Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8216139B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-07-10 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9750441B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2017-09-05 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8251906B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-08-28 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8257259B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-09-04 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8265725B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-09-11 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US10898113B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2021-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9498155B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-11-22 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8282549B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-10-09 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8657745B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2014-02-25 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8290561B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2012-10-16 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9107623B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2015-08-18 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9192328B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2015-11-24 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9420965B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-08-23 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8374667B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2013-02-12 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9351668B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-05-31 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US9364173B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-06-14 Dexcom, Inc. Signal processing for continuous analyte sensor
US8296918B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2012-10-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method of manufacturing a fluid sampling device with improved analyte detecting member configuration
US9561000B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2017-02-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for improving fluidic flow and sample capture
US8668656B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2014-03-11 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for improving fluidic flow and sample capture
WO2005065542A3 (en) * 2003-12-31 2005-12-29 Medtronic Minimed Inc Real time self-adjusting calibration algorithm
US8771183B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2014-07-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data communication in continuous glucose monitoring and management system
US10966609B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2021-04-06 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US11246990B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2022-02-15 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated delivery device for continuous glucose sensor
US10835672B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2020-11-17 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated insulin delivery system with continuous glucose sensor
US8828203B2 (en) 2004-05-20 2014-09-09 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Printable hydrogels for biosensors
US9261476B2 (en) 2004-05-20 2016-02-16 Sanofi Sa Printable hydrogel for biosensors
EP2256495A3 (en) * 2004-06-03 2011-03-23 Medtronic MiniMed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
EP2256494A1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2010-12-01 Medtronic MiniMed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
EP2259057A1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2010-12-08 Medtronic MiniMed, Inc. System for monitoring physiological characteristics according to the user biological state
US9820684B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2017-11-21 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device
US9775553B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2017-10-03 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device
US20050272989A1 (en) * 2004-06-04 2005-12-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
WO2005121355A1 (en) * 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods for making and using them
US8092668B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2012-01-10 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. System and method for quality assurance of a biosensor test strip
US9410915B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2016-08-09 Roche Operations Ltd. System and method for quality assurance of a biosensor test strip
US7885697B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2011-02-08 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8229534B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2012-07-24 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US9833176B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2017-12-05 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US11883164B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2024-01-30 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US8792953B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2014-07-29 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US10813576B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-10-27 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9814414B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2017-11-14 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8565848B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2013-10-22 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8280475B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2012-10-02 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US8663109B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2014-03-04 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US10799159B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-10-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10918313B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10799158B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-10-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9986942B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2018-06-05 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10918314B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10722152B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-07-28 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9775543B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2017-10-03 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US10918315B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10709362B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-07-14 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US7899511B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2011-03-01 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US10932700B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-03-02 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9055901B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2015-06-16 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US10709363B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-07-14 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10827956B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-11-10 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10980452B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-04-20 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10993642B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-05-04 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US11064917B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-07-20 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US11045120B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-06-29 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10524703B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2020-01-07 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US9414777B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2016-08-16 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US10993641B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-05-04 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US11026605B1 (en) 2004-07-13 2021-06-08 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8750955B2 (en) 2004-07-13 2014-06-10 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US20100221762A1 (en) * 2004-10-21 2010-09-02 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Method and apparatus for determining an analyte concentration in a sample having interferents
US20060197015A1 (en) * 2004-10-21 2006-09-07 Sterling Bernhard B Method and apparatus for determining an analyte concentration in a sample having interferents
US7388202B2 (en) * 2004-10-21 2008-06-17 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Method and apparatus for determining an analyte concentration in a sample having interferents
US8620397B2 (en) 2004-10-21 2013-12-31 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Method and apparatus for determining an analyte concentration in a sample having interferents
WO2006050032A3 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-09-08 Sontra Medical Corp System and method for analyte sampling and analysis with hydrogel
WO2006050033A2 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-11 Sontra Medical Corporation System and method for analyte sampling and analysis
US8224414B2 (en) 2004-10-28 2012-07-17 Echo Therapeutics, Inc. System and method for analyte sampling and analysis with hydrogel
US20060094944A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Sontra Medical Corporation System and method for analyte sampling and analysis with error correction
US20060094946A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Sontra Medical Corporation System and method for analyte sampling and analysis with hydrogel
WO2006050033A3 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-11-02 Sontra Medical Corp System and method for analyte sampling and analysis
US10226207B2 (en) 2004-12-29 2019-03-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter having introducer
US11160475B2 (en) 2004-12-29 2021-11-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor inserter having introducer
US8571624B2 (en) * 2004-12-29 2013-10-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for mounting a data transmission device in a communication system
US20090082693A1 (en) * 2004-12-29 2009-03-26 Therasense, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing temperature sensor module in a data communication system
US8652831B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2014-02-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for analyte measurement test time
US7822454B1 (en) 2005-01-03 2010-10-26 Pelikan Technologies, Inc. Fluid sampling device with improved analyte detecting member configuration
US8223021B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2012-07-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. RF tag on test strips, test strip vials and boxes
US8358210B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2013-01-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. RF tag on test strips, test strip vials and boxes
US8115635B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2012-02-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. RF tag on test strips, test strip vials and boxes
US8390455B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2013-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. RF tag on test strips, test strip vials and boxes
US8542122B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2013-09-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Glucose measurement device and methods using RFID
US20070103678A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-05-10 Sterling Bernhard B Analyte detection system with interferent identification and correction
US20100030137A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2010-02-04 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Apparatus and methods for analyzing body fluid samples
US8560037B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2013-10-15 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10716498B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-07-21 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US11000213B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-05-11 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10918318B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US8611978B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2013-12-17 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US9918668B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2018-03-20 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10918316B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10925524B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-02-23 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US9220449B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2015-12-29 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10898114B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10856787B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-12-08 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10610135B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-04-07 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10610136B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-04-07 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10918317B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-02-16 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US8579816B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2013-11-12 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10617336B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-04-14 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US11051726B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2021-07-06 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US9314196B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2016-04-19 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US9078608B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2015-07-14 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10709364B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-07-14 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US7920906B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2011-04-05 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10743801B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-08-18 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US10610137B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2020-04-07 Dexcom, Inc. System and methods for processing analyte sensor data for sensor calibration
US8029460B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2011-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated medication infusion and analyte monitoring system
US8029459B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2011-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated medication infusion and analyte monitoring system
US8343092B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated medication infusion and analyte monitoring system
US7651596B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based interference domain for an analyte sensor
US20070173709A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2007-07-26 Petisce James R Membranes for an analyte sensor
US8112240B2 (en) 2005-04-29 2012-02-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing leak detection in data monitoring and management systems
US20060252027A1 (en) * 2005-05-05 2006-11-09 Petisce James R Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US10300507B2 (en) * 2005-05-05 2019-05-28 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US20060249381A1 (en) * 2005-05-05 2006-11-09 Petisce James R Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US8744546B2 (en) 2005-05-05 2014-06-03 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US20140161969A1 (en) * 2005-05-05 2014-06-12 Dexcom, Inc. Cellulosic-based resistance domain for an analyte sensor
US7768408B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US9750440B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2017-09-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US8471714B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2013-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US10206611B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2019-02-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US7884729B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2011-02-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US8653977B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2014-02-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US9332944B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2016-05-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US8089363B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2012-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in data monitoring system
US8112138B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2012-02-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rechargeable power in data monitoring and management systems
US10311209B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2019-06-04 Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. Device and method for insulin dosing
US8251904B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2012-08-28 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Device and method for insulin dosing
US10813577B2 (en) 2005-06-21 2020-10-27 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US20080262330A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2008-10-23 Reynolds Melissa M Analyte Sensors and Compositions for Use Therein
US8602991B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2013-12-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor introducer and methods of use
US9398882B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2016-07-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor and data processing device
US9521968B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2016-12-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor retention mechanism and methods of use
US8512243B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2013-08-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated introducer and transmitter assembly and methods of use
US11457869B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2022-10-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated transmitter unit and sensor introducer mechanism and methods of use
US9775563B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2017-10-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated introducer and transmitter assembly and methods of use
US8880138B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-11-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Device for channeling fluid and methods of use
USD979766S1 (en) 2005-09-30 2023-02-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US7883464B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2011-02-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated transmitter unit and sensor introducer mechanism and methods of use
US10342489B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2019-07-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated introducer and transmitter assembly and methods of use
US9480421B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2016-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated introducer and transmitter assembly and methods of use
US10194863B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2019-02-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated transmitter unit and sensor introducer mechanism and methods of use
US7756561B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2010-07-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rechargeable power in data monitoring and management systems
US8638220B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2014-01-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data communication in data monitoring and management systems
US11399748B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2022-08-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US10231654B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2019-03-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US11911151B1 (en) 2005-11-01 2024-02-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9326716B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US10952652B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2021-03-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8920319B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2014-12-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8915850B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2014-12-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US11272867B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2022-03-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
EP3494882B1 (en) 2005-11-01 2021-03-24 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Analyte monitoring device
US11363975B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2022-06-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US11103165B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2021-08-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US10201301B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2019-02-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US9078607B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2015-07-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US8585591B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2013-11-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US9669162B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2017-06-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US11538580B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2022-12-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US9323898B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2016-04-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US7766829B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2010-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing basal profile modification in analyte monitoring and management systems
US20070128681A1 (en) * 2005-12-05 2007-06-07 Sontra Medical Corporation Biocompatible chemically crosslinked hydrogels for glucose sensing
US7813780B2 (en) 2005-12-13 2010-10-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Biosensors and methods for making and using them
US20100279377A1 (en) * 2005-12-13 2010-11-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Biosensors and methods for making and using them
US7955484B2 (en) 2005-12-14 2011-06-07 Nova Biomedical Corporation Glucose biosensor and method
US8852101B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2014-10-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US8545403B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2013-10-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device insertion
US10307091B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2019-06-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US9332933B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2016-05-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US9795331B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US11298058B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2022-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor insertion
US9360447B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2016-06-07 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US20070169533A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US10288578B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2019-05-14 Medtronic Minimed, Inc Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US9835580B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2017-12-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US20110054281A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-03-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US10420496B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2019-09-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method of and system for stabilization of sensors
US9549698B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2017-01-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method of and system for stabilization of sensors
US20110048941A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-03-03 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US9759678B2 (en) * 2005-12-30 2017-09-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US8608924B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2013-12-17 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and method for determining the point of hydration and proper time to apply potential to a glucose sensor
US8591416B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2013-11-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US8532732B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2013-09-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US9976978B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2018-05-22 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US8602992B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2013-12-10 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US20110010104A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-01-13 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US20110010105A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-01-13 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US9885684B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2018-02-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting the hydration of sensors
US9757061B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2017-09-12 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US11191458B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2021-12-07 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US11596332B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2023-03-07 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US10265000B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2019-04-23 Dexcom, Inc. Low oxygen in vivo analyte sensor
US9326727B2 (en) 2006-01-30 2016-05-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. On-body medical device securement
US8344966B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2013-01-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing a fault tolerant display unit in an electronic device
US9724028B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2017-08-08 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US8133178B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2012-03-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9782076B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2017-10-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Smart messages and alerts for an infusion delivery and management system
US11872039B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2024-01-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing continuous calibration of implantable analyte sensors
US9844329B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2017-12-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of use
USD961778S1 (en) 2006-02-28 2022-08-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US10448834B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2019-10-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Smart messages and alerts for an infusion delivery and management system
US10117614B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2018-11-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing continuous calibration of implantable analyte sensors
US9031630B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2015-05-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of use
US8226891B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2012-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods therefor
US9743863B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2017-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for powering an electronic device
US8593109B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2013-11-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for powering an electronic device
US8933664B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2015-01-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for powering an electronic device
US9039975B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2015-05-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods therefor
US8597575B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2013-12-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods therefor
US9380971B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2016-07-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for powering an electronic device
US9625413B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2017-04-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods therefor
US10736547B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2020-08-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Introducer assembly and methods of use
US10028680B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2018-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Introducer assembly and methods of use
US7809441B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2010-10-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with chemical sensor and related methods
US20070270674A1 (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Michael John Kane Implantable Medical Device with Chemical Sensor and Related Methods
US8571659B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2013-10-29 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with chemical sensor and related methods
US20070270675A1 (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Michael John Kane Implantable Medical Device with Chemical Sensor and Related Methods
US8126554B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2012-02-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with chemical sensor and related methods
US7920907B2 (en) 2006-06-07 2011-04-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and method
US11432772B2 (en) 2006-08-02 2022-09-06 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing signal artifacts in a glucose sensor data stream
US9697332B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2017-07-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system
US8932216B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-01-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system
US11445910B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2022-09-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system
US10206629B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2019-02-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system therapy management
US11806110B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2023-11-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing data management in integrated analyte monitoring and infusion system
US10278630B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2019-05-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing calibration of an analyte sensor in an analyte monitoring system
US9833181B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2017-12-05 Abbot Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing calibration of an analyte sensor in an analyte monitoring system
US11864894B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2024-01-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing calibration of an analyte sensor in an analyte monitoring system
US9408566B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2016-08-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing calibration of an analyte sensor in an analyte monitoring system
US20080112853A1 (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-05-15 Hall W Dale Method and apparatus for analyte measurements in the presence of interferents
US10362972B2 (en) 2006-09-10 2019-07-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing an integrated analyte sensor insertion device and data processing unit
US9808186B2 (en) 2006-09-10 2017-11-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing an integrated analyte sensor insertion device and data processing unit
US8333714B2 (en) 2006-09-10 2012-12-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing an integrated analyte sensor insertion device and data processing unit
US8862198B2 (en) 2006-09-10 2014-10-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing an integrated analyte sensor insertion device and data processing unit
USD974564S1 (en) 2006-09-10 2023-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US8702624B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-04-22 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Analyte measurement device with a single shot actuator
US9357959B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2016-06-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for dynamically updating calibration parameters for an analyte sensor
US10342469B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2019-07-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for dynamically updating calibration parameters for an analyte sensor
US9629578B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2017-04-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for dynamically updating calibration parameters for an analyte sensor
US9839383B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2017-12-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for dynamically updating calibration parameters for an analyte sensor
US7831287B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2010-11-09 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US11399745B2 (en) * 2006-10-04 2022-08-02 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US9504413B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2016-11-29 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US8423114B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2013-04-16 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US9451908B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2016-09-27 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US10136844B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2018-11-27 Dexcom, Inc. Dual electrode system for a continuous analyte sensor
US10349873B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2019-07-16 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US11382539B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2022-07-12 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9259175B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2016-02-16 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Flexible patch for fluid delivery and monitoring body analytes
US11724029B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2023-08-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Flexible patch for fluid delivery and monitoring body analytes
US10363363B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2019-07-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Flexible patch for fluid delivery and monitoring body analytes
US11234621B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2022-02-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor insertion devices and methods of use
US9788771B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2017-10-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable speed sensor insertion devices and methods of use
US10070810B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2018-09-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Sensor insertion devices and methods of use
US11837358B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2023-12-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US11043300B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2021-06-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US8579853B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2013-11-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US10007759B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2018-06-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US11508476B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2022-11-22 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US9064107B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2015-06-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
US10617823B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2020-04-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Device and method for automatic data acquisition and/or detection
US8732188B2 (en) 2007-02-18 2014-05-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for providing contextual based medication dosage determination
US8930203B2 (en) 2007-02-18 2015-01-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Multi-function analyte test device and methods therefor
US9636450B2 (en) 2007-02-19 2017-05-02 Udo Hoss Pump system modular components for delivering medication and analyte sensing at seperate insertion sites
US9801545B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2017-10-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rolling data in communication systems
US8123686B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2012-02-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rolling data in communication systems
US9095290B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2015-08-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing rolling data in communication systems
US8812071B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2014-08-19 Echo Therapeutics, Inc. Transdermal analyte monitoring systems and methods for analyte detection
US20080281178A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2008-11-13 Echo Therapeutics, Inc. Transdermal analyte monitoring systems and methods for analyte detection
US10111608B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2018-10-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9204827B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2015-12-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US11039767B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2021-06-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9008743B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2015-04-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US10349877B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2019-07-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9615780B2 (en) 2007-04-14 2017-04-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US9035767B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2015-05-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8665091B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2014-03-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for determining elapsed sensor life
US9177456B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2015-11-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8456301B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2013-06-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US9949678B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2018-04-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for determining elapsed sensor life
US8461985B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2013-06-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US11696684B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2023-07-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US10653317B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2020-05-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8362904B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2013-01-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US10178954B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2019-01-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8593287B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2013-11-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US7928850B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2011-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US9649057B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2017-05-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US9000929B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2015-04-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US8149117B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2012-04-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US9574914B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2017-02-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for determining elapsed sensor life
US9314198B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2016-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US10952611B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2021-03-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods
US10261069B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2019-04-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9125548B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2015-09-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10991456B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2021-04-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for determining analyte levels
US10002233B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-06-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10653344B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2020-05-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10143409B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-12-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10976304B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2021-04-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US11076785B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2021-08-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9804150B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-10-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9737249B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-08-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9801571B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-10-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in medical communication system
US11125592B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2021-09-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US11119090B2 (en) * 2007-05-14 2021-09-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10820841B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2020-11-03 Abbot Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10634662B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2020-04-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9558325B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-01-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and system for determining analyte levels
US10119956B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-11-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9483608B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2016-11-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US11300561B2 (en) * 2007-05-14 2022-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US8682615B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2014-03-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9060719B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2015-06-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10463310B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2019-11-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US9797880B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US8612163B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2013-12-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10045720B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-08-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US11828748B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2023-11-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US10031002B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2018-07-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing data processing and control in a medical communication system
US8597190B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2013-12-03 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Monitoring systems and methods with fast initialization
US10791928B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2020-10-06 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
US8613703B2 (en) 2007-05-31 2013-12-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Insertion devices and methods
US8562558B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2013-10-22 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US11373347B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2022-06-28 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US10403012B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2019-09-03 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US9741139B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2017-08-22 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated medicament delivery device for use with continuous analyte sensor
US8617069B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2013-12-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health monitor
US20100076284A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2010-03-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health Management Devices and Methods
US8597188B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2013-12-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health management devices and methods
US11264133B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2022-03-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health management devices and methods
US11276492B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2022-03-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Health management devices and methods
US10856785B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2020-12-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring and management device and method to analyze the frequency of user interaction with the device
US9913600B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2018-03-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring and management device and method to analyze the frequency of user interaction with the device
US11678821B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2023-06-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring and management device and method to analyze the frequency of user interaction with the device
US8834366B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2014-09-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor calibration
US9398872B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2016-07-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte sensor calibration
US20090063402A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and System for Providing Medication Level Determination
US10653835B2 (en) 2007-10-09 2020-05-19 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated insulin delivery system with continuous glucose sensor
US11160926B1 (en) 2007-10-09 2021-11-02 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11744943B2 (en) 2007-10-09 2023-09-05 Dexcom, Inc. Integrated insulin delivery system with continuous glucose sensor
US9414782B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2016-08-16 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Fluid component analysis systems and methods for glucose monitoring and control
US20090157430A1 (en) * 2007-10-11 2009-06-18 Peter Rule Synchronization and configuration of patient monitoring devices
US9014986B2 (en) 2007-10-16 2015-04-21 Roche Diagnostics International Ag Method for storing a series of measurements
US20110106453A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2011-05-05 Michael Krieftewirth Method for storing a series of measurements
US9743865B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2017-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Assessing measures of glycemic variability
US9804148B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2017-10-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with lag compensation
US9439586B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2016-09-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Assessing measures of glycemic variability
US9332934B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2016-05-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with lag compensation
US11083843B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2021-08-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system with safety parameters and methods
US10173007B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2019-01-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system with safety parameters and methods
US11272869B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2022-03-15 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US8417312B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2013-04-09 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9717449B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2017-08-01 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US10182751B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2019-01-22 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US20100268477A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2010-10-21 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and Methods for Calibrating Physiological Characteristic Sensors
US7783442B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2010-08-24 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. System and methods for calibrating physiological characteristic sensors
US20090112478A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Modified Sensor Calibration Algorithm
US8306766B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2012-11-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Systems and methods for calibrating physiological characteristic sensors
US9339238B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2016-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9839395B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2017-12-12 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US10827980B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2020-11-10 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9901307B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2018-02-27 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US11342058B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2022-05-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9149233B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2015-10-06 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US8290559B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2012-10-16 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9149234B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2015-10-06 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US9135402B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2015-09-15 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US10506982B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2019-12-17 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing sensor data
US10685749B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2020-06-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Insulin delivery apparatuses capable of bluetooth data transmission
US9770211B2 (en) 2008-01-31 2017-09-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with time lag compensation
US9320468B2 (en) 2008-01-31 2016-04-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor with time lag compensation
US8591455B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2013-11-26 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for customizing delivery of sensor data
US11102306B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2021-08-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing, transmitting and displaying sensor data
US8229535B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2012-07-24 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for blood glucose monitoring and alert delivery
US9143569B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2015-09-22 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing, transmitting and displaying sensor data
US9020572B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2015-04-28 Dexcom, Inc. Systems and methods for processing, transmitting and displaying sensor data
US11779248B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2023-10-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor calibration management
US11147483B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2021-10-19 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
US9730623B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2017-08-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor calibration management
US10463288B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2019-11-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor calibration management
US11730407B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2023-08-22 Dexcom, Inc. Polymer membranes for continuous analyte sensors
US9386944B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2016-07-12 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Method and apparatus for analyte detecting device
US9541556B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2017-01-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US9795328B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US10327682B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2019-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US11735295B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2023-08-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US9931075B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2018-04-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US8591410B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2013-11-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing glycemic control
US10328201B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2019-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system interface and methods
US11621073B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2023-04-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control system interface and methods
TWI407099B (en) * 2008-08-01 2013-09-01 私立中原大學 Potentiometric biosensor and the forming method thereof
US20100025265A1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Chung Yuan Christian University Potentiometric biosensor and the forming method thereof
US11865299B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2024-01-09 Insulet Corporation Infusion pump systems and methods
US9572934B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2017-02-21 Abbott DiabetesCare Inc. Robust closed loop control and methods
US9392969B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2016-07-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control and signal attenuation detection
US8622988B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-01-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Variable rate closed loop control and methods
US9943644B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2018-04-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control with reference measurement and methods thereof
US8734422B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-05-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control with improved alarm functions
US9610046B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2017-04-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control with improved alarm functions
US8795252B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2014-08-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Robust closed loop control and methods
US11679200B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2023-06-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control and signal attenuation detection
US10188794B2 (en) 2008-08-31 2019-01-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop control and signal attenuation detection
US10045739B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2018-08-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor sensitivity attenuation mitigation
US8986208B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2015-03-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor sensitivity attenuation mitigation
US10980461B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2021-04-20 Dexcom, Inc. Advanced analyte sensor calibration and error detection
US9066709B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for early signal attenuation detection using blood glucose measurements
US8676513B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2014-03-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for early signal attenuation detection using blood glucose measurements
US8103456B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2012-01-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for early signal attenuation detection using blood glucose measurements
US8473220B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2013-06-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and device for early signal attenuation detection using blood glucose measurements
US8560082B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-10-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Computerized determination of insulin pump therapy parameters using real time and retrospective data processing
US9375169B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2016-06-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Cam drive for managing disposable penetrating member actions with a single motor and motor and control system
USD957643S1 (en) 2009-02-03 2022-07-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
USD882432S1 (en) 2009-02-03 2020-04-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor on body unit
US9636068B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2017-05-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US10786190B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2020-09-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US11166656B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2021-11-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US11006870B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2021-05-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
USD955599S1 (en) 2009-02-03 2022-06-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US11202591B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2021-12-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
USD957642S1 (en) 2009-02-03 2022-07-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US9402544B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2016-08-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US9993188B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2018-06-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US11213229B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2022-01-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US11006871B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2021-05-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US11006872B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2021-05-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor and apparatus for insertion of the sensor
US10009244B2 (en) 2009-04-15 2018-06-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system having an alert
US8467972B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2013-06-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Closed loop blood glucose control algorithm analysis
US9226701B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2016-01-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Error detection in critical repeating data in a wireless sensor system
US8414559B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2013-04-09 Rainbow Medical Ltd. Gastroretentive duodenal pill
US20100286660A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Yossi Gross Gastroretentive duodenal pill
US20100286587A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Yossi Gross Sublingual electrical drug delivery
US20100286628A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Rainbow Medical Ltd Gastric anchor
US20110066175A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2011-03-17 Rainbow Medical Ltd. Gastric anchor
US11793936B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2023-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device antenna systems having external antenna configurations
US11872370B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2024-01-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device antenna systems having external antenna configurations
US8613892B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2013-12-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte meter with a moveable head and methods of using the same
US9131885B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2015-09-15 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of manufacturing same
US8828201B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2014-09-09 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of manufacturing same
US11559229B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2023-01-24 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor
US9351677B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2016-05-31 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor with increased reference capacity
US20110027458A1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2011-02-03 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous analyte sensors and methods of making same
US20110024043A1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2011-02-03 Dexcom, Inc. Continuous analyte sensors and methods of making same
US9517025B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2016-12-13 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor with increased reference capacity
US10470691B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2019-11-12 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensor with increased reference capacity
US9763608B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2017-09-19 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of manufacturing same
US9237864B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2016-01-19 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors and methods of manufacturing same
US10872102B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2020-12-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Real time management of data relating to physiological control of glucose levels
US8798934B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2014-08-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Real time management of data relating to physiological control of glucose levels
US10827954B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2020-11-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous analyte measurement systems and systems and methods for implanting them
US9795326B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2017-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Continuous analyte measurement systems and systems and methods for implanting them
US11234625B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2022-02-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte monitoring and therapy management system accuracy
US8718965B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2014-05-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte monitoring system calibration accuracy
US9936910B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2018-04-10 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing analyte monitoring and therapy management system accuracy
US10660554B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2020-05-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods and devices for analyte monitoring calibration
US11635332B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2023-04-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods for managing power and noise
US10881355B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2021-01-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US10123752B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2018-11-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US11241175B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2022-02-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US11730429B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2023-08-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
USRE47315E1 (en) 2009-08-31 2019-03-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US11202586B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2021-12-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US9968302B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2018-05-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte signal processing device and methods
US9314195B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2016-04-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte signal processing device and methods
US10492685B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2019-12-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical devices and methods
USD962446S1 (en) 2009-08-31 2022-08-30 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Analyte sensor device
US9814416B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2017-11-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US10456091B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2019-10-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US10772572B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2020-09-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US8993331B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2015-03-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods for managing power and noise
US10918342B1 (en) 2009-08-31 2021-02-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Displays for a medical device
US11045147B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2021-06-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte signal processing device and methods
US11150145B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2021-10-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods for managing power and noise
US10429250B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2019-10-01 Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods for managing power and noise
USD1010133S1 (en) 2009-08-31 2024-01-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor assembly
US9320461B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2016-04-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing notification function in analyte monitoring systems
US10349874B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2019-07-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing notification function in analyte monitoring systems
US9750439B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2017-09-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for providing notification function in analyte monitoring systems
US10835161B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2020-11-17 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US9351669B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2016-05-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Interconnect for on-body analyte monitoring device
US9357951B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2016-06-07 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US20110077490A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-03-31 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US11259725B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2022-03-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Interconnect for on-body analyte monitoring device
US10765351B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2020-09-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Interconnect for on-body analyte monitoring device
US10667733B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2020-06-02 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor
US9750444B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2017-09-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Interconnect for on-body analyte monitoring device
US20110152654A1 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-06-23 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors comprising blended membrane compositions and methods for making and using them
US8660628B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2014-02-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Analyte sensors comprising blended membrane compositions and methods for making and using them
USD924406S1 (en) 2010-02-01 2021-07-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US9498165B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-11-22 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US10278650B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-05-07 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US9833199B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2017-12-05 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US20110201911A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US9041730B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2015-05-26 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US10165986B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-01-01 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US11769589B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2023-09-26 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US9498164B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-11-22 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US10265030B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-04-23 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
US9504430B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-11-29 Dexcom, Inc. Receivers for analyzing and displaying sensor data
EP2545373A4 (en) * 2010-03-11 2017-08-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Measurement devices and methods for measuring analyte concentration incorporating temperature and ph correction
US10952657B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-03-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10945649B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-03-16 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11266335B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2022-03-08 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11000216B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-05-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
USD948722S1 (en) 2010-03-24 2022-04-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US9687183B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2017-06-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10292632B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2019-05-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11013440B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-05-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US9265453B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2016-02-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10959654B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-03-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10772547B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2020-09-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
USD997362S1 (en) 2010-03-24 2023-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US9215992B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2015-12-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US9186098B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2015-11-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11246519B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2022-02-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US20150025338A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2015-01-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical Device Inserters and Processes of Inserting and Using Medical Devices
US10881341B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-01-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US8764657B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2014-07-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10010280B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2018-07-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11058334B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-07-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US11064922B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-07-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US10881340B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2021-01-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
USD987830S1 (en) 2010-03-24 2023-05-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US8965476B2 (en) 2010-04-16 2015-02-24 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Tissue penetration device
US9795747B2 (en) 2010-06-02 2017-10-24 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation
US11064921B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2021-07-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US10874338B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2020-12-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US10966644B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2021-04-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US9572534B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2017-02-21 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US10973449B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2021-04-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US10959653B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2021-03-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems and methods for on-skin or on-body mounting of medical devices
US11213226B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2022-01-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring devices and methods
US9532737B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2017-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
US10136845B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2018-11-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
US11627898B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2023-04-18 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
US11534089B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2022-12-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Devices, systems, and methods associated with analyte monitoring devices and devices incorporating the same
US9743862B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2017-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems and methods for transcutaneously implanting medical devices
AU2012275246B2 (en) * 2011-06-30 2014-09-18 Covidien Lp Patient monitoring systems with goal indicators
US8852115B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-10-07 Covidien Lp Patient monitoring systems with goal indicators
WO2013003693A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Patient monitoring systems with goal indicators
WO2013003735A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods for generating hybrid analyte level output, and devices and systems related thereto
US10475529B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2019-11-12 Optiscan Biomedical Corporation Method and apparatus for analyte measurements using calibration sets
US20130102866A1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-04-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and/or system for multicompartment analyte monitoring
US9907491B2 (en) * 2011-10-25 2018-03-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and/or system for multicompartment analyte monitoring
US9854998B2 (en) 2011-10-26 2018-01-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Method and/or system for multicompartment analyte monitoring
US9465420B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2016-10-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Electronic devices having integrated reset systems and methods thereof
US9069536B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-06-30 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Electronic devices having integrated reset systems and methods thereof
US9980669B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2018-05-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring device and methods
US8710993B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2014-04-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US9289179B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2016-03-22 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US10136847B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2018-11-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US9743872B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2017-08-29 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US10939859B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2021-03-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Mitigating single point failure of devices in an analyte monitoring system and methods thereof
US11391723B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2022-07-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods of use
US10082493B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2018-09-25 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte monitoring system and methods of use
US9968284B2 (en) * 2011-12-02 2018-05-15 Clinitech, Llc Anti-interferent barrier layers for non-invasive transdermal sampling and analysis device
US20130144142A1 (en) * 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Flexible Medical Systems, Llc Anti-Interferent Barrier Layers for Non-Invasive Transdermal Sampling and Analysis Device
US9693713B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2017-07-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
USD915602S1 (en) 2011-12-11 2021-04-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US9931066B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2018-04-03 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
USD915601S1 (en) 2011-12-11 2021-04-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
USD903877S1 (en) 2011-12-11 2020-12-01 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US9402570B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2016-08-02 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
US11179068B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2021-11-23 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
US11051724B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2021-07-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
US11051725B2 (en) 2011-12-11 2021-07-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor devices, connections, and methods
US9615779B2 (en) * 2012-04-04 2017-04-11 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US20130267813A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-10-10 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US11304631B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2022-04-19 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US9931065B2 (en) * 2012-04-04 2018-04-03 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US20160106349A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2016-04-21 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US20130267811A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-10-10 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US9989490B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-06-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10342468B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2019-07-09 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10335077B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2019-07-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10321865B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2019-06-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10156543B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-12-18 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10660555B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2020-05-26 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US11213231B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2022-01-04 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US9989491B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-06-05 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10335076B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2019-07-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10172544B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2019-01-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US20130331676A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Application of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in sensor systems, devices, and related methods
US10942164B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2021-03-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Dropout detection in continuous analyte monitoring data during data excursions
US10345291B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2019-07-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Dropout detection in continuous analyte monitoring data during data excursions
US10656139B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2020-05-19 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Dropout detection in continuous analyte monitoring data during data excursions
US10132793B2 (en) 2012-08-30 2018-11-20 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Dropout detection in continuous analyte monitoring data during data excursions
US11612363B2 (en) 2012-09-17 2023-03-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods and apparatuses for providing adverse condition notification with enhanced wireless communication range in analyte monitoring systems
US9968306B2 (en) 2012-09-17 2018-05-15 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods and apparatuses for providing adverse condition notification with enhanced wireless communication range in analyte monitoring systems
US11896371B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2024-02-13 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Method and apparatus for improving lag correction during in vivo measurement of analyte concentration with analyte concentration variability and range data
US20180270289A1 (en) * 2012-10-01 2018-09-20 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte data retriever
US11115456B2 (en) * 2012-10-01 2021-09-07 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte data retriever
US11386996B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2022-07-12 Insulet Netherlands B.V. Therapeutic product delivery system and method of pairing
JP2017522556A (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-08-10 ヴェリリー ライフ サイエンシズ エルエルシー Electrochemical sensor chip
US20170252508A1 (en) * 2014-09-15 2017-09-07 Sanofi Providing temperature-based feedback regarding delivery of a medicament
CN106714873A (en) * 2014-09-15 2017-05-24 赛诺菲 Providing temperature-based feedback regarding delivery of a medicament
US10485923B2 (en) * 2014-09-15 2019-11-26 Sanofi Providing temperature-based feedback regarding delivery of a medicament
US11867652B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2024-01-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Electrodes having at least one sensing structure and methods for making and using the same
US11596740B2 (en) 2015-02-18 2023-03-07 Insulet Corporation Fluid delivery and infusion devices, and methods of use thereof
US10201295B2 (en) * 2015-03-13 2019-02-12 Verily Life Sciences Llc User interactions for a bandage type monitoring device
US20160262670A1 (en) * 2015-03-13 2016-09-15 Google Inc. User interactions for a bandage type monitoring device
US10213139B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2019-02-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices, and methods for assembling an applicator and sensor control device
USD980986S1 (en) 2015-05-14 2023-03-14 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US10674944B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2020-06-09 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Compact medical device inserters and related systems and methods
US10716500B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2020-07-21 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods for normalization of chemical sensor data based on fluid state changes
US11553883B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2023-01-17 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. System, device and method of dynamic glucose profile response to physiological parameters
US10595900B2 (en) 2015-10-21 2020-03-24 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US10278732B2 (en) 2015-10-21 2019-05-07 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods
US20170181676A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-06-29 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US11445952B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2022-09-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US10327680B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2019-06-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
US10327686B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2019-06-25 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Sensor systems, devices, and methods for continuous glucose monitoring
KR20180097713A (en) * 2015-12-28 2018-08-31 메드트로닉 미니메드 인코포레이티드 Methods for continuous glucose monitoring
KR102162766B1 (en) 2015-12-28 2020-10-07 메드트로닉 미니메드 인코포레이티드 Method for continuous glucose monitoring
US11642055B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2023-05-09 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
JP2019507613A (en) * 2015-12-30 2019-03-22 デックスコム・インコーポレーテッド Transdermal analyte sensor system and method
US11166657B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-11-09 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US20170188912A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US10898115B2 (en) * 2015-12-30 2021-01-26 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US11602291B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2023-03-14 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US11375932B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2022-07-05 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US11331021B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2022-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US11412966B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2022-08-16 Dexcom, Inc. Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods
US11857763B2 (en) 2016-01-14 2024-01-02 Insulet Corporation Adjusting insulin delivery rates
US11724027B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2023-08-15 Insulet Corporation Fluid delivery device with sensor
RU2672354C2 (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-11-14 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "БЕТА-ТЕХ" Method for continuous monitoring of analyte content in blood
US11071478B2 (en) 2017-01-23 2021-07-27 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Systems, devices and methods for analyte sensor insertion
US11596330B2 (en) 2017-03-21 2023-03-07 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Methods, devices and system for providing diabetic condition diagnosis and therapy
US11129557B2 (en) 2017-05-31 2021-09-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with chemical sensor
CN108968976A (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-11 心脏起搏器股份公司 Implantable medical device with chemical sensor
US11439304B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2022-09-13 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods including electrolyte sensor fusion
US11571151B2 (en) 2017-08-23 2023-02-07 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable chemical sensor with staged activation
US11229361B2 (en) * 2017-10-17 2022-01-25 Aidan Coen Health information measurement system
US11331022B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-05-17 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11706876B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2023-07-18 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11382540B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-07-12 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11350862B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-06-07 Dexcom, Inc. Pre-connected analyte sensors
US11089983B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2021-08-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multimodal analyte sensors for medical devices
US10952621B2 (en) 2017-12-05 2021-03-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multimodal analyte sensor optoelectronic interface
US20200337630A1 (en) * 2017-12-30 2020-10-29 Perimetrics, Llc Determination of structural characteristics of an object
US11565043B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2023-01-31 Insulet Corporation Safety constraints for a control algorithm based drug delivery system
JP2021531872A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP2021531868A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP7132423B2 (en) 2018-07-31 2022-09-06 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body Adhesive Unit for Continuous Blood Glucose Monitoring
JP7132422B2 (en) 2018-07-31 2022-09-06 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body Adhesive Unit for Continuous Blood Glucose Monitoring
JP2021531871A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP7132421B2 (en) 2018-07-31 2022-09-06 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body Adhesive Unit for Continuous Blood Glucose Monitoring
JP7098816B2 (en) 2018-07-31 2022-07-11 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
JP2021531874A (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-11-25 アイセンス,インコーポレーテッド Body attachment unit for continuous blood glucose measurement
US11628251B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2023-04-18 Insulet Corporation Activity mode for artificial pancreas system
US11565039B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2023-01-31 Insulet Corporation Event detection for drug delivery system
US11918782B2 (en) 2019-01-21 2024-03-05 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Integrated analyte sensor and infusion device and methods therefor
US11929158B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2024-03-12 Insulet Corporation User interface for diabetes management system
US11633129B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2023-04-25 Cambridge Medical Technologies LLC Non-invasive transdermal sampling and analysis device incorporating redox cofactors
USD1002852S1 (en) 2019-06-06 2023-10-24 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor device
US11375931B2 (en) 2019-08-08 2022-07-05 Cambridge Medical Technologies LLC Non-invasive transdermal sampling and analysis device incorporating an electrochemical bioassay
US11801344B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2023-10-31 Insulet Corporation Blood glucose rate of change modulation of meal and correction insulin bolus quantity
US11833329B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2023-12-05 Insulet Corporation Techniques for improved automatic drug delivery performance using delivery tendencies from past delivery history and use patterns
US11551802B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2023-01-10 Insulet Corporation Early meal detection and calorie intake detection
US11547800B2 (en) 2020-02-12 2023-01-10 Insulet Corporation User parameter dependent cost function for personalized reduction of hypoglycemia and/or hyperglycemia in a closed loop artificial pancreas system
US11324889B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-05-10 Insulet Corporation Compensation for missing readings from a glucose monitor in an automated insulin delivery system
US11607493B2 (en) 2020-04-06 2023-03-21 Insulet Corporation Initial total daily insulin setting for user onboarding
US11478194B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-10-25 Biolinq Incorporated Continuous analyte monitoring system with microneedle array
US11872055B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2024-01-16 Biolinq Incorporated Continuous analyte monitoring system with microneedle array
US11684716B2 (en) 2020-07-31 2023-06-27 Insulet Corporation Techniques to reduce risk of occlusions in drug delivery systems
USD999913S1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-09-26 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc Analyte sensor inserter
USD982762S1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-04-04 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
USD1006235S1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-11-28 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte sensor inserter
US11904140B2 (en) 2021-03-10 2024-02-20 Insulet Corporation Adaptable asymmetric medicament cost component in a control system for medicament delivery
US11857344B2 (en) 2021-05-08 2024-01-02 Biolinq Incorporated Fault detection for microneedle array based continuous analyte monitoring device
US11738144B2 (en) 2021-09-27 2023-08-29 Insulet Corporation Techniques enabling adaptation of parameters in aid systems by user input
US11439754B1 (en) 2021-12-01 2022-09-13 Insulet Corporation Optimizing embedded formulations for drug delivery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6579690B1 (en) 2003-06-17
WO1999029230A9 (en) 1999-08-26
WO1999029230A1 (en) 1999-06-17
AU1802899A (en) 1999-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6579690B1 (en) Blood analyte monitoring through subcutaneous measurement
US8224413B2 (en) Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US20040167801A1 (en) Analyte monitoring device and methods of use
US20080076997A1 (en) Analyte monitoring device and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY COMMERCIALIZATION THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN;REEL/FRAME:034697/0332

Effective date: 20141211

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY COMMERCIALIZATION THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN;REEL/FRAME:034700/0608

Effective date: 20141211